Go Live! 1 - SB+WB PDF

Pronuncia: /ˈɡəʊ ˈlaɪv/
L’inglese medio beve

tre tazze di tè al giorno
e il 98% lo prende
con il latte. Il grande
interrogativo è: che cosa
si versa prima nella
tazza, il tè o il latte?
A giugno, quando inizia

il torneo di tennis di
Wimbledon, tutta la Gran
Bretagna va in delirio
per il tennis. Anche
chi detesta lo sport,
ama Wimbledon!
Il Palazzo del Parlamento

e ombrelli con la bandiera
britannica. Se vai a
Londra, non lasciare che
qualche goccia di pioggia
rovini la tua visita alle
bellezze di questa città.
Natalie Gemma Ben
Clare Maxwell & Elizabeth Sharman

This electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by students with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 1 22/03/2016 16:07

Topics
The alphabet Days, months, seasons
Colours School subjects
Possessions Greetings and classroom language
pagg. 8–14 Pets The time
Numbers 1 – 100
Vocabulary Grammar
Countries and nationalities A Pronomi soggetto
I’m from Cardiff B Present simple di be
Picture dictionary 1
pagg. 15–23 • Forma affermativa
pagg. 222–223
C Articolo indeterminativo: a/an
D Articolo determinativo: the
E Plurali
Learning Unit A
F this / that/ these/ those

Drills Unit 1 pag. 114
Adjectives A Present simple di be

He isn’t into • Forma negativa
football! pagg. 224–225 • Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
pagg. 25–33 B Parole interrogative
C Aggettivi possessivi
Revision 1+2 pagg. 34 – 35 Reading, Dialogue work, Writing, Translation, Speaking
Rooms and furniture A Preposizioni di luogo

There’s a mouse! B There is /There are
pagg. 37–45 • Forma affermativa
pagg. 226–227
• Forma negativa
• Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
C There/They’re/Their
Learning Unit B
D some/any (1)
Families A Verbo have got (Present simple)

I’ve got thirteen • Forma affermativa
cousins pagg. 228–229 • Forma negativa
pagg. 47–55 • Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
B Il genitivo sassone
C Why /Because
Revision 3+4 pagg. 56 – 57 Reading, Writing, Dialogue work, Speaking, Translation
2 two
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 2 22/03/2016 16:07

Functions
Fare lo spelling di nomi e indirizzi Parlare di giorni della settimana, mesi e stagioni
Parlare di colori Completare un orario scolastico
Identificare oggetti scolastici Esercitare le formule di saluto, Dare e seguire istruzioni
Decidere qual è il proprio animale domestico preferito Dire l’ora
Contare e identificare i numeri in lettere e cifre
Competences
Functions Skills and culture
Introductions Reading: comprendere informazioni su due teen-ager britannici Song
Listening: ascoltare per ricavare le informazioni corrette sulle preferenze di Unit 1
due teen-ager ABC
Speaking: parlare delle proprie preferenze
Writing: scrivere un brano su se stessi e le proprie preferenze
Writing competence L’uso della lettera maiuscola
Asking for and giving Reading: comprendere informazioni sulle città natali di due teen-ager britannici
personal information Listening: ascoltare per ricavare informazioni sue due città nel Regno Unito
Speaking: fare domande e rispondere su una città o su un paese italiano
Writing: modificare un brano per descrivere la propria città natale
Writing competence and e but
Extra listening 1+2 pag. 36 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation /h/
Competences
Describing where Reading: comprendere informazioni su varie case Song
things are Listening: ascoltare per ricavare informazioni sulle stanze di una casa Units 2+3
Speaking: parlare della propria casa Celebration
Writing: scrivere un brano sulla propria casa
Writing competence Virgola e apostrofo
Talking about dates Reading: comprendere tre brani sui legami familiari di alcuni personaggi famosi
and birthdays Listening: ascoltare per ricavare informazioni e completare un albero genealogico
Speaking: parlare della propria famiglia
Writing: scrivere un brano sulla famiglia di un teen-ager
Writing competence Le date
Extra listening 3+4 pag.58 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation /ð/
three 3
This electronic file is provided by Oxford Universitty Press fo
or use by students with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 3 22/03/2016 16:07

Vocabulary Grammar
Daily routines A Present simple
I never get up late • Forma affermativa
pagg. 59–67 B Preposizioni di tempo: in, on, at
pagg. 230–231
C Avverbi di frequenza
Learning Unit C
Free-time activities A Present simple

I don’t believe • Forma negativa
you! pagg. 232–233 • Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
pagg. 69–77 B Pronomi complemento
Revision 5+6 pagg. 78 – 79 Reading, Writing, Translation, Speaking, Dialogue work
Sports A can (abilità)

I can play really • Forme affermativa e negativa
well pagg. 234–235 • Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
pagg. 81–89 B Livelli di abilità
Learning Unit D
C L’imperativo
Food and drink A Sostantivi numerabili e non numerabili
Some apple juice B a/an o some
and four cakes, pagg. 236–237 C some/any (2)
please D How much… ?/How many… ?
pagg. 91–99 Drills Unit 8 pag. 118
Revision 7+8 pagg. 100–101 Reading, Dialogue work, Speaking, Writing, Translation
Clothes Present continuous

You aren’t looking!
Learning Unit E
Picture dictionary 9 • Forma affermativa

pagg. 103–111 • Forma negativa
pagg. 238–239
• Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
Revision 9 pagg. 112–113 Reading, Writing, Level 1 Esercizi sommativi: Dialogue work, Speaking, Translation
Drills pagg. 114 – 118
Workbook pagg.119 – 191
CLIL Culture
Extra Book
A Science: Thermometers pag. 203 A The United Kingdom pagg. 208 – 209
B Music: Musical notation pag. 204 B Homes in the UK pagg. 210 – 211
C History: The Norman Conquest pag. 205 C School in the UK pagg. 212 – 213
D Geography: Maps pag. 206 D School sports in the UK pagg. 214 – 215
E Maths: Triangles pag. 207 E Food in the UK pagg. 216 – 217
can (abili
lità)
les
Verbb tabl
forma
affeermativa
negativa (’m not) I
di be forma am not
You can
t simple are not
(aren’t) swim. forma
negativa
Present I He / She can I
affermativa am (’m) you is not (isn’t) /It
can
swim.
forma (aren’t) We/ You Yoou cannot
/ it are not / Thhey swim. (can’t’t)
I are (’re) he / she can cannot swim.
/ they swim. Hee /She/It
we / you forma (can’t’t)
you is (’s) inteerrogativa We /You cannot swim.
/ itt / They (can’t’t)
he / she are (’re) aren’t.
Can
I cannot swim.
/ th
they poste
brevi No, you Can rispooste (can’t’t)
we / you rispo not. you swim? brevi swim.
Yes, you
are. No, I’m isn’t. Can Yes, you
yo can.
interrogativa / she / it he / she swim?
forma Yes, I am. is. No, he aren’t. Can / it Yes, I ca
can. No, you
I?
/ she / it / you/ they we /you swim? caan’
am Yes, he No, we / they Yes, he No, I can’t.
n’t.
you? are. swim? / she /it
/ it? / you / they Yes, w can.
are he / she Yes, we L’imperat e /you / they No, he
/ she/ it
is / they? ativo can. can’t.
we / you No, we
Map Verb tables Functions expressions

forma /you
ou / they
are affeermativa can’t.
e)) got) Look!
nt t simple negativa got (haven’t got)
t (Presen ave not
have got
forma hav Listen! forma
Verbo got (haven’t negativa
I ave not
hav got) Start! Do look!
Don’t
affermativa got (’ve ve got) you got (hasn’t got)
forma have as not
has Don't listen!
Do
ve got)
(’ve he / she
/ it got (haven’t
I have got ave not
hav Present Don't start!
Do
(’s got) / they
you has got we / you continuo
/ itt ve got)
(’ve forma ous
he / she have got haven’t. affeermativa
we / you
/ th
they te brevi No, you I
risposte
you have. No, I haven’t.hasn’t. You am (’m)
working. forma
interrogativa got?? Yes, / she / it are (’re)
negativa
forma No, he He / She/It I
I Yes, I have. has. / you / they
haven’t. /It working.
have got?? / she / it No, we We/ You is (’s) Yoou am not
you Yes, he have. / Thhey working. (’m not)
have got?? / you / they are (’re) Hee / She/It are not working.
/ it Yes, we working. (aren’t)
he / she got?? forma working.
has / they inteerrogativa We/ You is not (isn’t)
we / you Am / They
working.
have I are not
rispooste (aren’t)
work. Are working? working.
you
yo brevi
t simple formama negativa do not (don’t) work. Is working?
Yes, you
ou are.
Present he / she
(don’t) Are /it Yes, I a No, you
affermativa
I do not work. we /you working? m. are
ren’
forma work. ot (doesn’t) work. / they Yes, he n’t.
You does not Forma working? /she / it
is.
No, I’m
not.
I / It (don’t) in -i-ing Yes, w
work. He / She do not e/ you/ they No, he
/ she/ it
You / They forma are. isn’t.
works. We / You base se No, we
/ you /they
It forma listen
He / She/It work. don’t. in -i-ing sing aren’t.
/ Th
They brevi No, you listening
We / You rispposte singing
study
dy
do. No, I don’t. doesn’t. play
Yes, you study
dyiing write
interrogativa work rk? / she / it playing use
forma Yes, I do. No, he don’t. writing sit
I rk? / she / it
does. / you /they usin
Do work
Yes, he No, we ingg sitting
you do.
rk?
work / you / they
Do / it Yes, we
he / she rk?
work have
Does / they study
we / you mix has
Do passs studies
singolare wash mixes
ersona watch passsees
Terza per play
go washes
look watches
base goes
forma plays
looks
he/she/it
4 four
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 4 22/03/2016 16:07

Competences
Functions Skills and culture
Talking about the time Reading: comprendere tre brani sui lavori che fanno i teen-ager britannici Song
Listening: ascoltare per mettere le informazioni in ordine cronologico Units 4+5
Speaking: descrivere la propria giornata tipica Wild thing
Writing: scrivere un brano sulla giornata tipica di un compagno
Writing competence Mettere in ordine cronologico le azioni (first, then,
after that, finally )
Expressing likes and Reading: comprendere un brano sulle attività del tempo libero
dislikes Listening: ascoltare per completare una scheda sugli hobby di una teen-ager
Speaking: parlare delle attività del tempo libero
Writing: scrivere un brano su quello che si fa nel tempo libero
Writing competence Fare un esempio
Extra listening 5+6 pag. 80 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation /z/, /ɪz/, /s/
Competences
Making suggestions Reading: comprendere informazioni sulle attività extrascolastiche Song
Listening: ascoltare per distinguere la differenza fra can e can’t Units 6+7
Speaking: intervistare un compagno sugli sport e le attività del tempo libero Dancing in
Writing: scrivere un brano sugli sport e le attività che fa il proprio compagno the street
Writing competence Come evitare le ripetizioni
Ordering food and Reading: comprendere un blog sui pasti a scuola

drink Listening: comprendere quello che un ragazzo dice sui pasti alla sua scuola
Speaking: fare domande e rispondere sui cibi preferiti
Writing: scrivere un brano sulle proprie abitudini e preferenze alimentari
Writing competence Il dizionario bilingue
Extra listening 7+8 pag. 102 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation can
Competences
Shopping for clothes Reading: comprendere tre brani sull’abbigliamento dei teen-ager
Listening: ascoltare la descrizione di due persone per identificare
l’illustrazione corretta
Speaking: descrivere l’abbigliamento dei propri compagni di classe
Writing: scrivere un brano sul proprio abbigliamento
Writing competence so e because
Wordlist pagg. 192 – 196 Pronunciation and punctuation pag. 197 Grammar reference pagg. 198 – 201
Festivals Picture dictionary 222 − 239

A Halloween pag. 218 1 Countries and nationalities 6 Free-time activities
B Christmas pag. 219 2 Adjectives 7 Sports
C Chinese New Year pag. 220 3 Rooms and furniture 8 Food and drink
D Easter pag. 221 4 Families 9 Clothes
5 Daily routines
five 5
This electronic file is provided by Oxford Universitty Press fo
or use by students with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 5 22/03/2016 16:07

Welcome to Starter
• Per prima cosa potrai

Caro Studente, consolidare quello che
Benvenuto alla scuola secondaria di primo grado! hai imparato alla scuola
Su Go Live! troverai tutto quello che ti serve per primaria. Probabilmente
migliorare il tuo inglese. Buon divertimento! sai più di quanto credi!
Clare e Elizabeth
Le autrici
Vocabulary
• Lessico chiave
• Picture dictionary
presentato in maniera
a colori vivaci
divertente all’inizio di
nell’Extra Book
ogni unità e ripetuto
più volte nel libro • Apprendimento
inclusivo: esercizi di
• Apprendimento
potenziamento del
collaborativo: esercizi
lessico chiave con
di conversazione a
espansione facoltativa
coppie o di gruppo
Presentation
• Photostory divertente con ragazzi Photostory on film
del Regno Unito in situazioni
reali – anche su DVD e eBook
• Impara cose nuove e ripassa

quello che già sai
• Progetto di ricerca per le

21st century skills VIDEO
Grammar
Grammar animations:
• Tabelle e spiegazioni di inclusive learning
grammatica chiare e semplici
• Numerosi esercizi di vari tipi
• Animazioni di grammatica
divertenti su DVD e eBook
VIDEO
Grammar in action
Oral drills Grammar Verb
• Riutilizza, consolida e reference tables
esercita la grammatica Verb tables
in un nuovo contesto
Present simple di be
forma affermativa forma negativa
I am (’m) I am not (’m not)
you are (’re) you are not (aren’t)
he / she / it is (’s) he / she / it is not (isn’t)
comunicativo
we / you / they are (’re) we / you / they are not (aren’t)
forma interrogativa risposte brevi

am I? Yes, you are. No, you aren’t.
are you? Yes, I am. No, I’m not.
is he / she / it? Yes, he / she / it is. No, he / she / it isn’t.
are we / you / they? Yes, we / you / they are. No, we / you / they aren’t.
Verbo have got (Present simple)

I have got (’ve got) I have not got (haven’t got)
• Apprendimento
you have got (’ve got) you have not got (haven’t got)
he / she / it has got (’s got) he / she / it has not got (hasn’t got)
we / you / they have got (’ve got) we / you / they have not got (haven’t got)

have I got? Yes, you have. No, you haven’t.
collaborativo: attività
have you got? Yes, I have. No, I haven’t.
has he / she / it got? Yes, he / she / it has. No, he / she / it hasn’t.
have we / you / they got? Yes, we / you / they have. No, we / you / they haven’t.
Present simple
inclusive a coppie
I work. I do not (don’t) work.
You work. You do not (don’t) work.
He / She /It works. He / She / It does not (doesn’t) work.
We / You / They work. We / You / They do not (don’t) work.
e di gruppo
Do I work? Yes, you do. No, you don’t.
Do you work? Yes, I do. No, I don’t.
Does he / she / it work? Yes, he / she / it does. No, he / she / it doesn’t.
Do we / you / they work? Yes, we / you / they do. No, we / you / they don’t.
Terza persona singolare

forma base look play go watch wash pass mix study have
he/she/it looks plays goes watches washes passes mixes studies has
6
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 6 22/03/2016 16:07

Functions And, in your Extra Book…
• Dialoghi da CLIL
situazioni Functions on film
quotidiane –
anche su DVD
e eBook
• Funzioni
comunicative:
VIDEO
espressioni chiave
Skills and culture • Impara altre materie in inglese
Culture
• Le competenze chiave
e le quattro abilità
in ciascuna unità
• Amplia la tua conoscenza

del Regno Unito e
confronta le due culture
• Scopri la cultura del Regno Unito

Revision • Espansioni degli argomenti di
cultura su DVD e eBook
• Sezioni di ripasso per

riutilizzare e consolidare Culture on film Festivals
quello che hai appreso
• Lettura, dialoghi,
esercizi orali, traduzioni,
esercitazioni per gli esami
VIDEO
Extra listening Songs

• Migliora la tua
competenza d’ascolto
• Preparazione per
Go digital with Go Live!
il KET, dettati,
pronuncia
• Canzoni: momenti • Tantissimi esercizi

di relax! interattivi stimolanti
• Filmati dei dialoghi di
Presentation e Functions
• Filmati di Culture e
Workbook Grammar animations
• Audio integrato
• Interagisci col personaggio di Go Live!
• 8 pagine di esercitazione per ogni
e registra le tue risposte
unità con molte attività di ascolto
• Apprendimento inclusivo: attività
• Apprendimento inclusivo: esercizi per diverse esigenze
con diversi livelli di difficoltà
Ricordati di andare a visitare il sito delle

Espansioni su www.oup.com/elt/golive
Full exam practice throughout Go Live! dove troverai, via via, tante risorse in più!
ES Esame di stato T Trinity Invalsi

K Cambridge English: Key (KET) for Schools
7
This electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by stu
udents with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 7 22/03/2016 16:07

The alphabet
1 1.01 Ascolta e ripeti l’alfabeto.
A b c D E F G H I J KL M
N O p q r s t u v w xy z
2 1.02 Ascolta lo spelling delle parole e scrivile.
film
1 3 5
2 4 6
3 Pairwork Fai lo spelling al tuo compagno del tuo nome, del tuo cognome e
della strada in cui abiti.
A My name’s Alessandra.
B How do you spell that?
A A-L-E-S-S-A-N-D-R-A
4 Pairwork A turno, fai lo spelling al tuo compagno del nome di altri

compagni di classe.
A What’s the name?
B It’s F-A-B-R-I-…
A I know! It’s Fabrizio!
Colours
5 1.03 Ascolta e ripeti i colori.
green
red brown pink
yellow orange black
blue purple white grey
6 Osserva l’alfabeto dell’es. 1. Di che colore sono le lettere? T
B yellow
1 D 4 K 7 R 10 X
2 F 5 L 8 U
3 H 6 Q 9 V
7 Pairwork Osserva l’alfabeto dell’es. 1 e di’ una lettera. Il tuo compagno dice
di che colore è. T
A C!
B pink!
8 eight
T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 8 22/03/2016 16:07

Possessions
1 2
7
3 5
6
4
15
14
13
9
12
11 8
10
1 Abbina le parole alle figure. T
bike diary exercise book games console key laptop MP3 player pen
pencil pencil case mobile phone school bag skateboard umbrella watch 1
2 1.04 Ascolta e controlla. Poi riascolta e ripeti.
3 Osserva le figure. Scrivi i nomi degli oggetti. T
skateboard 1 2 3 4 5
Pets
4 1.05 Ascolta e ripeti i nomi degli animali. T
1 cat 2 fish 3 dog 4 hamster 5 rabbit 6 mouse
5 1.06 Osserva le figure dell’es. 4. Ascolta i colori e scrivi i nomi degli animali. T
1 fish 3 5
2 4 6
6 Your turn Fai una lista degli animali dell’es. 4 in ordine di preferenza, mettendo il tuo animale
preferito al primo posto.
nine 9
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 9 22/03/2016 16:07

Numbers (1–100)
1 Scrivi i numeri (1–22) in ordine. T
eight eighteen eleven fifteen five four fourteen nine nineteen one seven
seventeen six sixteen ten thirteen three twelve twenty twenty-one twenty-two two
one,
1.07 Ascolta e controlla. Poi riascolta e ripeti.
2 1.08 Ascolta e ripeti. T

30 thirty 70 seventy
40 forty 80 eighty
50 fifty 90 ninety
60 sixty 100 a hundred/one hundred
3 1.09 Ascolta e scegli i numeri che senti. T

13/30
14/40 15/50 16/60 17/70 18/80 19/90
4 Abbina i numeri alle parole. T

23 forty-six
32 seventy-five
46 ninety-eight
57 sixty-four
64 twenty-three
75 eighty-nine
89 thirty-two
98 fifty-seven
5 Scrivi le risposte delle operazioni in parole. T

seventy-seven – fourteen = sixty-three
1 thirty-three + twenty-one = 4 twenty-five + fifty-four =
2 one hundred – five = 5 ninety – seven =
3 eighty-two – fifty = 6 eighteen + eleven =
6 Pairwork Con un compagno, conta i multipli di tre da 1 a 33. T

A three
B six
A nine…
7 1.10 Ascolta e segna (✗) i numeri che senti sulla cartella del Bingo. Grida Bingo!
quando hai completato una riga di numeri. T
91 17 9 38 53
BINGO
27 13 18 67 9
11 5 48 12 70
16 76 30 14 8
40 52 26 60 84
10 ten
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 10 22/03/2016 16:07

Days, months, seasons
1 Completa il calendario con i giorni nel riquadro. T
Friday Tuesday Sunday Wednesday
Tuesdayy Thursday Saturday

Monday
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
2 1.11 Ascolta e ripeti.
3 Numera i mesi nell’ordine corretto. T

April August December February 1 January July
June March May November October September
5 Abbina le stagioni alle foto.
autumn spring winter summer
1 spring 2 3 4
6 Completa la tabella con i mesi. T

Spring Summer Autumn Winter
March June 4
December
2
April October January
1 3 5 6
7 Your turn Completa le frasi in modo personale.

1 Today is (day) . 4 My favourite month is .
2 My favourite day of the week is . 5 My favourite season is .
3 My birthday is in (month) .
eleven 11
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 11 22/03/2016 16:07

School subjects
1 Osserva le figure (1–12) e scrivi le materie scolastiche. T
Art English French Geography History

Information and Communications Technology (ICT) Italian Maths
Music Physical Education (PE) Science Religious Education (RE)
1 Science 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
3 1.14 Ascolta e completa l’orario scolastico.

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday
3 9
Lesson 1 French Maths Maths
1 5
Lesson 2 RE English Science
7 10
Lesson 3 Maths Italian History
Lesson 4 English Science History Geography English
6
Lesson 5 Science PE Art ICT
2 4 8
Lesson 6 ICT Geography
4 Quali materie ti piacciono e quali non ti piacciono? Scrivile nella tabella.
12 twelve
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 12 22/03/2016 16:07

Heading and classroom language
Greetings
Greetings
1 1.15 Abbina due saluti del riquadro ad ogni figura (a–b). Ascolta e controlla. T
Bye! Hello! Goodbye! Hi!
a b
1 2
2 Completa i saluti con le parole nel riquadro. T
night afternoon evening morning
1 Good 2 Good 3 Good 4 Good

Look!
Classroom language Good morning, Good afternoon e
Good evening sono saluti formali.
4 Osserva le figure (1–10) e scrivi le istruzioni. T Good night si usa in tarda serata e
Close your book! Listen! Look! Open your book! all’ora di andare a letto.
Read! Repeat! Sit down! Say… ! Stand up! Write… !
1 Sit down! 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
5 1.17 Ascolta e controlla.
6 1.18 Your turn Ascolta e segui le istruzioni.

thirteen 13
Go Live SBWB1 pp001_068.indd 13 22/03/2016 16:50

Heading
The time
1 Scrivi le espressioni intorno all’orologio nel punto giusto. T
twenty to half past o’clock quarter past Learn it! Use it!
What’s the time?
five to five past It’s …
12
11 1
ten to ten past
10 2
quarter to 9 3
8 4 twenty past
7 5
6
twenty-five to twenty-five past
3 Abbina le ore agli orologi. T

a b c d
e f g h
It’s nine o’clock. b

1 It’s half past ten. 5 It’s twenty-five to eleven.
2 It’s quarter past seven. 6 It’s ten to four.
3 It’s quarter to one. 7 It’s five past three.
4 It’s twenty past six.
5 1.21 Ascolta e disegna le ore negli orologi. T
11
12 1 11
12 2 11
12 3 11
12 4 11
12 5 11
12
1 1 1 1 1 1
10 2 10 2 10 2 10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4
7 5 7 5 7 5 7 5 7 5 7 5
6 6 6 6 6 6
6 1.22 Scrivi le ore dell’es. 5. Poi ascolta e controlla. T Look!

It’s half past nine.
midday mezzogiorno
1
midnight mezzanotte
2 in the morning al mattino
3 in the afternoon al pomeriggio
4 in the evening alla sera
5 at night di notte
3am alle tre della mattina
7 Pairwork A turno, fai domande sulle ore dell’es. 5 e rispondi. T 3pm alle tre del pomeriggio
A What’s the time? B It’s half past nine.
14 fourteen
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 14 22/03/2016 16:07

unit
Vocabulary
Countries and nationalities
1 Abbina i nomi dei paesi alle bandiere (1–18).
Albania Austria England France Germany Greece Italy

Ireland Morocco Poland Portugal Romania Scotland Spain
Switzerland the United Kingdom (the UK) the USA Wales
1 Poland 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
2 Abbina gli aggettivi di nazionalità ai paesi dell’es.1.
Albanian American Austrian British English French

German Greek Italian Scottish Swiss Moroccan
Irish Polish Portuguese Romanian Spanish Welsh
1 Polish 10
2 11
3 12
4 13
5 14
6 15
7 16
8 17
9 18
3 Practice Di’ il nome di un paese. Il tuo compagno dice l’aggettivo di

nazionalità corrispondente.
A Spain B Spanish
Workbook page 120 Picture dictionary 1 pages 222–223 fifteen 15

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 15 22/03/2016 16:07

He isn’t
I’m frominto
Cardiff
football VIDEO VIDEO
1 Before you listen Osserva la foto

e rispondi alle domande.
1 Dove sono gli studenti?
2 Che cosa indossano?
3 Secondo te, quanti anni hanno?
Culture focus
The UK
England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland

the red rose the thistle the leek and the daffodil the shamrock
16 sixteen
Th s ele
Thi e ectr
ctroni
ctr
tron
oni
niic fil
n file
fi e iss pro
p vid
id
ded
ed b
byy Oxf
Oxxffor
ord
ord Uni
Un
n ver
ni ersit
sitty Pre
sit Pres
Pr
reess
ss ffo
for
or use
o se by
se b stu
stu
uden
dents
de ts
s witith vis
v ual
a imp
al im air
ai men
m t onl
me nly.
nl y
y.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 16 22/03/2016 16:07

2 1.25 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo.
Ben Hi. I’m a new student. I’m in Year 9. I’m lost!
Luke Yes, you are lost! This is 11B. These are the Year 11
classrooms.
Ben Oh, no! This school’s enormous!
Luke Look! That’s my sister. She’s in Year 9. Hey – Gemma!
Gemma Oh, hi, Luke.
Luke This is …
Ben Ben.
Luke He’s in Year 9. He’s a new student.
Gemma Hi, Ben! We’re in 9C. My name’s Gemma and
this is Nat.
Natalie It’s short for Natalie. Natalie Macintosh.
Learn it! Use it!
Ben Macintosh? That’s a Scottish name.
Natalie That’s right. My family’s from Scotland, but I’m I’m lost! Mi sono perso!
It’s short for…
English.
È l’abbreviazione di…
Gemma Hey – that’s a Welsh dragon! Where are you from, Where are you from?
Ben? Wales? Di dove sei?
Ben Yes, I’m from Cardiff – the centre of the universe! In your dreams!
Ma figurati!
Gemma The centre of the universe? In your dreams!
3 1.26 Riascolta e ripeti il dialogo.
4 Comprehension Abbina le persone (1–3) alle descrizioni (a–c).

1 Gemma and Natalie a a student in 11B
2 Luke b students in Year 9
3 Ben c a new student from Cardiff
5 Think back Rileggi il dialogo.

1 Trova i nomi di due paesi e cerchiali.
2 Trova tre aggettivi di nazionalità e sottolineali. Quali sono i nomi dei tre paesi
corrispondenti?
6 Act it out Recitate il dialogo a gruppi.
7 Culture quest 21stcentury Skills

Leggi il Culture focus a pag.16.
• Scopri quali emblemi e bandiere sono associati alla tua regione e alla tua città.
Workbook page 121 seventeen 17
Th
his electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by students with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 17 22/03/2016 16:07

Grammar
A Pronomi soggetto B Present simple di be

She’s in Year 9. Forma affermativa
singolare We’re in 9C.
1a persona I
forma intera forma contratta
2a persona you
I am Italian. I’m Italian.
3a persona he / she / it
You are Italian. You’re Italian.
plurale
He is Italian. He’s Italian.
1a persona we
She is Italian. She’s Italian.
2a persona you
It is Italian. It’s Italian.
3a persona they
We are Italian. We’re Italian.
L’inglese ha tre pronomi soggetto per la terza persona You are Italian. You’re Italian.
singolare: They are Italian. They’re Italian.
He (lui, egli) si riferisce a persone o animali di genere
maschile. soggetto + am / is / are + …
She (lei, ella) si riferisce a persone o animali di
genere femminile. La forma contratta si usa di solito nella lingua parlata
e nella lingua scritta informale.
It (esso, essa) si riferisce a cose o a animali di cui non
si conosce il genere.
C’è solo un pronome per la terza persona plurale: Compare
they (loro, essi, esse). Si riferisce a persone, animali Diversamente dall’italiano, in inglese si usa il verbo
o cose maschili e femminili. be per esprimere l’età: I’m sixteen (years old).
Compare 3 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

1 Il pronome di seconda persona singolare e We am /are in Year 10.
plurale, you, corrisponde a Lei, tu e voi in 1 The dragon are /is red.
italiano.
2 I am /is Scottish.
2 Il pronome di prima persona singolare, I, si
3 They am /are Spanish.
scrive sempre con la lettera maiuscola:
My friends and I are English. 4 We are /is British.
5 Alessandro am /is from Verona.
1 Scrivi i pronomi soggetto. 4 1.28 Ascolta e controlla.
Gemma and Natalie they 5 Riscrivi le frasi dell’es. 3 con il verbo alla
1 Luke forma contratta.
2 Dad We’re in Year 10.
3 the computer
4 the cat and the dog 6 Completa le frasi con la forma contratta del
5 Sara and I verbo be.
6 Italy They’re from France.
7 Mum 1 Gemma in 9C. 4 Luke English.
8 you and John 2 They in Year 7. 5 You new.
9 Ben and Luke 3 The book Italian. 6 We 14.
10 Natalie
Compare
2 1.27 Ascolta e controlla. Diversamente dall’italiano, in inglese i pronomi
personali soggetto sono sempre espressi:
We’re Italian. Siamo italiani.
18 eighteen Unit 1 Drill 1 page 114

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 18 22/03/2016 16:07

C Articolo indeterminativo: E Plurali
a/an the classrooms
a student an animal plurali regolari
L’articolo a/an è uguale per il maschile e il femminile. Con la maggior parte dei sostantivi
Corrisponde all’italiano un, uno, un’, una. si aggiunge -s: student ➝ students
Con sostantivi che terminano in -x, -s, -sh, -ss, -ch or -z
Si usa a davanti a parole singolari che iniziano con una
si aggiunge -es: bus ➝ buses
consonante o suoni consonantici:
a book, a new student, a university Con sostantivi che terminano in consonante + -y
si elimina -y e si aggiunge -ies: city ➝ cities
Si usa an davanti a parole singolari che iniziano con
una vocale o suoni vocalici: plurali irregolari
an apple, an exercise book, an MP3 player
man ➝ men child ➝ children
woman ➝ women person ➝ people
7 Completa gli spazi con a o an.
a year 8 Riscrivi le parole al plurale.
1 classroom 5 umbrella pizza pizzas 8 book
2 elephant 6 dragon 1 sport 9 kiss
3 book 7 computer 2 girl 10 dictionary
4 English school 8 Italian book 3 person 11 woman
4 baby 12 watch
Unit 1 Drill 2 page 114
5 man 13 sister
6 day 14 university
Watch out! ! 7 child 15 lesson
In inglese, l’aggettivo si mette davanti al
sostantivo a cui si riferisce: F this/that/these/those
He’s a French student. È uno studente francese.
It’s an enormous school. È una scuola enorme. That’s a Welsh dragon!
this questo / questa that quel/quella / quello

these questi / queste those quei / quelle / quegli
D Articolo determinativo: the
the centre of the universe 9 Completa le frasi con This, That, These o
Those.
In inglese l’articolo determinativo the è invariato per
genere e numero. Corrisponde all’italiano il, la, lo, l’,
i, le, gli.
the table ➝ il tavolo
the pen ➝ la penna
the student ➝ lo studente
the friend ➝ l’amico Those students are in 1 are my
the phones ➝ i telefoni
Year 12. books.
the bags ➝ le borse
the animals ➝ gli animali
Non si usa the con i nomi di nazioni, ad eccezione di
the UK, the USA e the Netherlands.
My family’s from Scotland. NON My family’s from
the Scotland.
2 is my 3 computer
school. is American.
Workbook pages 122–123 nineteen 19

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 19 22/03/2016 16:07

Grammar in action
1 Osserva il sito web. Leggi il brano e scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Home Information Clubs & Events
Hi! I’m / We’re students at Lord William’s

School in Bristol. This is 1the / they school
website. Bristol is in the UK. 2It’s / Is in
England, but the 3teacher / teachers are from
different countries. They’re from England,
Scotland, Wales, Ireland and South Africa!
4
This / These is the
5
school / schools. These boys are in the school
It’s enormous! football club. 7They / They’re
This is the headteacher fantastic. The club colours
of the school – Mrs Grant..
8
is / are red and blue. Mr Marsh
6
He’s / She’s Scottish.
Scotttis
i h. is the sports teacher. 9He’s / She’s
from South Africa.
10
This / These photos are from the Year 10
visit to France. Lord William’s School is cool!
Glossary
but ma
2 Completa le frasi con ’s o are. headteacher preside
Lord William’s School’s in Bristol.
1 Bristol in England. 4 The headteacher a woman.
2 The teachers from different countries. 5 The sports teacher a man.
3 Lord William’s School enormous. 6 The boys in the football club fantastic.
3 Completa la tabella in modo personale. T 4 Completa il brano con informazioni

personali. T
Name: My name .
School: I’m a student. The name of my school
.
Location of school: It’s in , in Italy.
Headteacher: name of the headteacher at my school
. My English
English teacher:
teacher .
20 twenty Workbook page 124

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 20 22/03/2016 16:08

Functions VIDEO
Introductions
1 1.29 Ascolta e leggi i dialoghi.
Chi c’è nella classe di Sam?
1 Sam Hello. My name’s Sam Palmer.

I’m a new student.
Miss Evans Hi. I’m Miss Evans. Nice to
meet you.
Sam Nice to meet you, too.
2 Hannah Hi! You’re in my class!

I’m Hannah and this is Alex.
Sam Alex?
Alex It’s short for Alexandra.
Sam Hi! That’s a cool name. I’m Sam.
3 Completa il dialogo. Usa il Learn it! Use it! e l’es.1 come aiuto. ES
1 Emily Dad, this 1 Robert. He’s in my class at school.
Dad Hi, Robert. Nice to 2 you.
Robert Nice to 3
you, 4
.
2 Kate Hello. My 5 Kate. Learn it! Use it!

Adam Hi.
I’m… / My name’s…
Kate And 6 7
Seb.
Nice to meet you (too).
Seb 8
short 9 Sebastian. We’re in this class.
This is…
Adam Hi! 10 11
meet 12 .
5 Pairwork A coppie. Scegli una carta e presentati al tuo compagno.

Presenta anche l’amico che trovi sulla carta. T
A Hi. My name’s Andy. It’s short for Andrew. And this is John.
B Hi. I’m… .
A Nice to meet you!
(Andrew)
B Nice to meet you, too! Name: Andy
Friend: John
Name: Sam (Samuel)
Friend: Callum Name: Jess (Jessica)
Friend: Kate
Name: Abi (Abigail)
Friend: Mark
Fast finishers
Name: Tom (Thomas)
Scrivi il dialogo dell’es. 5.
Friend: Jenny
Workbook page 125 twenty-one 21

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 21 22/03/2016 16:08

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Ti ricordi i nomi dei ragazzi?
My name’s Gemma.
I’m English. I’m thirteen
and I’m from Bristol.
My school is Lord
William’s School. I’m in
Year 9. My best friend is
Nat Macintosh. She’s in my cla
ss
favourite singers are Katy Perr . My
y and
Adele, and my favourite TV pr
ogra
is The Voice. I’m into music. My mme
favourite
type of music is pop.
Hi, I’m Ben and

I’m from Wales.
I’m from Cardiff.
It’s the capital city.
I’m a new student
at Lord William’s
School in Bristol. I’m a sports fan.
My favourite sport is rugby. Welsh
rugby is fantastic! My favourite
sportsperson is Shane Williams.
He’s a Welsh rugby hero.
Glossary
Competences
best friend migliore amica

2 1.32 Ascolta e leggi. Completa le frasi. singers cantanti
1 Gemma’s from . I’m into… mi interessa…
2 Gemma’s at School. sportsperson sportivo
hero eroe
3 Gemma and Natalie are in
Year .
4 Gemma’s into . 3 Scegli la risposta corretta.
5 Ben’s from . 1 Gemma’s into
6 Cardiff is in . a football. b rugby. c music. d TV.
7 Ben’s a fan. 2 Ben’s into
8 Shane Williams is from . a TV. b rugby. c football. d cricket.
22 twenty-two
This electronic file is provided by Oxford University
Univ Press for use by students with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 22 22/03/2016 16:08

Listening
Competences
4 1.33 Ascolta Luke e Natalie. Poi scegli l’alternativa corretta per
completare la tabella.
Name Luke Natalie

Age 1
13/ 15 5
13/15
Favourite music 2
rap/hip hop 6
rock/pop
Favourite sport 3
rugby/football 7
basketball/netball
Favourite colours 4
red and white/blue and white 8
green and blue/green and pink
5 1.33 Riascolta e correggi gli errori nelle frasi.

Luke’s 16. Luke’s 15. 3 Natalie’s 14.
1 He’s from the USA. 4 She’s Welsh.
2 He’s a tennis fan. 5 She’s into music and films.
Speaking
6 Presentazione orale Prepara una presentazione sulle tue preferenze.
Prima di tutto, completa la tabella. ES T
Name:
Nationality:
Age:
My favourite…
sportsperson:
colour(s):
band(s)/singer(s):
7 Ora usa la tabella dell’es. 6 per parlare delle

tue preferenze al resto della classe. ES T
My name’s Massimo. I’m Italian. I’m 11. Writing competence
My favourite sportsperson is Messi… L’uso della lettera maiuscola
Quando possibile, aggiungi informazioni sulle In inglese queste parole si scrivono sempre con
la lettera maiuscola:
persone di cui parli:
• la prima parola di ogni frase: She’s a new
Messi is a football player. He’s from Argentina.
student.
He’s … years old.
• il pronome soggetto della prima persona
singolare: My friends and I are at school.
Writing
• i nomi di città e paesi: Bristol, France, ecc.
8 Scrivi un brano (20–30 parole) su di te e sulle tue • gli aggettivi di nazionalità: My teacher is Irish.
preferenze. Usa le risposte agli es. 6 e 7 come aiuto.
Workbook pages 126–127__ twenty-three 23

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 23 22/03/2016 16:08

Song
The Jackson 5
From: Indiana, USA
Types of music: pop, disco, soul
Band members: originally 5 of
the Jackson brothers – Jackie, Tito,
Jermaine, Marlon and, of course, a very
young Michael!
Famous songs: ABC (1970), I’ll be there
(1970), Blame it on the boogie (1978)
1 1.34 Ascolta questa versione della canzone e

completala con le parole nel riquadro.
repeat one four A B C melodies two girl
Went to school to learn 1

What you never, never knew before
Like I before E except after C
Why two plus two makes 2
Now, now, now
I’m gonna teach you, teach you, teach you
All about love dear, all about love
Sit yourself down, take a seat
All you gotta do is 3 after me
4
, easy as
Come on and love me just a little bit
One two three, as simple as
I’m gonna teach you how to sing it out
Do re mi, A B C, one 5 three
Come on, come on, come on
Baby
B you and me girl
Let me show you what it’s all about
A B C, it’s easy as
6
two three , as simple as
Do re mi, A B C, one two three
Baby you and me girl
A B C it’s easy,
It’s like counting up to three
Singing simple melodies
That’s how easy love can be
Glossary That’s how easy love can be
Singing simple 7
I'm gonna (going to) teach you ti insegnerò
One two three, you and me
all you gotta (have got to) devi semplicemente
2 Qual è la tua reazione alla canzone?

a b c
24 twenty-four
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 24 22/03/2016 16:08

unit
Vocabulary
Adjectives
1 Abbina gli aggettivi alle figure (1–12).
bad big boring good interesting new

noisy old beautiful quiet small ugly
1 small 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
2 Scrivi frasi con It’s o They’re e un aggettivo del riquadro.
noisy old quiet small beautiful
(Fiesole) It’s quiet.

1 (Rihanna/Monica Bellucci)
2 (hamster)
3 (Pompeii)
4 (rock concerts)
3 Practice Scambia opinioni con il tuo compagno sulle cose e persone nel
riquadro. Usa is/are e gli aggettivi dell’es.1 o del Picture dictionary.
football Selina Gomez Harry Potter books

Formula 1 Twilight films Silvio Muccino
Football is boring. Selina Gomez is fantastic.

Workbook page 128 Picture dictionary 2 pages 224–225 twenty-five 25
T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 25 22/03/2016 16:08

He isn’t into football!
1 Before you listen Osserva la foto e segna

(✓) le persone e le cose che vedi.
1 Ben, Gemma and Luke
2 students in a classroom
3 two teachers
4 the school
Culture focus
Football and rugby
There are lots of football clubs in London, for example
Arsenal and Chelsea. Many British cities have two
football clubs, or more.
Rugby is also popular in the UK. Wales, in particular,
has a long tradition of rugby.
26 twenty-six
Th s ele
Thi elect
cttrroni
ct
ctr on
on
nic fililile iss p
pro
rovid
ded by
by Oxf
Oxxfford
o Uni
Univer
Un vver
e sitty P
Pre
re
essss fo
ffor
o use
se by
by sstu
tu
uden
den
dents
nts wit
w th vis
i ual
ua
all imp
pair
airmen
ent o
on
onl
nl
n y.
y
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 26 22/03/2016 16:08

Gemma He’s late – again!
Ben Who?
Gemma Archie. He’s our brother.
Ben Which year is he in?
Luke He isn’t at this school. He’s at primary school.
Ben Oh. How old is he?
Luke He’s ten. He’s a pain. Hey – red and white! Are you an
Arsenal fan, Ben?
Ben No, I’m not! Football’s boring. This is my rugby scarf.
Welsh rugby’s fantastic!
Luke Rugby? Fantastic? No way! It’s terrible!
Gemma Oh – here’s Archie. Bye, Ben!
Ben OK. Bye. See you tomorrow!
Archie Who’s that? Learn it! Use it!
Gemma His name’s Ben. He’s a new student. He’s a pain. È uno scocciatore.
He’s OK. No way! Stai scherzando?
Here’s… Ecco qui…
Luke OK? Are you serious? He isn’t into football.
See you tomorrow! A domani!
He’s a rugby fan!
4 Comprehension Abbina la prima parte della frase (1–3) alla seconda (a–c).
1 Archie a is a rugby fan.
2 Ben b are into sport.
3 Luke and Ben c is at primary school.

1 Trova gli aggettivi e cerchiali .
2 Trova gli esempi del verbo be alla forma affermativa e sottolineali .

Leggi il Culture focus a pag. 26.
• Scopri quante squadre di calcio ci sono a Londra. Scegline cinque e scrivi
quali sono i loro nomi e i loro colori.
1 Arsenal: red and white
Workbook page 129 twenty-seven 27
This
Th
h electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by students with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 27 22/03/2016 16:08

Grammar
Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
A Present simple di be
Are you an Arsenal fan? No, I’m not!
Forma negativa
forma
risposte brevi
He isn’t at this school. interrogativa
Am I Italian? Yes, you are. / No, you aren’t.
I am not (’m not) Italian. Are you Italian? Yes, I am. / No, I’m not.
You are not (aren’t) Italian. Is he Italian? Yes, he is. / No, he isn’t.
He is not (isn’t) Italian. Is she Italian? Yes, she is. / No, she isn’t.
She is not (isn’t) Italian. Is it Italian? Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
It is not (isn’t) Italian. Are we Italian? Yes, you are. / No, you aren’t.
We are not (aren’t) Italian. Are you Italian? Yes, we are. / No, we aren’t.
You are not (aren’t) Italian. Are they Italian? Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t.
They are not (aren’t) Italian.
Am/Is/Are + soggetto + … ?
soggetto + am/is/are + not + …
Yes, + pronome personale soggetto + am / is / are.
No, + pronome personale soggetto + ’m not /
Compare
isn’t / aren’t.
Diversamente dall’italiano, la negazione not
segue il verbo be: La forma interrogativa di be si ottiene invertendo la
I am not English. Non sono inglese. posizione del soggetto e del verbo.
You are English. Are you English?
1 Completa le frasi con la forma negativa In inglese, di solito si risponde alle domande usando
contratta del verbo be. le risposte brevi. Non si risponde semplicemente con
Yes o No.
The students aren’t noisy.
Nelle risposte brevi affermative non si usa la forma
1 We English.
contratta del verbo. Nelle risposte brevi negative si
2 You at my school.
usa invece la forma contratta.
3 I fifteen.
4 Gemma a new student.
4 Riordina le parole per formulare domande.
5 They in Year 7.
in / Year 11 /Luke /Is ?
6 The school small.
Is Luke in Year 11?
2 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa contratta. 1 Ben and Gemma /at /school /Are ?
He’s 15.
He isn’t 15. 2 I /late /Am ?
1 You’re late.
2 He’s in my class. 3 Pisa /you /from /Are ?
3 We’re in Scotland.
4 It’s boring! 4 new /the /school /Is ?
5 My mum’s a teacher.
6 They’re old. 5 singer /Is /a /she ?
7 Luke’s fourteen.
8 I’m in Year 10. 6 the students /Are /American ?

28 twenty-eight
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 28 22/03/2016 16:08

5 Completa i minidialoghi con le parole C Aggettivi possessivi
mancanti.
Is Ben a student? Yes, he is. His name’s Ben.
1 1
the film interesting? pronome aggettivo
Yes, 2
is. soggetto possessivo
2 3
the computers new? I my
No, 4
. you your
3 5
you into music, John? he his
Yes, 6
. she her
4 7
Natalie at primary school? it its
8
, isn’t. we our
5 9
Luke and Ben into sport? you your
10
, are. they their
6 1.39 Ascolta e controlla. In inglese gli aggettivi possessivi si mettono davanti

al sostantivo a cui si riferiscono. Sono invariabili per
genere e per numero e non prendono mai l’articolo.
This is his book. Questo è il suo libro.
B Parole interrogative These are his books. Questi sono i suoi libri.
Who’s that? He’s a new student.

Compare
What’s that? It’s my phone.
Which year are you in – Year 9 or 10? Year 10. Alla terza persona singolare gli aggettivi possessivi
When are your English lessons? concordano con il genere del possessore e non
They’re on Monday and Thursday. con quello della cosa posseduta:
Sara and her friend, Paul, are students.
How are you? I’m fine, thanks.
John and his friend, Emma, are students.
Where are they? They’re in the classroom.
Who’s she? She’s my mum.
9 Completa le frasi con l’aggettivo possessivo
What, Which, When, How, Where e Who sono parole corretto.
interrogative. Si trovano all’inizio della domanda. Sono
seguite dal verbo e poi dal soggetto. You and your friends are cool.
1 They’re Italian. surname is Tonetti.
Watch out! ! 2 This is my brother.
3 Gemma and
name is David.
brothers are at school.
What si usa quando la risposta alla domanda è
4 I’m in the classroom with friends.
completamente aperta: What’s his name?
e which quando le risposte possibili sono limitate: 5 This is the school. name is Lord
Which is your book – Hamlet or Twilight? William’s School.
6 We’re students. teacher is new.
7 You’re from Cardiff. family is Welsh.
7 Completa le domande con What, Which,
8 Nat is friend. We’re in class 9C.
When, How, Where o Who.
Where are the students? They’re at school.
1 are you? I’m fine, thanks.
Watch out! !
it’s = it is
2 ’s your music lesson? It’s on Thursday. its = aggettivo possessivo.
3 ’s your English teacher? Mrs Moore.
4 ’s your name?
5 class are you in – 8B or 8C?
Workbook pages 130–131 twenty-nine 29

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 29 22/03/2016 16:08

Grammar in action
1 Completa il brano sul gruppo pop britannico Little Mix con le parole del riquadro.
are aren’t he his her she is isn’t their they’re this
This is Little Mix. They’re a girl band from the UK. 1 names are Perrie,
2
Leigh-Anne, Jesy and Jade. They very old, but they’re very famous –
from The X Factor! Two of their famous songs are Cannonball and Wings.
5
This is Perrie Edwards. is Leigh-Anne This 8 Jesy This is Jade Thirlwall.
6 10
She’s into fashion from Pinnock. Nelson. Her favourite ’s into
the 1980s. Her favourite family are from the UK, singers 9 musicals and music
musician is very famous, Jamaica and Barbados. Missy Elliot, Ed from the 1960s. Her
too. 3 name is Her favourite film Sheeran and Chris favourite films are
Steve Perry. 4 ’s 7
a modern film. Brown. Disney films.
a singer. It’s Titanic, from 1997.
2 Fai un’intervista con Perrie. Scrivi domande con il verbo

be e completa le risposte brevi.
You 1
What/your favourite colour?
Perrie It’s blue.
You 2
Who/your favourite singers?
Perrie Journey, Guns ‘n’ Roses, American rock bands…
You 3
Who/your favourite musician? Glossary
Perrie Steve Perry.
very molto
You 4
he/famous? fashion la moda
Perrie Yes, 5 . He’s a singer.
You 6
he/British?
Perrie No, 7 .
You 8
What nationality/he?
Perrie He’s American.
3 Pairwork Usa le parole per formulare domande. A turno, fai le domande

e rispondi. T
1 how old/you? 4 they/British?
2 what/your favourite colour? 5 you/a fan of girl bands and boy bands?
3 who/your favourite singers?
30 thirty Workbook page 132
This electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by students
ents with visua
ual impairmen
impairment only.
o
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 30 22/03/2016 16:09

Functions VIDEO
Asking for and giving personal information

Quali informazioni personali dà Sam?
Receptionist OK. What’s your surname?

Sam It’s Palmer. That’s P-A-L-M-E-R.
And my first name’s Sam.
Receptionist OK. What nationality are you?
Sam I’m British.
Receptionist And how old are you?
Sam I’m 14.
Receptionist What’s your address?
Sam It’s 67 Western Road, Bristol BS4 7PN.
Receptionist OK. And what’s your phone number?
Sam 07644 32488.
Receptionist Is that a mobile number?
Sam Yes, it is.
2 1.42 Ascolta e ripeti. Look!

Osserva come si pronunciano i numeri del
3 Completa il dialogo con le domande del
telefono in inglese:
Learn it! Use it!. T
720855 = ‘seven–two–oh–eight–double five’
Receptionist Hello. Welcome to the Youth Hostel.
Patricia Hello.
Receptionist What’s your first name?
Patricia It’s Patricia.
Learn it! Use it!
Receptionist And 1 ?
Patricia It’s Harrison. What’s your first name/surname?
It’s…
Receptionist 2
?
What nationality are you?
Patricia It’s 18 Park Street, Dublin. I’m…
Receptionist 3
? How old are you?
Patricia I’m Irish. I’m…
Receptionist 4
? What’s your address?
It’s…
Patricia I’m 19.
What’s your phone number?
Receptionist OK. 5 ? It’s…
Patricia It’s 01762 446035.

Fast finishers
5 Pairwork Scegli una persona dai 2 factfile. A turno, Scrivi risposte personali alle domande
fai domande e rispondi. Usa le espressioni del nel riquadro Learn it! Use it!
Learn it! Use it!. K
B What’s your first name?
A Chris Anderson, 15 A It’s Chris. B Alex Ross, 14
Irish B What’s your surname? Australian
14 Castle Road, Kilderry A … 217 Marine Drive, Townsville
0207 421522 01979 669373
Workbook page 133 thirty-one 31
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 31 22/03/2016 16:09

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto e trova questi luoghi:
a clock a museum a cathedral
I’m Mia and this is my home town – York. It’s t’s in the c
north of England. York is a historic city.
It’s small, old and pretty. The cathedral and
nd the old
streets are popular with tourists. The shopss are great d
and the museums are interesting for teenagers.agers.
This is an actor at the Jorvik Centre (a). The
he Jorvik
Centre’s a museum,, but it isn’t boring.
Ce g It’s about the
Vikings.
Vi kings.
g It’s fun!
a
b
My name’s Alfie. My home town is London. It’s the
capital of the UK. It’s in the south of England. London
is full of tourists. The popular sights for tourists are
the Houses of Parliament, Big Ben and Buckingham
Palace. But London is great for teenagers, too!
2 1.44 Ascolta e leggi. Completa la tabella
This is the London Eye (c). It’s from the year 2000.
sui due teenager e le loro città natali. K
It’s great. The shops in London are fantastic, but my
Mia favourite part of London is Camden Market. It’s an
Town 1 enormous market in the north of London. It’s big
Country England and fun, and it isn’t expensive.
Position north
Why is it • cathedral and
2
streets Glossary
interesting? • great 3
home town città natale
4
• interesting pretty carina
(for example, the Jorvik Centre) streets strade
popular with tourists popolare tra i turisti
Competences
Alfie
Vikings vichinghi
Town 5
fun divertente
Country 6
full of piena di
Position 7 sights cose da vedere
Why is it • famous tourist sights (for
interesting? example, 8 ,
9
, 3 Scegli la risposta corretta.
10
and the 1 Mia’s home town is
London Eye) a enormous. b small. c big. d boring.
• fantastic
11
2 Alfie’s home town is
• cheap markets a boring. b pretty. c fun. d small.
32 thirty-two
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 32 22/03/2016 16:09

Listening
Competences
4 1.45 Ascolta e scrivi Tom e Sophie accanto le loro città natali.
Tom Sophie
Manchester
5 1.45 Riascolta e rispondi alle domande.

1 Is St Andrews a big city?
2 Where is St Andrews?
3 Is St Andrews popular with tourists? St Andrews
4 Where is Manchester?
5 Is Manchester a big city?
6 Is Manchester famous?
Speaking
6 Pairwork Pensa ad una città o ad un paese italiano famoso. Fai domande
e cerca di indovinare la città o il paese scelto dal tuo compagno.
• north/south/east/west/centre? • old? modern? beautiful?
• big? small? town? city? • popular with tourists?
A Is it in the north of Italy?
B No, it isn’t. It’s in the south.
A Is it a big city?
Writing
7 Leggi il brano sotto (a destra) e cambia le parole in grassetto
adattandole alla tua città o al tuo paese natale.
Writing competence
and e but
Si usa and per unire due idee:
My home town is Castleford. It’s in the centre of
It’s small. It’s old. ➝ It’s small and old.
England. It’s small, quiet and old. It isn’t famous and
Si usa but per mettere in contrasto due idee: it isn’t popular with tourists. It isn’t interesting for
It’s pretty. It isn’t famous. ➝ It’s pretty, but it teenagers. It’s pretty, but it’s boring!
isn’t famous.
Workbook pages 134–135__ thirty-three 33

This ele
This
Thi electr
c onic file is provid
ded by Oxf
Oxford
ord Uni
Univer
versit
sitity
ity Pre
ess for
f use by stu
studen
dents
ts wit
withh vis
v ual
al imp
mp
pair
airmen
irme
men
en
nt on
onl
onl
n yy..
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 33 22/03/2016 16:09

Revision
Reading
1 Leggi i profili degli studenti e completa la tabella a pag. 35. K
Hi! My name’s Maria. I’m fourteen

and I’m Portuguese. My home
town is Lisbon, the capital city
of Portugal. It’s big, noisy and
beautiful! My favourite band
is Tokio Hotel. They’re from
Germany. They’re fantastic! I’m
into sport, too. My favourite sport
is volleyball. My school is old and
big. It’s in the centre of Lisbon. My
Maria favourite school subject is History.
My name’s Rudy and I’m fifteen.

I’m Polish. My home is Krosno.
It’s a small town in the south of
Poland. It’s old and beautiful, but it
isn’t very interesting for teenagers!
My favourite sport is football, and
I’m into rock music. My favourite
band is AC/DC. They’re from
Australia. My favourite school
Rudy subject is English. It isn’t difficult,

and it’s interesting.
My name’s Curtis, and I’m

American. I’m from Los Angeles in
the USA. I’m fourteen. Los Angeles
is modern and noisy. It’s great
for teenagers! My school is big
and modern, too. My favourite
subject at school is Music. My
favourite band is Coldplay. They
aren’t American – they’re British!
My favourite sport is basketball.
Curtis Basketball is very popular in

Los Angeles.
34 thirty-four
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 34 22/03/2016 16:09

name Maria Rudy Curtis
age
home town
country
nationality
favourite band
band’s nationality
favourite sport
favourite school subject
Dialogue work Translation

2 Functions Scegli l’alternativa corretta per
completare il dialogo. 6 Traduci il brano in inglese.
Tash Hello. My name’s Tash. Gemma, Luke e Archie sono inglesi. Sono
di Bristol. Il loro cognome è Baxter. Bristol è
James Tash?
una città antica nell’ovest dell’Inghilterra. È
Tash Yes, it’s short 1for/of Natasha. And this
grande ed interessante. Gemma e Luke sono
2
am/is Eddie.
studenti alla Lord William’s School. Archie non è
James Hi. I’m James.
studente in quella scuola.
Eddie Oh! You’re the new student. 3What’s/
Who’s your surname? 4Is it/It is Clark? Speaking
James No, it 5is/isn’t. My surname’s Morgan.
Eddie Hi! Nice to 6know/meet you. 7 Pairwork Scegli un cantante o un gruppo
famoso. Di’ al tuo compagno se si tratta di
Tash What nationality 7are/is you, James?
una sola persona o, se hai scelto un gruppo,
James 8
I’m/It’s Australian. da quante persone è formato.
Eddie And 9how/what old are you? It’s one person./It’s a band with four people.
James I10’m/’re 13.
Fai domande al tuo compagno e cerca di
3 1.46 Ascolta e controlla. indovinare che cantante o gruppo ha scelto.
Is it a man (woman)?/Are they men (women)?
Writing What nationality is he (she)? / What nationality
4 Leggi il brano su Ellen. Di dov’è? are they?
Ellen’s 15. Her surname’s Lennox. She’s Scottish. She’s from What’s his (her /their) type of music?
Aberdeen. Aberdeen is a city in the east of Scotland. It isn’t
very big. It’s old and it’s interesting. Her address is 27 Leven What are his (her /their) famous songs?
Street, Aberdeen. Her phone number is 01447 842579. A It’s a band with four people.
B What nationality are they?
5 Scrivi un brano (circa 30 parole) su un A They’re…
tuo amico. Usa il brano dell’es. 4 come
modello. Cambia le parole sottolineate dove Con che velocità hai indovinato?
necessario.
Andrea is 12. His surname…
Talk to Max!
8 1.47 Parla con Max. Ascolta le sue

domande e rispondi ad alta voce.
thirty-five 35
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 35 22/03/2016 16:09

Extra listening
1 1.48 Ascolta Amy e scegli la risposta Dictation

corretta. K
3 1.50 Ascolta. Poi riascolta
olta e
completa il brano su Ben. K
Ben is 1 . He’s 2 .
He’s from a 3 town
in the east of 4
. It’s
5
, but it’s beautiful.
His school is 6 and
1 How old is Amy? 7
. His favourite
a 14 b 15 c 16
sport is 8
and his
2 Which country is she from? 9
type of 10
a b c is rock.
Speak up! Pronunciation /h/
3 Which year is she in at school? 1 1.52 Ascolta e ripeti il suono /h/.

a 7 b 11 c 13
2 1.53 Ascolta la pronuncia di
4 What is her favourite sport? queste parole.
a b c Hello! Hi! he his her how
here home hundred History
3 1.54 Riascolta e ripeti.
4 1.55 Di’ le frasi. Poi ascolta

5 What are her favourite animals?
e controlla.
a b c 1 Hi, Holly! How are you?
2 Here’s Helen. And here’s her
History book!
3 How old is Henry? He’s a hundred!
4 His home town is Halifax.
2 1.49 Ascolta e completa il modulo 5 Tongue Twister Prova a recitare
con le informazioni personali di Daniel. K questo scioglilingua.
Here’s Horrible Henry. And here’s his
horrible hamster, Herbie!
Name: Daniel 1
2
Nationality:
3
Age:
Competences
Address 4
George Street,
in the UK: Rochester
5
Telephone
number:
36 thirty-six
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 36 22/03/2016 16:09

unit
Vocabulary
Rooms and furniture
1 Abbina le parole alle parti della casa (1–6). T
bathroom bedroom dining room kitchen living room study
b
a
bedroom
c h
f i
d
g
1 bedroom 2 3
q s
m
n
k l o r
p
4 5 6
2 Osserva di nuovo la figura nell’es.1. Abbina le parole (1–19) ai mobili (a–s). T

1
armchair s 2bath 3
bed 4
bedside table bookcase
5 6
chair
7
chest of drawers 8
cooker 9
cupboard 10
desk 11
fridge
12
shelf 13
shower 14
sink 15
sofa 16
table 17
toilet
18
wardrobe 19
washing machine
1.57 Ascolta e controlla.
3 Decidi in quali stanze si posso trovare i mobili elencati nel riquadro.
armchair bed chair desk fridge shower table wardrobe washing machine
armchair – living room
4 Practice Chiudi il libro. Di’ il nome di una stanza. Il tuo compagno dice che
mobili vi si trovano. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli.
Workbook page 136 Picture dictionary 3 pages 226–227 thirty-seven 37

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 37 22/03/2016 16:09

He isn’tainto
There’s mouse!
1 Before you listen Osserva la foto e

rispondi alle domande.
1 Who is in the photo?
2 Which room are they in?
a) the kitchen b) Gemma’s bedroom
3 What animal is in the photo?
Culture focus
British houses
detached house villetta unifamiliare
semi-detached house villetta bifamiliare
a terrace (terraced house) villetta a schiera
flat appartamento
bungalow villetta a un solo piano
38 thirty-eight
T s electronic file is provided byy O
Thi Oxf
xfford
o Uni
Univer
ver
vve
erssitity Pre
P ess
ssss fo
for
o use
us by
by st
stu
ud
de
den
en
ents
ents
ts wi
witi h vis
wit vis
isual
al imp
im
mpair
pa
air
i men
ir me t onl
me on
n y.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 38 22/03/2016 16:09

Gemma Mum, where’s my Geography book?
Mum Oh Gemma, your bedroom’s a mess!
Gemma Yeah, sorry Mum.
Mum Well, are there any books on your desk?
Gemma Where?
Mum Under that bag.
Gemma No, there aren’t any books there.
Mum Well, is it downstairs? There are some books on the table
in the kitchen.
Gemma No, they aren’t my books.
Archie Mum… where’s Rocky?
Mum Not now, Archie! Gemma, look! Is there a book under
the bed?
Gemma Yes, there is. Oh! Help!
Learn it! Use it!
Mum What’s up?
Gemma There’s a mouse! Your bedroom’s a mess!
La tua camera è in un gran
Mum What?! disordine!
Archie It isn’t a mouse, silly! It’s Rocky, my new Not now! Non adesso!
hamster! Help! Aiuto!
Mum Oh, Archie! What’s up? Che cos’hai?
Silly! Sciocca!
Archie Er… Gemma… here’s your book.
It’s ruined! È rovinato!
Gemma Oh no! My Geography book! It’s ruined!
4 Comprehension Leggi le frasi e decidi se sono vere (T) o false (F).

1 Mum, Gemma and Archie are in the bedroom.
2 The bag is on the desk.
3 The bedroom is downstairs.
4 The Geography book is in the kitchen.
5 Rocky is a mouse.

1 Trova le parole che si riferiscono a stanze e mobili e cerchiale .
2 Trova gli esempi del verbo be e sottolineali .

• Scopri che tipo di abitazioni sono quelle nel riquadro. Quale preferisci e
perché? Ci sono case simili in Italia?
narrowboat thatched cottage caravan
Workbook page 137 thirty-nine 39

Th
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 39 22/03/2016 16:09

Grammar
A Preposizioni di luogo Watch out! !

There is/There’s viene anche usato per un elenco
di cose quando il primo sostantivo è singolare.
There’s a desk and a chair in my bedroom.
NON There are a desk and a chair in my bedroom.
in on under next to
Le preposizioni di luogo indicano dove si trova 3 Completa le frasi con is o are. Usa la forma
qualcuno o qualcosa. contratta quando possibile.
There are three hamsters under the wardrobe.
1 Osserva la figura della camera di Archie. 1 There a bag on the desk.
Completa le frasi con in, on, under, o next to. 2 There two books on that chair.
3 There 150 photos on my phone.
4 There a computer and a TV in my
bedroom.
5 There a good film on TV.
6 There two armchairs and a sofa in
the living room.
Forma negativa
There aren’t any books there.
The cat is under the chair.
1 The bag is the wardrobe. forma intera forma contratta
2 The lamp is the bedside table. singolare There is not There isn’t
3 The football is the bed. plurale There are not There aren’t
4 The book is the bag.
La forma negativa contratta si ottiene mettendo -n’t
5 The pencil case is the desk.
dopo is e are.
6 The plant is the TV.
7 The jacket is the bed.
4 Riscrivi le frasi dell’es. 3 alla forma negativa
2 1.60 Ascolta e controlla. contratta.
There aren’t three hamsters under the wardrobe.
B There is/There are
5 Completa le frasi sulla camera di Luke. Usa
Forma affermativa There’s, There are, There isn’t o There aren’t.
There aren’t two beds. ✗
There’s a mouse! 1 a TV. ✓
forma intera forma contratta 2 a computer. ✗
singolare There is There’s 3 two windows. ✗
plurale There are – 4 a desk and a chair. ✓
5 five football posters. ✓
There is e there are corrispondono all’italiano c’è e 6 an armchair. ✗
ci sono.
There is si usa con un sostantivo singolare. 6 1.61 Ascolta e controlla.
There are si usa con un sostantivo plurale.
There’s è la forma contratta di There is. Non esiste la
forma contratta di There are.
40 forty
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 40 22/03/2016 16:10

Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi 8 Completa le frasi con There, They’re o Their.
Is there a book under the wardrobe? Their house is very big.

No, there isn’t. 1 Where are Jon and Jim? at school.
2 ’s a good film on TV tonight.
forma
risposte brevi 3 mum’s Australian.
interrogativa
4 are two bathrooms in our house.
Yes, there is./
singolare Is there a wardrobe? 5 very good students.
No, there isn’t.
Yes, there are./ 6 Mrs Smith is English teacher.
plurale Are there two beds?
No, there aren’t.
D some/any (1)
La forma interrogativa di there is e there are si
ottiene facendo precedere is o are a there. Some e any indicano una quantità non definita.
Si usa some in frasi affermative.
There is a book. Is there a book?
Si usa any in frasi negative e interrogative.
There are some books in the cupboard.
7 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma interrogativa. Poi There aren’t any books in my bag.
dai risposte brevi personali. Are there any books on the bed?
There’s a teacher in this classroom.
Is there a teacher in this classroom? 9 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Yes, there is. There are some /any new students in our class.
1 There’s a bag under your desk. 1 Are there some/any good songs on your
MP3 player?
2 There aren’t some/any pens in my bag.
2 There are thirty students in this class. 3 There are some/any books on that shelf.
4 There aren’t some/any games on my phone.
5 There are some/any photos on my laptop.
3 There’s a computer room in this school. 6 Are there some/any pictures in the kitchen?
4 There are three posters in your bedroom.

10 Scrivi frasi alla forma affermativa (✓),
negativa (✗) o interrogativa (?). Usa
There is/There are e some/any.
5 There’s a washing machine in your kitchen.
a mouse /in the kitchen ✓
There’s a mouse in the kitchen.
1 a dog /in the hall ✓
6 There are twenty people in a football team.
2 photos of you /on your computer ?
C There/They’re/Their 3 good films /at the cinema ✗
Non confondere there con la forma verbale they’re e 4 a pen /in your bag ?
con l’aggettivo possessivo their.
There (are) = Ci (sono) 5 exercise books /on the sofa ✓
There are two rabbits at my school.
They’re = Essi/esse sono
They’re very beautiful. 11 1.62 Ascolta e controlla.
Their = il loro/la loro
Their mum is my teacher.
Workbook pages 138–139 forty-one 41

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 41 22/03/2016 16:10

Grammar in action
1 Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare il brano scritto da Ben.
Our house is in/on Bristol. It’s a big

house. Downstairs there 1’s/are a hall,
a kitchen, a living room and a dining
room. In the living room 2there’s/
there are two sofas, but there aren’t
3
some/any armchairs. Upstairs
4
there’s/there are four bedrooms
and a bathroom. There’s a big garden
but there isn’t 5a/any garage. My
favourite room is my bedroom. There’s
a bed 6next to/under the wardrobe.
7
There’s/There are a desk and chair,
too. My computer is 8on/under the desk. There’s a TV 9in/on a shelf, and
there are 10some/any DVDs. There aren’t 11some/any posters, but there are
12
some/any photos on the wardrobe.
2 Scrivi domande per Ben con There is/There are e some/any quando necessario.
four bedrooms?
Are there four bedrooms?
1 a garage?
2 a garden?
3 shelves in your bedroom?
4 a dining room?
5 posters in your bedroom?
6 armchairs in the living room?
7 a study?
3 Scrivi risposte vere per Ben alle domande dell’es. 2. Usa l’es. 1 come aiuto.
Yes, there are.
1 5
2 6
3 7
4
4 Pairwork Fai domande al tuo compagno sulla sua casa. Usa l’es. 2 e le tracce
nel riquadro come aiuto. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli. T
1
sofa / living room 2shower / bathroom 3TV / kitchen 4pictures / living room
5
dishwasher / kitchen 6books / your bedroom 7telephone / hall 8mirror / your bedroom
A Is there a sofa in the living room?

B Yes, there is.
42 forty-two Workbook page 140
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 42 22/03/2016 16:10

Functions VIDEO
Describing where things are

1 2.01 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. Che cosa ha perso Hannah?
Hannah Sam! Where’s my phone?

Sam Is it on your desk?
Hannah No, it isn’t here!
Sam Well, is it in your bag?
Hannah Oh no! Where’s my bag?
Sam Is that it?
Hannah Where?
Sam Under that chair?
Hannah Oh yes! Here it is! And
here’s my phone!
3 Scrivi il dialogo seguendo la traccia. Look!

Usa il Learn it! Use it! come aiuto. ES
here (qui/qua) si riferisce a qualcosa o
John Chiede dove si trova il suo lettore MP3. qualcuno vicino a chi parla.
Mum! 1 Here’s my mobile. Ecco qua il mio cellulare!
Mum Chiede se si trova nella sua camera.
2
Learn it! Use it!

John Risponde di no.
3
Where’s/Where are… ?
Mum Chiede se si trova in salotto. Is it in/on/under/next to… ?
4 It isn’t here.
John Chiede dove. Is that it?
5 Here it is!/Here they are!
Mum Suggerisce sotto quei libri sul sofà. Here’s… !/Here are… !
6
John Risponde di no.

7
Mum Chiede se è sullo scaffale.

8
John Dice di averlo trovato.

Oh yes! 9 !
4 Pairwork Con un compagno, segui le istruzioni per fare un nuovo dialogo.

Usa il Learn It! Use it! come aiuto. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli parlando
di un altro oggetto. T
Student A
• You can’t find your diary.
• Ask Student B to help.
• It isn’t in the first two places he/she suggests.
Student B
• Student A can’t find his/her diary. Fast finishers
• Answer his/her questions and make three suggestions.
Scrivi il dialogo dell’es. 4.
Workbook page 141 forty-three 43

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 43 22/03/2016 16:10

Reading
1 Before you read d Osserva
Osse
Os serv
se rv
va le ffoto
oto
ot o e de
deci
decidi
c di
cid iin
n
quale edificio tii pi
p accer
eeebbbe v
piacerebbe iv
ver
e e.
vivere.e. a
TeH Rr iEt i E
es
c leb b
and t h emiers !
e ry h o
c
myst
2 2.03 Ascoltata e leggi. Abbina i brani (1–3)

alle case (a–c) dell’es.1.
dell’es.1.
1
Sally-Ann Jacobs is a famous musician. Her home is a castle. It’s in
the north of England, in Cumbria. It’s old, but it’s also modern, and it’s
enormous! There are three floors, and there are 13 bedrooms and 15 bathrooms.
There’s a kitchen, and in the dining room there’s a table with 16 chairs! There’s a big
study, and there’s a music room, too. In the music room there’s a piano, some violins
and a guitar. There’s an enormous garden, and there’s even a small lake!
2
Toby Allen is a famous chef. His home is a beautiful thatched cottage in Wiltshire, in
the south of England. The kitchen in his house is incredible! There are two cookers,
a very big American fridge, and an enormous table. There’s a living room with two
sofas and two armchairs, and there’s also a study. In the study there are some shelves Glossary
with about two hundred books. The dining room is quite big, too. There’s a table and
Competences
eight chairs, and a beautiful fireplace. Upstairs, there are four bedrooms and three castle castello
bathrooms. Is there a garden? Yes, there is! It isn’t very big, but it’s pretty. floors piani
even persino
3 lake lago
Alex Lewis, the film critic, is rich and famous, but his house isn’t big. It’s a small thatched (cottage)
terraced house in Manchester. Downstairs there’s a living room and a kitchen. The col tetto di paglia
living room is small, but there’s a very big TV! There’s also an enormous bookcase, quite abbastanza
with hundreds of films. There’s a small table with some chairs in the kitchen, but fireplace caminetto
there isn’t a dining room. Upstairs there are two bedrooms and a bathroom. There’s a rich ricco
TV in the bedroom, too, but there aren’t any films. The bathroom is small. There isn’t
a bath, but there’s a shower.
44 forty-four
Thi
Th
Thiis e
h ele
ecctr
ttrroni
roni
on
nic ffil
ni fiilile iss p
prro
proovviid
vid
i eed
d by
by Oxford
Oxffo
Oxf orrd
ord
rd Uni
Uni
Un
nivve
ver
er
ersi
sity
sit
ity Pre
Pre
Pr
ress
ss ffo
for
orr u
o use
us
se
se by
by sstu
ude
den
en
ents
swwititith vis
wi visual
sua
ual
al imp
al mpair
mp aiirme
a ir
im me
men
en
ent o
onl
on
nllyy..
n
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 44 22/03/2016 16:10

3 Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F). Correggi le frasi false. K
Competences
1 Sally-Ann’s got a very small house.
2 Her house hasn't got a dining room.
3 There’s a lake in the garden.
4 Toby’s got two cookers in his house.
5 The dining room's got 16 chairs.
6 The garden is ugly.
7 Alex has got a house in Cumbria.
8 He’s got two TVs.
9 His house is semi-detached.
4 Scegli la risposta corretta.

1 There isn’t a bath in a 1. b 2. c 3. d 2 & 3.
2 There’s an enormous table in a 1. b 2. c 3. d 1 & 3.
3 Toby’s got a cottage in a England. b The USA. c Wales. d Scotland.
Listening
Listenin
5 2.04 Ascolta un’intervista radiofonica con un calciatore famoso.
Di quali stanze della sua casa parla?
6 2.04 Riascolta e segna con (✓) o con (✗) se Rio ha:
10 bedro
bedrooms a garden
8 bathro
bathrooms a study Notes
a living room
r a cinema • location
a dining room a garage • type of house (terraced house, cottage, castle, flat,
bungalow, etc.)
• number of bedrooms
Speaking
Speakin • number of bathrooms
• bath? ✓/ ✗
7 Presentazione orale Preparati a parlare della tua
casa. Completa gli appunti Notes, a destra. • shower? ✓/ ✗
• other rooms
8 Pairwork Parla al compagno della tua casa
e rispondi alle sue domande. Usa gli appunti • garden ? ✓/ ✗
dell’es. 7. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli. ES T
• garage ? ✓/ ✗
My house is in the centre of Bari. It’s a flat.
There are…
• my favourite room
Is there a TV in your bedroom? No, there isn’t.
Writing competence
Writing Virgola e apostrofo
9 Scrivi un brano (circa 30 parole) sulla tua casa. Usa i Si usa la virgola per separare gli elementi in
brani dell’es. 2 e i tuoi appunti dell’es. 7 come aiuto. un elenco, ma ricorda che si usa and prima
My house is a flat. It’s in the centre of Bari. There are dell’ultimo elemento elencato:
There’s a chair, a table and a sofa in this room.
three bedrooms and two…
Si usa l’apostrofo nelle forme contratte al
posto della lettera o delle lettere mancanti:
There is ➝ There’s We are ➝ We’re
Workbook pages 142–143__ forty-five 45

Thi
Th
Thhiis ele
elle
e lect
ctr
c ttrron
oni
on c ffil
ni fiille
e iis
sppro
rovided
ro viid
viddeed
d by
by O
Oxxxfford
Oxf orrd
ordd Uni
Un
Uniivver
n ve
er
erssi
sitity
itity P
Pre
re
essss ffor
fo
or
or use
usse
e by
by stu
ssttu
tuden
ud
de
den
en
e ts
ts w
wititith vis
vviissua
su
ua
ual
al
al imp
imp
mpair
airrmen
me
en
ent o
onl
on
nl
nlyy..
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 45 22/03/2016 16:10

Song CELEBRATION
Kool and the Gang

From: New Jersey, in the USA.
Types of music: pop, soul, funk music.
Band members: There are 10
members of the band. They sing,
dance and play lots of different musical
instruments. For example, they play
the guitar, the bass guitar, the trumpet,
the saxophone, the keyboards and the
drums!
Famous songs: Ladies’ Night (1979),
Celebration (1980) and Cherish (1985).
1 2.05 Ascolta questa versione della canzone e completala con le parole nel riquadro.
good come on It’s Let’s party time you
’Cos it’s a celebration.

Cos it’s a celebration.
Celebrate good times, 1 ! It’s 5 to come together.
(Let’s celebrate) It’s up to you. What’s your pleasure?
Celebrate good times, come on! Everyone around the world
(Let’s celebrate) Come on! 6 a celebration.
There’s a 2 going on right here Celebrate good times, come on!
A celebration to last throughout the years It’s a celebration.
So bring your good times and your laughter, too Celebrate 7 times, come on!
We’re gonna celebrate your party with 3 . Let’s celebrate.
Come on now (Celebration) We’re gonna have a good time tonight
4
all celebrate and have a good time Let’s celebrate, it’s all right
(Celebration)
We’re gonna have a good time tonight
We’re gonna celebrate and have a good time
Let’s celebrate, it’s all right baby.
Glossary
Celebrate good times facciamo festa
to last che durerà
throughout the years negli anni futuri
We’re gonna (=going to) have a good time
Ci divertiremo
2 Qual è la tua reazione alla canzone?
a I’m happy! b I’m sad. c I’m indifferent.
46 forty-six
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 46 22/03/2016 16:10

unit
Vocabulary
Families
1 Osserva l’albero genealogico di Luke e completa
le frasi con le parole nel riquadro. T
Peter Ann Ellen
Alan Donna Simon Clare
LUKE Gemma Archie Millie
Compare
aunt brother cousin dad grandma grandad
parents genitori
grandparents mum parents sister uncle relatives parenti
1 Gemma’s his sister. 7 Simon’s his .

2 Archie’s his . 8 Clare’s his .
3 Donna’s his . 9 Millie’s his .
4 Alan’s his . 10 Donna and Alan are his .
5 Ellen’s his . 11 Peter, Ann and Ellen are his .
6 Peter’s his .
2.06 Ascolta e controlla. Poi riascolta e ripeti. K
2 Practice Scrivi i nomi dei tuoi parenti. Mostrali al tuo compagno e rispondi
alle sue domande. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli. T
A Who’s Lucia?
B She’s my grandma. Who are Ambra and Simone?
A They’re my cousins.
Workbook page 144 Picture dictionary 4 pages 228–229 forty-seven 47

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 47 22/03/2016 16:10

He isn’t
I’ve got thirteen
into football
cousins VIDEO VIDEO
1 Before you listen Osserva la

foto e rispondi alle domande.
2 Are they at school?
3 Why are there some balloons?
Culture focus
Wales
Wales is a small country with three spectacular parks. Two
are in the mountains: Snowdonia, in the north, and Brecon
Beacons, in the south. There are also beautiful beaches on the
Pembrokeshire Coast.
48 forty-eight
This
s electr
c oni
o c file is pro
p vided by Oxford
d Uni
Univer
ve sit
sityy Pre
Press
ss for use by stu
studen
de ts with visual impair
irmen
rmmen
me
e
en
nt onl
nt nllyy..
n
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 48 22/03/2016 16:11

Ben Hi, Nat. Hi, Gemma. Why have you got those balloons?
Gemma Because it’s Archie’s birthday today. They’re for his party.
Ben How old is he? Eleven?
Gemma That’s right.
Natalie Have you got any brothers or sisters, Ben?
Ben Yes, I have. I’ve got a little sister, Holly. She’s nine.
Natalie Aw!
Ben And I’ve got thirteen cousins!
Natalie Thirteen!
Ben Yes. Mum’s got three brothers and Dad’s got two sisters.
Gemma Have you got any photos of your family?
Ben Yes, I have. They’re on my phone. Learn it! Use it!
Natalie Let’s see.
That’s right. Esatto.
Ben OK. This is my uncle with one of my cousins… Let’s see. Vediamo.
and this is my grandparents’ house in Wales. Awesome! Favoloso!
They’ve got a big house in the mountains. Lucky you! Beata te!
Natalie Awesome!
Ben What about your family, Nat?
Natalie I haven’t got any brothers or sisters. I’m an only child.
Ben Lucky you! Sisters are a pain.
Gemma Brothers are a pain, too!
4 Comprehension Leggi le frasi e scrivi a chi si riferiscono.

1 He’s eleven today.
2 Holly is his sister.
3 She’s nine.
4 His grandparents are in Wales.
5 She’s an only child.

1 Trova le parole che si riferiscono alla parentela e cerchiale .
2 Trova gli esempi di any e sottolineali.

• Come si chiamano e dove si trovano i parchi nazionali in Italia?
• Fai una ricerca su un parco nazionale nella zona in cui abiti. Che attività
si possono svolgere e che cosa si può vedere in questo parco?
Workbook page 145 forty-nine 49

Th
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 49 22/03/2016 16:11

Grammar
Forma negativa
A Verbo have got
(Present simple) I haven’t got any brothers or sisters.
Forma affermativa I have not got (haven’t got) a dog.

You have not got (haven’t got) a dog.
They’ve got a big house in the mountains.
He has not got (hasn’t got) a dog.
forma intera forma contratta She has not got (hasn’t got) a dog.
I have got a dog. I’ve got a dog. It has not got (hasn’t got) a dog.
You have got a dog. You’ve got a dog. We have not got (haven’t got) a dog.
He has got a dog. He’s got a dog. You have not got (haven’t got) a dog.
She has got a dog. She’s got a dog. They have not got (haven’t got) a dog.
It has got a dog. It’s got a dog.
We have got a dog. We’ve got a dog. soggetto + have / has + not (n’t) + got + …
You have got a dog. You’ve got a dog.
They have got a dog. They’ve got a dog. 3 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa contratta.
I’ve got a TV in my bedroom.
soggetto + have / has + got + …
I haven’t got a TV in my bedroom.
1 My town has got a famous castle.
Have got si usa per parlare di possesso. La forma
contratta si usa di solito nella lingua parlata e nella
lingua scritta informale. 2 We’ve got a big garden.
3 My grandparents have got a cottage.

1 Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa di
have got.
4 She’s got an MP3 player.
Gemma has got two brothers.
1 I a big bedroom.
5 Ben’s got a bike.
2 We a house in the
mountains.
6 You’ve got a new teacher.
3 Dad an old computer.
4 Natalie some friends in
the USA. 4 2.09 Ascolta e controlla.
5 They a new house.
6 You some good photos
on your phone.
2 Riscrivi le frasi dell’es.1 alla forma
affermativa contratta. Have you got any photos? Yes, I have.
Gemma’s got two brothers. forma interrogativa risposte brevi
1 Have I got a dog? Yes, you have. / No, you haven’t.
2 Have you got a dog? Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t.
Has he got a dog? Yes, he has. / No, he hasn’t.
3 Has she got a dog? Yes, she has. / No, she hasn’t.
4 Has it got a dog? Yes, it has. / No, it hasn’t.
Have we got a dog? Yes, you have. / No, you haven’t.
5
Have you got a dog? Yes, we have. / No, we haven’t.
6
Have they got a dog? Yes, they have. / No, they haven’t.
50 fifty
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 50 22/03/2016 16:11

Have / Has + soggetto + got + … ? 8 Completa le frasi mettendo l’apostrofo al
posto giusto.
Yes, + pronome personale soggetto + have / has. My parents’ house is in Scotland.

No, + pronome personale soggetto + haven’t / hasn’t. 1 Johns favourite singer is Katy Perry.
2 Where is your English teachers book?
La forma interrogativa del verbo have got si ottiene 3 Is this Giorgios desk?
invertendo la posizione del soggetto e di have: 4 This is the childrens school.
She has got a new phone. 5 John and Sarahs computer is in the study.
Has she got a new phone? 6 My friends names are Chiara and Francesca.
Nelle risposte brevi non si usa mai got. 7 Those are Annas pencils.
8 Mrs West is Kelly and Daniels teacher.
5 Scrivi domande con has got o have got.
Archie /a dog? Has Archie got a dog?
Watch out! !
1 you /any brothers? Gemma’s school is in Bristol. = genitivo sassone
2 Luke /a sister? Gemma’s in Year 9. = forma contratta di is
Gemma’s got two brothers. = forma contratta di has
3 Grandma and Grandad /a computer?
4 that café /the Internet?

C Why/Because
5 Gemma /a nice bedroom? Why have you got those balloons?
Because it’s Archie’s birthday today.
6 the students /their books?
Compare
6 2.10 Ascolta e controlla. perché si traduce in due modi:
why per le domande:
7 Dai risposte brevi alle domande dell’es. 6. Why are you in this classroom?
Has Archie got a dog? No, he hasn’t. because per le risposte:

We’re in this classroom because we’ve got
1 No, . 4 Yes, .
an English lesson.
2 Yes, . 5 Yes, .
3 No, . 6 Yes, .
Unit 4 Drill 3 page 116 9 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
We aren’t at school because /why it’s Sunday
B today.
Il genitivo sassone
1 Because /Why is Dad in the garage?
It’s Archie’s birthday today. 2 Sara’s got a poster of Giorgia because /why
she’s her favourite singer.
Il genitivo sassone ( ’s) si usa per indicare possesso.
3 Because /Why have you got those books?
• sostantivi singolari: possessore + ’s 4 I’m at my friend’s house today because /why
Ben’s phone (il telefono di Ben) it’s Saturday.
• sostantivi plurali regolari: possessori + ’ 5 A Because /Why have you got those
the students’ classroom (la classe degli studenti)
chocolates?
• sostantivi plurali irregolari: possessori + ’s
B Because /Why it’s my mum’s birthday
the children’s names (i nomi dei bambini)
con due soggetti: possessore + possesore + ’s today.
•
Mum and Dad’s car (la macchina di mamma e papà) 6 A Because /Why are you sad?
B Because /Why I haven’t got a TV in my
Possessore +’s / ’ + cosa posseduta bedroom.
Workbook pages 146–147 fifty-one 51

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 51 22/03/2016 16:11

Grammar in action
1 Osserva le foto e leggi il brano sui ragazzi e i loro animali domestici.
Scrivi se ’s corrisponde a is, has o al genitivo sassone (GS). T
Matt This is me with

Beth This is my dog, Rusty. I’m an
me with my little only child.
sister, Ellie, and
our cat, Sheba.
Tom This is me with my
brother, Jake. Our dog’s
name is Max. Jake’s got a
rabbit. His name is Toffee.
Beth’s [has] got a sister, Ellie. They’ve got a cat. The cat’s
1
[ ] name’s 2[ ] Sheba. Matt hasn’t got any
brothers or sisters, but he’s
3
[ ] got a dog, Rusty.
] got a brother. His broth er’s 5[ ]
Tom’s [4
] Jake. The two brothers have got a dog

name’s 6[
] got a rabbit. Their dog’s [
8 ]
and Jake’s [7
name’s 9[ ] Max. He’s [ 10 ] small

and noisy!
2 Completa le frasi scrivendo che grado di parentela

c’è tra le persone o a chi appartengono gli animali.
Ellie: She’s Beth’s sister.
1 Sheba: She .
2 Rusty: He .
3 Jake: He .
4 Max: He .
5 Toffee: He .
3 Completa il dialogo con la forma corretta di have got e aggiungi l’apostrofo

al posto giusto quando c’è un genitivo sassone in grassetto.
Ellie (Tom / have got) Has Tom got any pets?
Beth Yes, he 1 . He 2 a dog, Max. And there’s a
rabbit, but it’s 3Jakes rabbit. Jake 4 a spider, too.
Ellie What are their names?
Beth The 5rabbits name is Toffee. The spider (6not) a name!
Ellie What about Matt?
Beth He 7 a dog.
Ellie It’s not fair! All our friends 8 dogs… and the 9boys pets
are really cool.
Beth Hey! Sheba’s cool. And the boys 10(not) any sisters!
You 11 me!
4 Pairwork A turno, fai domande al tuo compagno sulla sua famiglia e rispondi. T
A Have you got any brothers or sisters?
B Yes, I have. I’ve got a sister. Her name’s Chiara.
52 fifty-two Workbook page 148

This electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press fo
or use by students with visual impairment onlly.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 52 22/03/2016 16:11

Functions VIDEO
Talking about dates and birthdays

1 2.11 Leggi e ripeti i numeri ordinali. T
1st first
2nd second 6th sixth
3rd third 7th seventh 11th eleventh
4th fourth 8th eighth 12th twelfth 16th sixteenth
5th fifth 9th ninth 13st thirteenth 17th seventeenth 21st twenty-first
10th tenth 14th fourteenth 18st eighteenth 30th thirtieth
15 th
fifteenth 19 th
nineteenth
20st twentieth

Chi compie gli anni?
Hannah What’s the date today?

Sam It’s the fifteenth of April.
It’s my mum’s birthday!
Hannah When’s your birthday?
Sam It’s on the twenty-
second of October.
What about you?
Hannah My birthday’s on the
eleventh of March.
Sam No way! That’s my
brother’s birthday, too!
4 Guarda il Learn it! Use it! e completa il dialogo.

Tanya Daniel, 1 your birthday? Learn it! Use it!
Daniel It’s 2 fifth What’s the date today?
3
February. What about you? It’s the (numero ordinale) of (mese).
Tanya It’s 4 twenty-seventh When’s your birthday?
5
August. 6 the My birthday’s on the…/It’s on
7
today? the…
Daniel It’s 8 fourteenth 9
November.
Tanya Oh no! It’s my friend’s birthday!

Fast finishers
6 Group work A turno, fai domande sul compleanno
dei tuoi compagni e rispondi. T Scrivi i compleanni della tua famiglia e
dei tuoi amici.
Workbook page 149 fifty-three 53

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 53 22/03/2016 16:11

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before y
you read Osserva le foto. Riconosci alcuni dei personaggi raffigurati?
FATH AND DAUGHTER:

FATHER HUSBAND AND WIFE:
Will Smith and Willow Smith Brad Pitt and Angelina Jolie
Will Smith
S is American. He’s a film star. He’s Brad Pitt is very famous. He’s a film star
in the Men in Black films. Will’s date of birth and a film producer. He’s American and his
is 25tth September 1968. His daughter’s date of birth is 20th October 1971. His wife
name is Willow. She’s young, and she’s a is a film star, too. She’s Angelina Jolie. She’s
film star,
s too. She’s in the film I am Legend in the action films Lara Croft: Tomb Raider
with her father. Her date of birth is 31st (2001) and Salt (2010). Her date of birth is 4th
October 2000. She’s a singer, too. Her
Octo June, 1975. Brad and Angelina have got six
famous song is Whip my Hair.
fam children: Maddox, Pax, Zahara, Shiloh, Knox
and Vivienne. Knox and Vivienne are twins.
Angelina’s father
CO
COUSINS: is a ffamous
amou
amouss ac
acto
actor,
tor,r,
Prince William and Zara Phillips
Pri too. His name is
Prin William is the future king of the
Prince Jon
Jo n Voight.
Voig
Voight
ht.
United Kingdom. His date of birth is 21st
Unit
Ju
June 1982. He’s a helicopter pilot. His
w
wife’s name is Catherine (‘Kate’ for short).
William’s got a lot of cousins. One of his
W
ccousins is Zara Phillips. She’s a horserider
for the England team. Her date of birth
is 15th May 1981. Zara’s husband is a
sports star, too. His name is Mike Tindall
and he’s an ex-rugby player for England.
Glossary
2 2.15 Ascolta e leggi. A chi si riferiscono le seguenti frasi? date of birth data di nascita
film producer
1 This person is a singer. produttore cinematografico
2 These people are sports stars. helicopter pilot
3 These people have got birthdays in June. pilota di elicottero
horserider cavallerizza
3 Rispondi alle domande. ES
1 What nationality are Will and Willow Smith?
2 Which films is Will Smith in?
3 When is Brad Pitt’s birthday? Look!
Competences
4 What are his children’s names? 1984 = ‘nineteen eighty-four’

5 Who is Angelina Jolie’s father? 2000 = ‘two thousand’
6 Who is Prince William? 2012 = ‘twenty twelve’, ’two thousand
7 What is his wife’s name? and twelve’
8 Why is Zara Phillips famous?
9 Are there any celebrity families in Italy? Who are they?

1 I am Legend stars a Willow Smith. b Will Smith. c Willow and Will Smith. d Brad Pitt.
2 Catherine is Prince William’s a cousin. b friend. c wife. d auntie.
54 fifty-four
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 54 22/03/2016 16:11

Listening
Competences
5 2.16 Ascolta e scrivi i nomi nell’albero genealogico di Emily.
Max Adam Chris Emily Annabel Liam
Name: Name: Name:

Age: 40 Age: 41 Age: 39
th
Birthday: July Birthday: 28 Birthday:
Name: Emily Name: Name:

Age: 14 Age: 12 Age: 8
st
Birthday: Birthday: 21 Birthday: April
6 2.16 Riascolta e scrivi i compleanni nell’albero genealogico.
Speaking
7 Presentazione orale Prepara una presentazione sulla tua famiglia. Traccia un albero
genealogico come quello dell’es. 5. Includi i nomi e i compleanni dei tuoi familiari.
ES T
8 Ora parla della tua famiglia al resto della classe. Usa queste espressioni come aiuto:
ES T
• I’ve got… • My …’s name is… • His/Her birthday is on…

• I’m an only child. • He’s/She’s got…
Writing Writing competence

9 Scrivi un brano (30–50 parole) sulla famiglia Le date
di Emily. Usa le informazioni dall’es. 5 e In inglese si possono scrivere le date per
includi il nome, l’età e il compleanno di ogni esteso (the 4th of September) però di solito si
familiare. abbreviano così:
Emily’s 14. Her birthday’s on the 17th of 4th September 2016
January. Her parents’ names are… 4/9/16 o 04/09/16
4.9.16 o 04.09.16
Workbook pages 150–151__ fifty-five 55

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 55 22/03/2016 16:11

Revision
Reading
1 Leggi e completa l’albero genealogico di Andy con i nomi mancanti.
Hi, I’m Andy! I’ve got two brothers, Jacob

and Alex. Our parents’ names are Anna
and John. Our dad’s got a brother, Uncle
Steve. His wife is our Aunt Paula. They’ve
got two daughters, our cousins Lily and
Maddy. Our grandparents’ names are Bob,
1 2 3 Helena and Pat. Bob and Helena are our
mum’s parents, and Pat is my dad’s mum.
4 5 6 7
8 9 Jacob 10 11 12
2 Rispondi alle domande sulla camera di Andy. ES T
In my bedroom there’s a bed, a desk and a

wardrobe. The desk is next to the bed. There
are two chairs. There’s a computer and a lamp
on the desk. There are some shelves next to
the desk. There are some books on the shelves.
There aren’t any plants. My skateboard is under
my bed. My dog sleeps on my bed! I’ve got
some Chelsea posters in my bedroom. Chelsea
is my favourite football team. There’s a Chelsea
cushion on my bed, too!
1 Where is the desk in Andy’s bedroom? 5 Who sleeps on Andy’s bed?

2 Where is the lamp? 6 What posters has Andy got in his bedroom?
3 What is there on the shelves? 7 Have you got any posters in your bedroom?
4 Where is Andy’s skateboard? 8 Who (or what) is on your posters?
56 fifty-six
electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by students with visual impairment only.
Go Live SBWB1 pp001_068.indd 56 22/03/2016 16:56

Writing 7 Pairwork Fai domande al tuo compagno e
completa la tabella con le sue risposte. T
3 Scrivi un brano (30–50 parole) sulla tua
A What’s your name? B It’s…
camera. Usa queste espressioni come aiuto:
• There’s a…
• There are two…/some… name?
• There isn’t a…
• There aren’t any… age?
• I’ve got a/some…
• … in/on/under/next to… birthday?
Dialogue work brothers/sisters?
4 Functions Completa il dialogo con le parole

their names?/ages?
nel riquadro.
date got here it’s no pets?

of the today where’s
house or flat?
Sarah Mum, 1 my bag?
Mum Is that it? Next to the door? where/your home?
Sarah 2
, it isn’t. It isn’t here!
Mum Why is it important?
rooms?
Sarah It’s Zoe’s birthday 3 . Oh!
4
it is! And here’s my phone.
garden?
Mum What’s the 5 today?
Sarah It’s 6 seventeenth 7
March. 8 Presentazione orale Usa le risposte
Mum Oh no! dell’es. 7 per parlare del tuo compagno al
Sarah What’s up? resto della classe. ES T
Mum 8
Grandma’s birthday today. Elisabetta is twelve. Her birthday’s on the
And I haven’t 9 a present for twenty-eighth of January. She’s got…
her!
Translation
9 Traduci il brano in inglese.
Speaking Ben ha una sorella. Si chiama Holly. Ha nove
anni. È estate. Ben e Holly sono nella casa dei
Talk to Max! loro nonni in Galles. La casa è molto grande. Ha
cinque camere da letto e due bagni. C’è un bel
6 2.18 Parla con Max. Ascolta le sue giardino grande. Oggi c’è una festa in giardino
domande e rispondi ad alta voce. perché è il compleanno della loro nonna.
fifty-seven 57
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 57 22/03/2016 16:11

Extra listening
1 2.19 Ascolta Rob e modifica la figura Dictation

aggiugendo o cancellando oggetti in base
alla sua descrizione. 4 2.21 Ascolta. Poi riascolta e completa
il brano su Alison.
Alison’s 1 .
2 2.19 Riascolta e completa le frasi con
She 2
le informazioni date da Rob.
brothers or sisters. Her house
1 There cushions on the bed. 3
,
2 The books are the . but it’s got a nice garden. There
3 On the there’s a , are 4 , a living room,
a and a . 5
and a bathroom.
4 There curtains. 6
is very small.
3 2.20 Ascolta Lisa. Quale foto di
7
bed, a bedside table
famiglia sta descrivendo: 1, 2 o 3? and some 8 .

1
Speak up! Pronunciation /ð/
1 2.23 Ascolta e ripeti il suono /ð/.
2 2.24 Ascolta la pronuncia di

queste parole:
the this that these those they
2 there mother father brother
3 2.25 Riascolta e ripeti.
4 2.26 Di’ le frasi. Poi ascolta e

controlla.
Competences
1 That’s my mother’s brother.

2 Where are they? There they are!
3 3 This man is their father.
5 Tongue Twister Esercitati a dire

questi versi in rima. A che velocità
riesci a recitarli?
This is my father, and that’s my mother.
Those are my sisters, and that’s my
brother.
58 fifty-eight
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 58 22/03/2016 16:11

unit
Vocabulary
Daily routines
1 Scrivi le attività della tabella sotto le figure (1–10). T
7.00am get up 12 (midday) have lunch

7.10am have a shower 3.30pm finish school
7.20am get dressed 4.00pm do (my) homework
7.30am have breakfast 6.30pm have dinner
8.00am leave home 10.00pm go to bed
1 have a shower 2 3
4 5 6 7
8 9 10
2 Scrivi quali attività quotidiane svolgi:

a) in the morning b) in the afternoon c) in the evening
3 Practice Di’ una delle attività dell’es.1.

Look!
Il tuo compagno ti dice a che ora la
svolge. T In italiano si usa il verbo ‘fare’ in
A get up espressioni come ‘fare colazione’. In
inglese invece si usa have. In questi casi
B quarter to seven
have non significa ‘possedere’.
Workbook page 152 Picture dictionary 5 pages 230–231 fifty-nine 59

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 59 22/03/2016 16:11

IHe
never
isn’tget
intoupfootball
late VIDEO VIDEO
1 Before you listen Osserva la foto e rispondi

alle domande.
2 Where are they?
a at school b at a bus stop c at home
Culture focus
The school day
Lessons at British secondary schools are usually from 9am
to 3.30pm. There’s no school on Saturdays. Students usually
have lunch at school.
60 sixty
This ele
Th elec
electr
el ctr
ttrroni
ron
oni
nic fi
n fiille iss pro
fil p vid
ded
ed by Oxf
O ord
Ox d Uni
Univer
ve sit
ver sityy Pre
P ss for
fo
o use byy studen
dents
nts wit
w h vis
visual
uall imp
mp
pair
a me
men
m nt on
onl
on yy..
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 60 22/03/2016 16:11

It’s Friday. Gemma and Archie see Ben at the bus stop. They stop to chat.
Ben Oh come on, it’s ten past four! The bus is late.
Gemma We never get the bus on Fridays. We always go to
Grandma’s house.
Ben Really?
Gemma Yeah, my mum works at the hospital, so we sometimes
sleep at Grandma’s.
Ben Oh, right. Where is that bus?!
Gemma Oh, it’s always late.
Archie It’s really great at Grandma’s! We usually play video
games in the evening.
Ben No way! Your grandma’s cool. My grandma
hasn’t got any video games – or a computer!
Learn it! Use it!
Gemma And in the morning we get up late, and Grandma
makes an enormous breakfast. It’s fantastic! Come on Sbrigati
Ben Lucky you! I never get up late. Really? Davvero?
How come? Come mai?
Gemma How come?
I have a lie-in!
Ben I work at the weekend. I prefer school days, Resto a letto fino a tardi!
because then I have a lie-in!
4 Comprehension Correggi queste frasi false e riscrivile.

1 Gemma is late.
2 Today is Thursday.
3 Gemma and Archie think it’s boring at Grandma’s house.
4 Ben’s grandma has got some video games.
5 Gemma and Archie’s grandma makes a horrible breakfast.

1 Trova le attività della routine quotidiana e cerchiale
2 Trova gli esempi del verbo have got e sottolineali .
3 Trova gli esempi di ’s. Quali sono genitivo sassone e quali il verbo be?

• Osserva un giorno dell’orario scolastico di una scuola britannica. Poi prepara
una tabella con il tuo orario scolastico per un giorno. Quale dei due preferisci?
9.00–9.10 9.10–10.00 10.00–10.50 10.50–11.10 11.10–12.00 12.00–12.50 12.50–1.50 1.50–2.40 2.40–3.30
Registration History Geography Break Maths Maths Lunch PE ICT
Workbook page 153 sixty-one 61

Th electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by students with visual impairment only.
Th
This
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 61 22/03/2016 16:11

Grammar
Variazioni ortografiche alla terza
A Present simple persona singolare
Forma affermativa • Con i verbi che terminano in -o, -ch, -sh, -ss, -x:
si aggiunge -es:
We get up late.
do ➝ does, teach ➝ teaches, brush ➝ brushes,
Mum works at the hospital. pass ➝ passes, mix ➝ mixes
• Con i verbi che terminano in consonante + -y:
I work in Milan. si elimina la -y e si aggiunge -ies:
You work in Milan. study ➝ studies, fly ➝ flies
He works in Milan. • Con i verbi che terminano in vocale + -y:
She works in Milan. si aggiunge regolarmente -s:
It works in Milan. stay ➝ stays, say ➝ says
We work in Milan. • Il verbo have è irregolare:
You work in Milan. have ➝ has
They work in Milan.
2 Scrivi la terza persona singolare di questi
soggetto + forma base del verbo (+ -s alla terza verbi al Present simple:
persona singolare) + …
watch wash have study like meet do
finish start listen go
Il Present simple si usa per descrivere:
• situazioni permanenti: watch watches
We live in London.
I am 15.
3 Completa le frasi con la forma corretta del
Present simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
• abitudini e routine quotidiane:
Sam gets up at 7 o’clock. Ben studies (study) in the evening.
They visit their aunt on Tuesdays. 1 Our grandparents (live) in London.
La forma affermativa del Present simple si ottiene 2 Luke (play) football on Saturdays.
aggiungendo la -s alla forma base del verbo per la 3 Gemma’s mum (work) at the
terza persona singolare (he, she, it ). Si usa solo hospital.
la forma base del verbo per tutte le altre persone 4 We (have) lunch at school.
(I, you, we e they):
5 My parents (go) to German classes.
He leaves home at 8.30.
6 Archie (do) his homework at
They leave home at 8.30.
7 o’clock.
1 Completa il brano con la forma corretta dei 4 2.30 Ascolta e controlla.

verbi tra parentesi.
Saturdays are fantastic, because I get up (get
up) late! In the morning, we 1 (visit)
my grandma. She 2 (be) 63 years old, B Preposizioni di tempo
but she 3 (be) cool! She 4
We get up late in the morning.
(live) in a big house. My sister and I 5
(play) with Grandma’s dog in the garden. We • le parti del giorno: in the morning
• i mesi: in April
6
(go) home at half past twelve and we in
• gli anni: in 2015
7
(have) lunch. After lunch, my friend
• le stagioni: in winter
Adam 8
(come) to our house and we
• i giorni: on Monday, on my birthday
9
(watch) films. In the evening, Dad on
• la data: on 25th December
10
(take) us to Pizza-u-like: my favourite • le ore: at 2 o’clock, at midday, at midnight
restaurant! Saturdays are great! • at night
at
• at the weekend
• le festività: at Christmas
62 sixty-two
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 62 22/03/2016 16:11

Watch out! ! Gli avverbi di frequenza si usano per dire con che
frequenza si compie un’azione. L’avverbio di solito
Quando si parla di attività regolari che si svolgono precede il verbo:
in un giorno specifico della settimana, in inglese I often text my friends.
si usa la forma plurale:
L’unica eccezione è rappresentata dal verbo be. In
I get up late on Saturdays.
questo caso l’avverbio segue il verbo.
I’m never late. NON I never am late.
5 Scrivi le espressioni di tempo del riquadro
nella colonna corretta. 8 Riordina le parole per formare delle frasi.
Friday midnight 15 February June
th Archie /late /always /is
2012 night the afternoon Easter Archie is always late.
Tuesday summer the weekend 1 usually/lunch/We/at/have/midday
1st March ten to three December spring
half past seven the evening 2 to the cinema/Saturdays/sometimes/go/
on/They
in on at
Friday 3 tired /is /My /mum /often
4 never /lessons /are /English /boring
5 always /pasta /eats /for dinner /Luca
6 Completa le frasi con la preposizione 9 2.32 Ascolta e controlla.

corretta.
School starts at half past eight in the morning.
1 We go to school Saturdays.
2 My dad works night.
10 Scegli l’alternativa corretta nella seconda
frase basandoti sulle affermazioni nella
3 Luke’s birthday is Christmas Day.
prima frase.
4 I do my homework the evening.
We haven’t got a television.
5 Gemma plays tennis four o’clock
We usually / never watch television.
Tuesdays.
1 My birthday is in April.
6 We visit my grandparents the
It is always /sometimes on Easter Day.
weekend.
2 My dad goes to work at 7 o’clock in the
7 Natalie’s family goes on holiday
morning.
summer.
He never /always gets up early.
8 They have lunch midday.
3 Manchester United is a very good football
7 2.31 Ascolta e controlla. team.
They often /never win.
4 My sister’s on a diet.
She never /often eats chocolate.
C Avverbi di frequenza 5 Anna hasn’t got a mobile phone.
She always /never receives messages.
We usually play computer games.
6 He works from 7am to 9pm, Monday to
0% 100%
Saturday.
never sometimes often usually always
He’s never /usually tired on Sundays.
Workbook pages 154–155 sixty-three 63

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 63 22/03/2016 16:11

Grammar in action
1 Leggi quello che Anna ha scritto sul suo giorno della settimana preferito.
Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Which is YOUR favourite day of the week?

Anniegirl02 Like + Reply
My favourite day is Sunday. On school days

I always get up/get up always at 7 o’clock,
but 1on/at Sundays I get up late. I sometimes
2
reads/read a book in bed and then I 3have/has
a shower. We 4have/do breakfast at 9 o’clock.
Dad usually 5makes/make an enormous
breakfast for us! 6At/On midday we always
7
go/goes to my uncle’s house for lunch. We often
8
have/has my favourite pizza! In the afternoon
we 9go sometimes/sometimes go to the park.
In the 10morning/evening we have dinner 11at/on
about 6 o’clock. Dad and Josh, my brother,
sometimes 12watch/watches football on TV. I
13
usually am/am usually tired, so I 14go/stay to
bed early.
2 Scrivi frasi su di te. Includi un avverbio di frequenza in ogni frase.

My mum /work /the weekend.
My mum never works at the weekend.
1 I /get up late /Saturdays.
2 We /have breakfast /8 o’clock.
3 My mum /makes /dinner /6 o’clock.
4 I /do my homework /the evening.
5 We /go to the cinema /Sundays.
3 Pairwork Scrivi frasi sul tuo giorno della settimana preferito. Usa le parole
nel riquadro e gli avverbi di frequenza. Poi confronta le tue frasi con quelle
del tuo compagno. T
wake up get up have a shower have breakfast go have lunch watch play
listen visit have dinner go to bed
My favourite day is Sunday. I usually wake up at 9 o’clock. I always have

breakfast in bed…
64 sixty-four Workbook page 156

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 64 22/03/2016 16:11

Functions VIDEO
Talking about the time

1 2.33 Ascolta e leggi i dialoghi.
Traccia le ore negli orologi (a–d).
1 Sam What’s the time?

Hannah It’s twenty to four.
Sam Oh no! I’m late for Football Club!
Hannah What time’s Football Club on
Wednesdays?
Sam It starts at half past three.
2 Hannah When’s The Simpsons

on, Sam?
Sam It’s on at six o’clock on Fridays.
Hannah It’s Friday today! What’s
the time?
Sam Oh, great! It’s five to six!
Dialogue 1 Dialogue 2
a b c d
12 12 12 12
11 1 11 1 11 1 11 1
10 2 10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4
7 5 7 5 7 5 7 5
6 6 6 6
now Football Club The Simpsons now
3 2.35 Ascolta e abbina le domande (1–3) Learn it! Use it!

agli orologi (a–c).
What’s the time? It’s…
What time’s (Football Club)?
a b
It’s at… / It starts at…
When’s (The Simpsons) on?
It’s on at…
(I’m) late for (Football Club).
1 What’s the time?

2 Excuse me, what time are the buses for Bristol?
3 What time’s dinner?
Fast finishers
4 Pairwork A turno, fai le domande dell’es. 3 e rispondi. T
Scrivi la tua versione del
dialogo nel es. 1.
5 Pairwork Con un compagno, fai un dialogo.
Usa l’es. 1 come modello. Cambia le parole in grassetto.
Workbook page 157 sixty-five 65

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 65 22/03/2016 16:11

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Abbina le foto (a–c) alle parole (1–3) nel riquadro.
a b c
1
babysitter 2
paper boy/girl 3
shelf-stacker
2 2.36 Ascolta e leggi. Controlla le risposte all’es.1. Poi abbina le foto (a–c) al
brano corretto (1–3).
T E E N J O BdaS day Sunday

Friday Saturd
es y Thursday
day Tuesday Wedne
MonIt’s the weekend! You get up late, you meet your friends, you play
video games… But some teenagers get up early on Saturdays and
Sundays. Today, three teenagers talk about their weekend jobs.
Jake, 14
4
I never have
a a lie-in at the
h weekend. Why? Because
B I do a newspaper
e round,
rou
ro
oun
un
und,
so I always
y get up early. I get up, I go to the
e local newsagent’s,
’s and then
en I dde
deliv
deliver
elilivver
ve
err
newspapers
p to people’s houses. I always gete up at half past ssix on Saturdays
rdays
a
and Sundays.
d First I have
e a quick shower, and
n then I have breakfast.
e Poor Mum!
She alwaysy gets up, too, and has breakfast with me. At the newsagent’s
e h
there are
three paper
p boys and two o paper girls. We start
ta work at seven o’clock. We ttake the
newspaperse to people’s h houses. We usually cycle, but we sometimes
m walk.k I usually
finish work
r at half past eight.
g After that, I go home and have a second breakfast!
a
2
Lisa, 15
I work at tthe local supermarket,
m so I get up early
e on Saturday m mornings. I’mma
‘shelf-stacker’.
c I put the food
o on the shelves.. I always get up at at half past seven.
e First,
I have a wash
wa and I get dressed.
r Then I have e breakfast. I leave
e home at quarter
a past
Competences
a work at half past

eight. I start p s at half past three.
eight, and I finish e My friend d Sally works
e
at the supermarket, W have lunch at midday.
too. We i We have a b break for an hhour, so we
usually go shopping. The work w r
isn’t very interesting, x money is good!
but the extra
3
a 14
Anne-Marie, Glossary
My aunt and
n uncle sometimes m go out on Fridays a or Saturdays. I go to their newspaper round giro per
house and I babysit for my y cousin. I really like
e my cousin! His name’s
a Oscar consegnare giornali a domicilio
and he’s four.
o I usually go a at five o’clock and e eat a pizza with Oscar.
s My auntt newsagent’s edicola
and uncle go
g out at about half
h past six. Oscarr and I play games, s or we watchh paper boys ragazzi che
TV, and he ggoes to bed at seven
s o'clock. I usually
u watch DVDs, but sometimes
m consegnano i giornali a domicilio
I do my homework
m first. Myy aunt and uncle usually
s come home at ten o’clock.
ck I shelf-stacker persona che
always spendn the money o on music. I download ad songs from the IInternet.
mette i prodotti sugli scaffali
66 sixty-six
This electronic file
i is provided by Oxford University
ve Press for use by students
d with visual impairment
p on
nly.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 66 22/03/2016 16:11

3 Completa le frasi con i nomi corretti.
Competences
1 works in a shop. 5 works with a friend.
2 has two breakfasts. 6 works for her family.
3 works in the evening. 7 gets up very early.
4 works in the morning and 8 ’s job is boring.
in the afternoon.

1 Who eats pizza at work? a Jake. b Lisa. c Anne-Marie. d Jake & Lisa.
2 Who works for ninety minutes? a Jake. b Lisa. c Anne-Marie. d Jake & Lisa.
3 Who spends his/her money on music? a Jake. b Lisa. c Anne-Marie. d Jake & Lisa.
Listening
5 2.37 Ascolta due teenager, Alice e Robbie. Quale dei due ha un lavoro?
6 2.37 Riascolta e numera le attività nell’ordine in cui le senti.

Alice Robbie
She does her homework. He does his homework.
1 She has breakfast. He goes to school.
She goes to school. He goes to work.
She brushes her teeth. His parents finish work.
She plays video games. 1 He has breakfast.
She has lunch. He goes to his grandparents’ house.
Speaking
7 Presentazione orale Preparati a parlare della tua giornata al tuo compagno.
Scrivi le tue idee nella colonna me. ES
me my partner
7am: get up / have a shower
morning
Breakfast: 7.30
afternoon
evening
8 Pairwork Parla al compagno della tua giornata. Scrivi appunti sulla sua
giornata nella colonna my partner dell’es. 7. ES T
I always get up at 7 o’clock. I usually have a
Writing competence
shower. I have breakfast with my brother…
Mettere in ordine cronologico le azioni
Writing (first, then, after that, finally)
Si usa first per descrivere la prima di una serie
9 Scrivi un brano (circa 50 parole) sulla routine di azioni: First, I have breakfast.
quotidiana del tuo compagno. Usa gli appunti
Si usano after that e then per descrivere le azioni
dell’es. 8. successive: After that / Then, I have a wash.
Giovanni usually gets up at quarter to seven in Si usa finally per descrivere l’ultima di una
the morning… serie di azioni: Finally, at 9.30, I go to bed.
Workbook pages 158–159__ sixty-seven 67

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 67 22/03/2016 16:11

Song
The Troggs
From: Andover, UK
Type of music: rock and roll, blues
Original band members: Reg Presley (vocals),
Chris Britton (guitar), Pete Staples (bass guitar),
Ronnie Bond (drums).
Famous songs: Wild Thing (1966), Love is all
around (1967)
Did you know…?

Il nome del gruppo ‘The Troggs’
viene dal nome originale del
gruppo, ‘The Troglodytes’. Wild
Thing, la loro canzone più famosa,
è stata cantata da molti altri gruppi
e cantanti, inclusi Jimi Hendrix,
Bruce Springsteen, Amanda Lear
e perfino The Muppets!
1 2.38 Ascolta questa versione della canzone e scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Wild thing Wild thing

You make my heart sing You make my heart 5sing/dance
You 1do/make everything groovy 6
We/You make everything groovy
I said wild thing I said wild thing
Wild thing, I think I 2like/love you Wild thing, I think you 7love/move me
But I wanna 3know/see for sure But I wanna know for sure
Come on, hold me tight So 8come/go on and hold me tight
4
I/we love you You move me
2 Sottolinea tutti gli aggettivi che descrivono la tua opinione

della canzone. Glossary
Wild thing creatura ribelle
boring interesting ridiculous beautiful terrible fantastic
wanna (want to) voglio
groovy magnifico
68 sixty-eight
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 68 22/03/2016 16:12

unit
Vocabulary
Free-time activities
1 Abbina le attività alle figure (1–12). T
go to the cinema listen to music use the Internet meet (my) friends
text (my) friends watch TV play a musical instrument read books
ride (my) bike play video games have (dance) lessons do sport
1 play video games 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
2 Con che frequenza svolgi le attività dell’es.1? Completa

le frasi in modo personale.
I often do sport, watch TV…
1 I often
2 I sometimes
3 I never
3 Practice Di’ al tuo compagno che cosa fanno i tuoi amici

e i tuoi familiari nel tempo libero. T
My friend Daniele plays a musical instrument.
Workbook page 160 Picture dictionary 6 pages 232–233 sixty-nine 69

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 69 22/03/2016 16:12

IHe
don’t
isn’tbelieve
into football
you! VIDEO VIDEO

2 Where are they?
3 What type of class is it?
Culture focus
Youth clubs
Young people do lots of activities in youth clubs (centri per i
giovani). They socialise and they learn new sports and activities,
for example street dance, languages and computer skills.
70 seventy
T s ele
Th
Thi ell c
ctrron
onic fifille is pro
provid
rovid
v ed by
by O
Oxf
x ord
rd Uni
rd Univer
v sit
ver sityy Pre
ess
ss for
orr use
se
e byy st
stu
tude
dents
t wit
witth
h visual
vis
isual
a imp
mpair
mp aii m
a
air me
men
ent
ent on
onl
nlyy..
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 70 22/03/2016 16:12

Gemma Hi, Nat. Where’s Ben?
Natalie He’s at home. I’ve got a message from him. It says
‘Sorry – I don’t like street dance. See you tomorrow.’
Gemma Oh, that’s a pity. I love street dance.
Natalie Oh look! There’s Luke.
Gemma Where?
Natalie Over there.
Gemma Luke? At a dance class? I don’t believe it!
Natalie He’s with a girl.
Gemma That’s weird. He usually goes to the cinema
Learn it! Use it!
with his friends on Saturdays.
Natalie Who is that girl? Do you know her? That’s a pity. (Che) peccato.
Over there Laggiù
Gemma No, I don’t. She doesn’t go to our school.
I don’t believe it!
Natalie And how old is she? Non ci credo!
Gemma I don’t know! Nat… do you like my brother? That’s weird. (Che) strano.
Natalie No, I don’t! Of course not! Of course not! Certo che no!
Gemma I don’t believe you! You like him!
4 Comprehension Completa le frasi con i nomi corretti.

1 is at home.
2 loves street dance.
3 has got a new girlfriend.
4 usually goes to the cinema on Saturdays.

1 Trova l’avverbio di frequenza e cerchialo.
2 Trova i verbi alla forma affermativa del Present simple e sottolineali.
6 Act it out Recitate il dialogo a coppie.

• Quali organizzazioni offrono attività per i giovani in Italia?
• Compila una lista di attività che puoi svolgere con le varie organizzazioni
giovanili.
• Fai parte di qualche organizzazione?
Workbook page 161 seventy-one 71
Th
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 71 22/03/2016 16:12

Grammar
A Present simple
Forma negativa 2 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa contratta.
I don’t like street dance. I get up early.

She doesn’t go to our school. I don’t get up early.
1 My parents work in a sports centre.
I do not (don’t) live here.
You do not (don’t) live here. 2 The lesson starts at 10 o’clock.
He does not (doesn’t) live here.
She does not (doesn’t) live here. 3 Mrs Ford teaches English.
It does not (doesn’t) live here.
We do not (don’t) live here. 4 We go to school by bus.
You do not (don’t) live here.
They do not (don’t) live here. 5 I play rugby at school.
soggetto + do / does + not (n’t) + forma base del 6 My dog sleeps on my bed.
verbo + …
7 You are from York.
La forma negativa del Present simple si ottiene
mettendo do not e does not (alla terza persona
8 We visit our grandparents on Sundays.
singolare) davanti alla forma base del verbo con
l’eccezione dei verbi be e have got.
Watch out! ! Unit 6 Drill 1 page 117
have si comporta come un qualsiasi altro verbo
quando non viene usato con got ad esempio in
expressioni come have lunch: Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
Ben doesn’t have lunch at home. Do you like my brother? No, I don’t!
We don’t have a snack after school.
Do I live here? Yes, you do. / No, you don’t.
1 Completa le frasi con don’t o doesn’t.
Do you live here? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
My mum doesn’t work at the weekend.
Does he live here? Yes, he does. / No, he doesn’t.
Sally and Paul don’t speak Italian.
Does she live here? Yes, she does. / No, she doesn’t.
1 Gemma live in Wales.
Does it live here? Yes, it does. / No, it doesn’t.
2 My friends often listen to rock
Do we live here? Yes, you do. / No, you don’t.
music.
Do you live here? Yes, we do. / No, we don’t.
3 I play a musical instrument. Do they live here? Yes, they do. / No, they don’t.
4 Ben watch football on TV.
5 You go to my school. Do / Does + soggetto + forma base del verbo + … ?
6 We study Spanish.
7 My dad watch films. Yes, + pronome personale soggetto + do/does.
8 We have dinner at school. No, + pronome personale soggetto + don’t/doesn’t.
9 Jim and Fay like rap music.
10 She have a shower on Sundays. Quando una parola interrogativa viene usata, si
She has a bath. mette all’inizio della frase: Where do you live?
72 seventy-two
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 72 22/03/2016 16:12

4 Riordina le parole per formulare domande. B Pronomi complemento
that / to / school / do / go / you ?
Do you go to that school? You like him!
1 they / dinner / when / do / have ? I’ve got a message from her.
pronomi personali
2 London / work / in / does / Laura ?
soggetto complemento
3 do / they / when / do / homework / their ? I me

you you
4 Internet / does / use / the / Grandad ? he him
she her
5 video / sisters / her/ do / games / play ? it it

we us
you you
5 Completa le domande e le risposte brevi. they them
Does Ben play rugby? Yes, he does.
I pronomi personali complemento seguono un
1 the students study Italian?
verbo o una preposizione.
No, .
2 you play a musical instrument?
Yes, . Compare
3 Nat go to Lord William’s School? Diversamente dall’italiano, i pronomi personali
Yes, . complemento non precedono mai un verbo:
4 you and Fran listen to pop music? I know her. La conosco.
Yes, .
5 Dad want this book?
8 Completa le frasi con il pronome
No, . complemento corretto.
6 2.43 Ascolta e controlla. Our cousins live in Ireland, but we often visit
them.
7 Leggi le risposte e completa le domande con 1 My sister is at my school, but I never talk to
le parole nel riquadro. .
What time When When Where Who Why 2 Are you Rachel? I’ve got a book for .
3 I love sport. Do you like ?
When does Gemma do her homework? 4 We often go to the cinema. Dad takes .
Gemma does her homework after school. 5 I like Emily and she likes !
1 work? 6 Who’s that new boy? I don’t know .
Sam works in Manchester.
2 go out?
9 Riordina le parole per formulare frasi.
My parents go out on Friday evenings. like / they / it / don’t They don’t like it.
3 start? 1 visit / them / we / often
School starts at quarter to nine.
4 dance lessons? 2 want / it / do / you ?
I have dance lessons because I want to be
a dancer. 3 I / her / don’t / know
5 meet after school?
We meet our friends. 4 see / him / we / never
Unit 6 Drills 2 and 3 page 117

5 like / me / he / doesn’t
Workbook pages 162–163 seventy-three 73

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 73 22/03/2016 16:12

Grammar in action
1 Completa il brano sulle abitudini di Jess con la forma corretta del
el Presentt
simple dei verbi tra parentesi.
I don’t get up (not get up) late at the ewweekend.

eekenennd d. I 1 (get
ett
up) early on Saturdays because I 2
((have)
have) a dan dance
d an
ncce
nc e les
lesson
sson at 9.30.
sso
In the afternoon, my friends and I 3
(go)
((go
go
g o) shopping.
shopping
shopp ping
ng.
g. My mum
mum 4
(work) in a shop on Saturdays, but ut myy ddad 5
((not
(no
nott wo
work)
rk)
k)
at the weekend. I 6
(have g
(h got)
ot)t)) a broth
brother,
otth
her, Charlie.
he Charli
ha
har
harlie.
arrlie.
i I
7
(not see) him
im
mo onn SSaturdays be beca
because
eca
ecause
ca he
he 8
(go
(go)
g )
go)
to football practice in the morning, g, an
and
nd
nd he
he 9
((not
nott co
no come)
come
me))
me
home in the afternoon. We
10
(not go)
out in the evening. We 11
(have) a big meal at home. We

12
(not do)
any sport on Sundays, and we
13
(not meet))
our friends. In the morning, I
14
(do) my homework and d
then we often 15
(go) to
my grandparents’ house.
2 Completa le frasi di Jess con il Present simple dei verbi tra

parentesi e i pronomi complemento nel riquadro.
it her him me them us
My dad takes me (take) to my dance lesson on Saturdays.

1 We often have Italian food on Saturday evenings. I (love)!
2 Charlie’s a good football player. We often (watch).
3 Mum and Dad (take) to our grandparents’ house.
4 Grandma cooks a big Sunday lunch and we all (help).
5 Our weekends aren’t very exciting, but I (like)!
3 Formula domande al Present simple.

you / get up / late at the weekend?
Do you get up late at the weekend?
1 what / you / do / on Saturdays?
2 what / you / do / on Sundays?
3 you / study / at the weekend?
4 your parents / work / at the weekend?
5 what / they / do?
6 you / have got / any brothers or sisters?
7 what / they / do?
4 Pairwork A turno, fai le domande dell’es. 3 e rispondi. T

74 seventy-four Workbook page 164
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 74 22/03/2016 16:12

Functions VIDEO
Expressing likes and dislikes

Quali cantanti piacciono a Sam?
Hannah Oh, Jessie J – I love her!

Sam Really? I can’t stand her.
Hannah Which singers do you like,
then?
Sam Well, I quite like the Black
Eyed Peas, but I don’t like their
new song.
Hannah But Jay-Z’s my favourite. I
really like rap music. It’s cool.
Sam Rap? You’re joking! I can’t
stand it!

Learn it! Use it!
3 Completa il dialogo con le espressioni del Learn it!
Use it! e i pronomi complemento corretti. I love + …
Megan Do you like football, Rob? I really like + …
Rob Yes, I do. 1
. I like + …
What about you?
I quite like + …
Megan 2
. I think it’s
I don’t mind + …
boring.
Rob What’s your favourite sport, then? I don’t like + …
Megan Tennis! I can’t stand / hate + …
Rob Really? Who’s your favourite tennis player?
Megan Rafael Nadal and Roger Federer are very
good. 3 . But Andy
Murray is my favourite.
4
!

Compare
5 Pairwork Scambia opinioni con il tuo
Diversamente dal verbo piacere, il verbo like regge
compagno sulle materie scolastiche
il complemento oggetto:
nel riquadro. Usa l’es. 1 e il Learn it!
Luke likes football. / Luke likes video games.
Use it! come aiuto. T
(soggetto + verbo + oggetto)
Italian Maths Science Geography ciò che piace
History Art Music
A Luke piace il calcio. / A Luke piacciono i videogiochi.
A Do you like History?

B I quite like it. What’s your favourite
subject?
Fast finishers
A It’s Art.
B Really? I can’t stand it! Scrivi un brano su ciò che piace/non piace
al tuo compagno.
Workbook page 165 seventy-five 75

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 75 22/03/2016 16:12

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Quale le
e tteenager
eena
ee nage
er
ha interesse per le seguenti attività:
a judo?
b musical theatre?
N
c the
the Sc
Scou
Scouts?
outs
ts??
FREE - T I M E F U
Some people think that teenagers
are only interested in the Internet My name’s Abigail and I’m thirteen. On Thursdays I go
to Scouts. There are about half a million Scouts in the UK.
and video games, but for these young We do some great outdoor activities, for example, climbing
people that certainly isn’t true… and camping. We also do science projects, and we learn
to cook and make things. But my favourite activity is
electronics! And we help people, too. We visit old people in
our
ur community. It
It’s
s a good wayy to spend our free time.
My name’s Harvey and I’m fourteen. I don’t like
outdoor activities, but I love drama and music. On Saturday ay
afternoons I go to a musical theatre club. Its name is First Act.
ers
I love it! We sing, dance and act there. Some of the teachers
p
are professional g
singers and dancers. We do concerts and d
shows for our families and friends. There are lots of First Act
A
clubs in the UK, and in the summer, there’s a
big First Act show in a theatre in London.
I’m Eve and I do judo in my free time. There’s

acclub in my town and I go there on Fridays
after school. There are about 50 people at the
afte
judo club: adults, boys and girls. There are
jud
different levels in judo. When you complete a
diff
level, the teacher gives you a new belt. There
leve
are different colours for different levels. I’ve
gott an orange belt. We sometimes do
competitions
commpetitions in other
towns.
tow
wns. That’s fun!
2 2.47 Ascolta e leggi. Poi rispondi alle domande. ES

1 When does Abigail go to Scouts?
Competences
Glossary
2 What is Abigail’s favourite activity at Scouts?
3 What is First Act? outdoor all’aperto
4 What do some people from First Act do in London? climbing arrampicata
cook cucinare
5 What colour judo belt has Eve got?
help (v) aiutiamo
6 What does the judo club do in other towns?
act recitiamo
7 Are there any Scout groups in Italy? shows (n) spettacoli
8 Is there a Scout group in your town? belt cintura

1 Harvey a likes b doesn’t like c doesn’t mind d hates outdoor activities.
2 There are about a five b fifteen c fifty d fifty-five people at the judo club.
76 seventy-six
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 76 22/03/2016 16:12

Listening
Competences
4 2.48 Ascolta Sarah e completa il factfile. K
Name: Sarah
Hobby: photography
What she does: takes 1 and sometimes makes
2
Favourite subjects: 3 and outdoor scenes

4
Photography class: on
Photos: on her website and in the 5 magazine
Speaking
5 Pairwork A turno, fai queste domande e rispondi. T
1 What do you do after school?
2 What do you do at the weekend?
3 What do you do in the holidays?
4 Do you want to try a new hobby?
If so, what?
Activities When?
1 Outdoor activities
Writing
sport Tuesdays and Saturdays
6 Leggi il modulo completato da Thomas. ride my bike in the afternoon, after school
Usa le informazioni per completare il brano.
I often do outdoor activities. For example,
I do 1 on Tuesdays and 2 , 2 Music, drama, dance -
and I 3 my bike in the 4 ,
after school. 3 Technology
I never do music, 5 or 6 , play video games at the weekend
because 7
prefer sport. use the Internet in the evening after dinner
I often use technology. I 8 play
games with my friend Rob at the weekend,
and I use the 9 in the evening 4 Friends
10
dinner. meet my friends on Saturdays
I meet my 11 on 12 ,
text my friends in the afternoon, after school
and I always 13
them in the
afternoon, after 14
.
7 Completa la tabella dell’es. 6 in modo personale.
8 Scrivi un brano (40–60 parole) Writing competence

sulle tue attività del tempo libero.
Fare un esempio
Usa le informazioni dell’es. 7.
Per fare un esempio specifico dopo un’affermazione generica,
si usa l’espressione for example seguita da una virgola:
I do lots of music. For example, I play the guitar and the piano,
and I sing in a group.
Workbook pages 166–167__ seventy-seven 77

This electronic file is p
prr
provided by Oxford
ord
rd University Press for use
se byy students with
h visual impairment
pairm
rm
me only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 77 22/03/2016 16:12

Revision
Reading
1 Leggi il brano su Lucas. Perché la sua scuola è insolita?
This is Lucas. He’s 15 years old, and he lives at Braebank School, in

England. Yes! He lives at school! It’s a boys’ boarding school. The boys live
at the school, and only go home for the holidays.
Lucas says: We usually get up at seven o’clock. We have showers and
‘
get dressed. We wear a school uniform. Breakfast is from half past seven to
quarter past eight. Then we brush our teeth. Lessons start at nine o’clock.
My favourite subject is History. I love it! I quite like Geography, too, but I can’t
stand Maths. It’s boring!
’
The boys have lessons in the morning and in the afternoon. Lunch is at half
past twelve, and lessons finish at half past three. Then the boys do their
homework, and after that they have dinner in the dining room at half past
six. The dining room is enormous! There are 600 boys at the school. After
dinner they go to the common room and watch TV, or they listen to music.
They go to bed at ten o’clock.
So what do they do at the weekend?
Lucas says, There are clubs, and there are also organised activities and
‘
trips at the weekend. I’m in the drama club and the Year 11 football team.
I love football! I sometimes go home at the weekend, or my parents
and sister visit me. It’s great here. I love it! I’ve got a lot of friends and
’
it’s fun!
2 Rileggi il brano dell’es.1 e rispondi alle domande. ES

1 How old is Lucas? 8 Where do they have dinner?
2 Where does he live? 9 What time do they go to bed?
3 When do the boys go home? 10 Which club is Lucas in?
4 What time do they get up? 11 How is Lucas’s daily routine similar
5 What is Lucas’s favourite subject? to your daily routine?
6 When do the boys have lunch? 12 How is it different?
7 What do they do after their lessons? 13 What do you think of Lucas’s school?
Writing Translation
3 Scrivi un brano (60–100 parole) sulla tua
routine durante un giorno di scuola. Usa 4 Traduci il brano in inglese.
l’es. 1 e queste domande come aiuto. La mamma di Gemma a volte lavora di notte.
• When do you get up? / have breakfast? / go to Cena alle 7 di sera. Poi prende l’autobus. Arriva
school? all’ospedale alle otto e mezzo. Inizia a lavorare
• What time does school start? / finish? alle 9 di sera e finisce alle 5 di mattina. Va a
• What lessons do you have at school? casa e si fa il bagno. Poi va a letto. Di solito si
• Where do you have lunch? alza a mezzogiorno.
• What do you do after school? / after dinner?
• What time do you go to bed?
78 seventy-eight
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 78 22/03/2016 16:12

Speaking
5 Pairwork A turno, fai domande e rispondi su 6 Presentazione orale Prepara una breve
ciò che ti piace e ciò che non ti piace. Usa le presentazione sui gusti del tuo compagno.
foto e gli esempi come aiuto. Completa la Usa le informazioni dell’es. 5. ES
tabella con le informazioni sui gusti del tuo This is Matteo. He doesn’t like Science, but he
compagno. T likes History…
A Do you like Science?
B Yes I do. I love it. Do you like it?
A No, I don’t. I hate it! It’s boring.
my partner’s name:
Talk to Max!
likes dislikes why?
domande e rispondi ad alta voce.
Dialogue work
8 Functions Completa i minidialoghi con le
espressioni nel riquadro.
do you like I can’t stand I love it I’m late

what’s the time what time’s
when does it start
1 Dave Mum, 1 ?
Mum It’s half past six.
Dave 2
dinner?
Mum Dinner is always at half past seven!
2 Sara Oh no! It’s five past six.

3
for Youth Club!

Liam 4
?
Sara At quarter past six.
Liam Well, that’s OK! There’s time.
3 Jack Hi Anna, 5
pop music?
Anna Yes, I do. 6 !
What about you?
Jack I quite like it, but I prefer rock.
Anna Really? 7
rock!
seventy-nine 79
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 79 22/03/2016 16:12

Extra listening
1 3.01 Ascolta Annie e scegli le risposte corrette. K
1 Which picture shows Florence’s family?

a b c
2 What time do they get up? 3 What does Annie do after breakfast?
a 11
12
1
b 11
12
1
c 11
12
1
a b c
10 2 10 2 10 2
9 3 9 3 9 3
8 4 8 4 8 4
7 5 7 5 7 5
6 6 6
4 Where do they meet Florence’s friends?

a b c
5 Where do they have lunch? 6 What does Florence do on Tuesdays?

a b c a b c
Speak up! Pronunciation /z/, /ɪz/, /s/
1 3.04 Ascolta la ‘s’ finale dei

Dictation verbi. Poi ascolta e ripeti.
/z/ goes plays
2 3.02 Ascolta. Poi riascolta e completa
il brano su Dominic. /ɪz/ watches finishes
/s/ likes gets
Hi, I’m Dominic. I love 1 .
In my free time, I 2
, 2 3.05 Ascolta e scrivi i verbi nella
I 3
songs and I colonna corretta.
4
musical instruments.
works does eats meets listens
I have 5 at school. After
teaches reads uses waits makes
school, I 6
my guitar,
and then I do 7
. On /z/ /ɪz/ /s/
Competences
8
,I9
lessons. I 10 them.
On 11
,I 12
3 3.06 Ascolta e controlla. Poi
the guitar with my friends. We usually
riascolta e ripeti.
13
morning.
4 Tongue Twister Prova a recitare
3 3.03 Ascolta e controlla. questo scioglilingua.
Sam’s sister sits, smiles and sings.
80 eighty
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 80 22/03/2016 16:12

unit
Vocabulary
Sports
1 Abbina le espressioni alle figure (1–8). T
play basketball go cycling play football do gymnastics

do karate play rugby go skiing play tennis
1 play football 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
2 Leggi il Look! Poi completa le espressioni con play, do o go (1–6).
1 play cricket 2 swimming 3 horseriding
4 judo 5 athletics 6 netball
3 Practice Di’ al tuo compagno che sport

Look!
fai e che sport guardi. Usa gli avverbi di
frequenza nel riquadro. T play si usa con gli sport in cui si usa una
palla o si gioca in una squadra.
always usually often sometimes never
go si usa con le attività sportive che
finiscono in -ing.
I usually watch football on Sundays. do si usa con altre attività sportive.
Workbook page 168 Picture dictionary 7 pages 234–235 eighty-one 81

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 81 22/03/2016 16:12

IHe
can
isn’t
playinto
really
football
well VIDEO VIDEO

2 Where are they?
a school b home
3 What sport is it?
Culture focus
Sport at school
British students do lots of sport at school. In winter, they
do gymnastics, football, rugby, basketball, netball (simile al
basket), and hockey. In summer, they do different sports, for
example cricket, rounders (simile al baseball), and athletics.
Lots of schools have sports teams. They play against (contro)
other schools.
82 eighty-two
This
Th
Thi
his ele
ectrronic fililile
e is pro
rovid
vid
ded
e by Oxford Univer
ve
e sitty Press for use by studen
d ts with vis
visual impairmen
m t only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 82 22/03/2016 16:12

Gemma I’m bored! What shall we do?
Ben Let’s play basketball.
Nat Basketball?
Gemma Yeah – great idea! I can play really well. Let’s use this ball!
Nat But that isn’t a basketball!
Gemma It doesn’t matter. Come on!
Nat Anyway, I can’t play basketball.
Gemma Nat, it’s just like netball. Learn it! Use it!
Nat No it isn’t! They’re completely different! It doesn’t matter.
Ben Can you play netball, Nat? Non importa.
It’s just like…
Nat Yes, I can – a bit.
È proprio come…
Gemma Don’t listen to her. She can play really well! She’s a bit un po’
in the school team. Don’t show off!
Ben Well, basketball’s easy. Watch me! Non vantarti!
We’re in trouble now!
Gemma You can play quite well, Ben, but… watch and learn!
Adesso siamo nei guai!
Nat Gemma, don’t show off!
Ben Be careful! Don’t do that!
Nat Oh, no! We’re in trouble now!!
4 Comprehension Rispondi alle domande.

1 Does Gemma like basketball? 3 Does Nat often play basketball?
2 Have they got a basketball? 4 What sports team is Nat in?

1 Trova le parole che si riferiscono agli sport e cerchiale .
2 Sottolinea i pronomi soggetto e i pronomi complemento con colori diversi.

• Che cosa sai degli sport nel Regno Unito? Completa la tabella con un
compagno. Poi controlla le risposte.
Sport Number Ball Bat or racket Net Countries that play this sport
of players (✓/ ✗) (✓/ ✗) (✓/ ✗)
Rugby ✗
England, India, Pakistan, Australia,
Cricket ✓
New Zealand, South Africa
Netball 7
Workbook page 169 eighty-three 83

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 83 22/03/2016 16:13

Grammar
A can (abilità) 3 Riscrivi le frasi dell’es.1 dicendo che cosa sai

o non sai fare tu.
Forme affermativa e negativa I can swim.
She can play really well.
I can’t play basketball.
I can swim. I cannot (can’t) swim. Can you play netball?
You can swim. You cannot (can’t) swim. Yes, I can.
He can swim. He cannot (can’t) swim.
forma interrogativa
She can swim. She cannot (can’t) swim.
Can I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they swim?
It can swim. It cannot (can’t) swim.
We can swim. We cannot (can’t) swim. risposte brevi
You can swim. You cannot (can’t) swim. Yes, I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they can.
They can swim. They cannot (can’t) swim. No, I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they can’t.
soggetto + can / can’t + forma base del verbo + … Can + soggetto + forma base del verbo + … ?
Can è un verbo modale e ha le seguenti proprietà: Yes, + pronome personale soggetto + can.
No, + pronome personale soggetto + can’t.
• è uguale per tutte le persone e quindi non
prende mai la -s alla terza persona singolare.
La forma interrogativa si ottiene mettendo il
• è sempre seguito dalla forma base del verbo
soggetto dopo il verbo can.
principale senza il to.
Natalie can play netball. Can Natalie play netball?
• non usa mai l’ausiliare do / does alla forma
negativa o interrogativa. Nelle risposte brevi negative si usa sempre la
Jake can’t speak French. forma contratta.
Can you play tennis?
Can si usa per esprimere abilità. 4 Riordina le parole per formulare domande.
He can ski. cricket / can / play / you ?
Can you play cricket?
1 Scrivi frasi con can (✓) o can’t (✗). 1 guitar / Luke / can / play / the ?
our dog / swim ✓
Our dog can swim. 2 English / can / speak / Maria ?
1 my sister / play tennis ✓
3 use / a / computer / can / Uncle Peter ?
2 my brother / ride a horse ✗
4 pizza / make / can / a / you ?
3 I / speak German ✓
5 your / tennis / mum / play / can ?
4 we / read books in English ✗
6 you / do / can / judo ?
5 you / play the guitar ✗
7 brother and sister / dance / your / can ?
6 my cousins / do karate ✓
84 eighty-four
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 84 22/03/2016 16:13

6 Formula domande con can. Poi dà risposte C L’imperativo
brevi personali.
your dad / play rugby ? Pass the ball.
Can your dad play rugby? Don’t show off.
Yes, he can. / No, he can’t.
La forma affermativa dell’imperativo è uguale alla
1 your mum / speak French?
forma base del verbo. Ha una sola forma che vale
per il tu, per il voi e per il Lei.
Open the window, please.
2 you / play the piano? Close the door!
Per la forma negativa dell’imperativo si usa don’t
seguito dalla forma base del verbo. Questo vale
3 Valentino Rossi / ride a motorbike? anche per il verbo be.
Don’t tell Jack.
Don’t be late!
4 your grandma / send emails? L’imperativo si usa per dare ordini e impartire comandi
e istruzioni. Alla forma negativa esprime proibizioni.
5 your parents / sing in English? 8 Completa le istruzioni con la forma

affermativa o negativa dell’imperativo.
Usa i verbi nel riquadro.
Unit 7 Drill 2 page 117 get listen be be play sit
B Livelli di abilità
I can speak English:
very well ✓✓✓
well ✓✓
quite well ✓
Be quiet! ✓ 1 down! ✗
I can’t speak English:
very well ✗
at all ✗✗
7 Osserva i simboli per esprimere il grado di
abilità. Poi scrivi frasi su Gemma e Natalie.
Gemma / netball ✓ 2 to this 3
Gemma can play netball quite well. song! ✓ late! ✗
1 Natalie / netball ✓ ✓ ✓
2 Gemma / the piano ✗
3 Natalie / the piano ✓
4 Gemma / German ✓ ✓ 4 5 up! ✓

football here! ✗
5 Natalie / German ✗ ✗ 9 3.13 Ascolta e controlla.
Workbook pages 170–171 eighty-five 85

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 85 22/03/2016 16:13

Grammar in action
1 Leggi le regole del campo estivo in cui si trova Chris. Poi riscrivile
alla forma corretta dell’imperativo del verbo tra parentesi.
SUMMER CAMP
Punctuality for sports activities is very important!
Bedtime: 10pm!
No swimming after 7pm
No mobile phones during sports activities
Showers are obligatory after sports activities
No food in the TV room
For information: Sarah Lucas 0331 411682
Don’t be late for sports activities. (be)

1 at 10pm. (go)
2 after 7pm. (swim)
3 during sports activities. (use)
4 after sports activities. (have)
5 in the TV room. (eat)
6 for information. (call)
2 Completa il dialogo con la forma corretta di can e i verbi tra parentesi.

Chris Hi, Sally!
Sally Hi, Chris, how’s summer camp?
Chris It’s cool! We play football, tennis and cricket every day!
Sally Cricket? Can you play (you / play) cricket?
Chris Well, I 1 (not / play) very well, but it’s fun!
Sally Are the watersports lessons good?
Chris Yeah. I 2 (windsurf) quite well, but I
3
(not / sail) at all.
Sally Are the people nice?
Chris Yes, they are. There’s a group here from France.
Sally Oh! 4 (they / speak) English?
Chris Yes, they 5
.I6 (not / speak)
French at all, but they 7 (speak) English really well!
Sally What do you do in the evenings?
Chris There’s usually a party, but I don’t like parties.
Sally Why?
Chris I8 (not / dance)!
3 Scrivi cinque regole per la lezione di inglese con i verbi nel riquadro.
arrive copy listen play speak
86 eighty-six Workbook page 172

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 86 22/03/2016 16:13

Functions VIDEO
Making suggestions
1 3.14 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. Che cosa decidono di fare Sam e Hannah
domenica, e dove decidono di andare?
Sam Let’s go for a pizza on Saturday!

Hannah Sorry, I’m busy. It’s my mum’s
birthday on Saturday.
Sam Well, shall we go on Sunday?
Hannah Good idea. Where shall we go?
Sam Let’s go to Franco’s.
Hannah OK, great!
3 Completa il dialogo con le espressioni del Learn it! Use it!

Learn it! Use it!.
Dare e chiedere dei suggerimenti:
Annie 1
do on Saturday? Let’s go/meet/eat…
Jake 2
go swimming! Shall we/I go/meet/eat/play… ?
Annie 3
, but I can’t swim. What/Where/When shall we do/
go/meet/eat… ?
Jake Well, 4
play football? Accettare dei suggerimenti:
Annie 5
! Where? Good idea!
Jake 6
go to the park. OK, great!
Rifiutare dei suggerimenti:
Annie 7
, great!
Sorry, but…
Sorry, I’m busy.
5 Pairwork Segui la traccia per fare un dialogo con

il tuo compagno. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli. ES
A Suggerisci di andare al parco oggi pomeriggio.
1
B Di’ che non puoi perché hai compiti.

2
A Suggerisci di andarci sabato.

3
B Di’ che è una buon’idea.

4
A Suggerisci l’ora.
5
B Di’ che sei d’accordo.

6
6 Pairwork Fai un nuovo dialogo. Usa l’es. 5 e le idee

nel riquadro come aiuto.
Suggestions: go bowling go shopping play tennis

When: tomorrow afternoon Saturday morning
Fast finishers
Sunday afternoon
Excuses: it’s Grandma’s birthday I don’t like it I’m tired Scrivi il dialogo dell’es. 6.
Workbook page 173 eighty-seven 87

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 87 22/03/2016 16:13

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto sul sito web
della scuola. Quali attività vi sono raffigurate?
WESTFORD
SECONDARY SCHOOL
HOME AFTER SCHOOL
AFTER-SCHOOL FUN!
Can you play badminton? Do you like cricket? Can you play the guitar? Do yyou love books?
Year 11 student Sara McKinnie talks about Westford School’s clubs..
Sara, what type of extra-curricular activities can students do at your school?

chool?
Westford Secondary has got lots of different clubs. There are sportss clubs
and music clubs, a drama club, a computer club, and there’s also a school
orchestra and a school choir. Clubs are sometimes at lunchtime, but ut
they’re usually after school.
What sports clubs are there?
Well, there are clubs for team sports, for example, football, cricket, rugby,
gby
gby,
hockey, netball and basketball, and there are also clubs for individual al
sports, for example, tennis, badminton, running and gymnastics.
Some students like sport, but they can’t play very well. Is that a problem?
m?
No, it isn’t! Come and try a new sport!
Are there school sports teams?

Yes, there are. Some students represent the school in
tournaments or matches against other local schools at the
weekend. We don’t always win, but it’s fun!
I don’t like sports. Are there any clubs for me?
Yes, there are! Do you like computers? Join the computer club!
Are you an actor? Come to Drama Club! Can you sing? Join the
choir! And there’s the school orchestra, the film club, the book
club… and lots more!
Are you in any clubs?
Yes, I am. I love football, and I’m in the girls’ football team.
Football Club is on Thursdays after school. Matches are usually
on Saturday mornings. I’m also in the school orchestra. I can
play the violin very well now! We practise at lunchtime on
Tuesdays, and we sometimes have concerts.
F a complete
For l t list
li t off Westford
W tf d Secondary
S d
Competences
School’s clubs and the timetable, click here. Glossary
2 3.17 Ascolta e leggi. Quanti e quali sport vengono menzionati? choir coro
try prova
3 Rileggi il brano e rispondi alle domande. ES tournaments tornei
against contro
1 When do the clubs usually meet? 6 When does the orchestra
win vinciamo
2 When do the school teams play practise? join iscriviti a
matches? 7 Are there any clubs at lots more molti altri
3 Which club is for actors? your school? matches partite
4 Which clubs does Sara go to? 8 What activities do you do practise ci alleniamo
5 When is Football Club? after school?
88 eighty-eight
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 88 22/03/2016 16:13

S
Competences
1 School clubs are a never b always c rarely d usually after school.
2 Sara isn’t in the a football club. b choir. c orchestra. d football club or orchestra.
3 Sara says clubs are a obligatory. b fun. c difficult. d expensive.
Listening
5 3.18 Ascolta Lucas e Alice, due studenti della Bookwell School.
Segna (✓) i club a cui decidono di iscriversi.
Climbing Club the orchestra Volleyball Club
Drama Club Tennis Club
6 3.18 Riascolta e completa la tabella con (✓) o (✗), per indicare

rispettivamente che cosa sanno e non sanno fare Lucas e Alice.
Lucas Alice
climb
sing
act
play an instrument
play tennis
play basketball
play volleyball
Speaking
7 Preparati ad intervistare il tuo compagno. Scrivi le domande. ES T
1 What sports / can / do? 5 Can / play a musical instrument?
2 Be / in any clubs? 6 Can / sing / dance / act?
3 What / be / your favourite sport? 7 What / do / in your free time?
4 When / usually do / this sport? 8 When / do / these activities?
8 Pairwork Compila una lista dei club menzionati alle pagg. 88–89. Usa le domande dell’es. 7
per intervistare il tuo compagno. Qual è il club più adatto per lui? T

9 Scrivi un brano (40–60 parole) sul tuo compagno. Come evitare le ripetizioni
Matteo can play football, basketball and volleyball. His Ricordati di usare i pronomi personali
favourite sport is football, but he doesn’t like tennis. He soggetto, i pronomi personali complemento
goes swimming on Saturdays and he’s in a local football e gli aggettivi possessivi per evitare
team. His team usually wins… ripetizioni.
Sally is my sister. (Sally) She is ten years old.
Sally is my sister. I often play with (Sally) her.
Sally is my sister. (Sally’s) Her birthday is today.
Workbook pages 174–175__ eighty-nine 89

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 89 22/03/2016 16:13

Song Dancing in the Street
David Bowie – Solo singer Mick Jagger – Lead singer
and musician of The Rolling Stones
From: London, UK From: London, UK
Type of music: rock, pop Type of music: rock
Musical instruments: guitar, Famous songs by The Rolling Stones:
saxophone, keyboards Satisfaction (1965), Jumpin’ Jack Flash
Famous songs: Space Oddity (1969), (1968), You can’t always get what you
Heroes (1977), Let’s Dance (1983) want (1973)
David Bowie & Mick Jagger at

Live Aid 1985
Live Aid facts and figures Did you know…?

Organisers: Bob Geldof & Midge Ure Dancing in the street è una canzone di
Martha and the Vandellas (1964).
Event: two concerts with very famous bands
and singers; also on TV David Bowie e Mick Jagger registrarono la
canzone per raccogliere fondi per il Live Aid.
Locations: Wembley Stadium, London & JFK
Stadium, Philadelphia Bowie e Jagger ebbero solo 4 ore a
disposizione per registrare la canzone
TV viewers: 1.9 billion people in 150
in studio! Poi si precipitarono nella zona dei
countries
Docklands per filmare il video.
1 3.19 Ascolta questa versione della canzone

e scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Calling out around 1a/the world

Are you ready for a brand 2new/old beat?
Summer’s here and the 3time/hour is right
For dancing 4on/in the street
They’re dancing 5in/at Chicago
Down in New Orleans
In New York 6town/city
All we need is 7music/love, sweet music
There’ll be music everywhere
There’ll be swinging, swaying, and records playing
Dancing in the street
Oh, it doesn’t matter what you wear
Just as long as 8two/you are there
So come on, every guy, grab a 9girl/boy
Everywhere, around 10the/her world
There’ll be dancing
Dancing in the street… Glossary
brand new nuovissimo
beat ritmo
2 Qual è la tua reazione alla canzone? It doesn’t matter
a I love it! b I don’t mind it. c I can’t stand it. non importa
90 ninety
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 90 22/03/2016 16:13

unit
Vocabulary
Food and drink
1 Abbina le parole alle figure (1–20). T
apple biscuit bread butter cheese chicken crisps egg fruit juice ham
milk mushrooms onion orange peas potato rice sandwich tuna water
1 bread 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20
2 Scrivi le parole dell’es.1 nella colonna corretta.

vegetables fruit meat and fish dairy products drinks other
milk
3 Practice Fai domande sui gusti del tuo

Compare
compagno e rispondi. K T
I like apples.
A I can’t stand mushrooms. Do you like them?
NON I like the apples.
B I don’t mind them. Do you like milk?
A Yes, I do. I love it.
Workbook page 176 Picture dictionary 8 pages 236–237 ninety-one 91

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 91 22/03/2016 16:13

Some apple
He isn’t into juice and
four cakes, please
1 Before you listen Osserva la foto e
rispondi alle domande.
2 Where are they?
3 What food and drink can you see?
Culture focus
British money
Britain has the pound. The symbol is £.
100 pence = £1
£5.00 = five pounds
26p = twenty-six pence/p
£11.40 = eleven pounds forty (pence/p)
Bank notes: £5, £10, £20 and £50
Coins (monete): 1p, 2p, 5p, 10p, 20p, 50p, £1 and £2
92 ninety-two
This ele
elect
ctrron
onic file
e is provid
ded
ed by Oxf
xfford
d Universit
sititty Pre
esss for
for
o use by stu
st dents witth vvi
vis
i ual imp
impairmen
mp
p me t onlly.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 92 22/03/2016 16:13

Natalie Hi, guys! Two cheese sandwiches and a cake, please.
Gemma Hi, Nat. Ben, how many cheese sandwiches have we got?
Ben We haven’t got any cheese sandwiches. We’ve got three
ham sandwiches and one chicken sandwich.
Natalie Oh, that’s no good. I’m vegetarian.
Ben Oh, sorry. What about some crisps, then? We’ve got
cheese and onion, salt and vinegar…
Natalie No, thanks. I don’t like crisps. I prefer healthy food – fruit
or salad?
Gemma We haven’t got any fruit or salad.
Natalie Oh. Well, have you got any fruit juice?
Gemma Yes, we have. How much juice have we got, Ben?
Ben We’ve got lots of juice – orange, apple…
Natalie OK. I’ll have some apple juice and four Learn it! Use it!
cakes, please. Hi, guys! Salve ragazzi!
Gemma Here you are. That’s £2.45, please. That’s no good. È inutile.
I’ll have… Prendo…
Natalie Thanks.
Here you are. Ecco qui.
Ben Four cakes? That isn’t healthy! That isn’t healthy!
Non è sano!

1 What type of sandwich does Natalie want?
2 Does she want any crisps?
3 What does she buy?
4 What does it cost?

1 Trova le parole che si riferiscono alle bevande e cerchiale.
2 Trova le parole che si riferiscono ai cibi e sottolineale.

• Qual è il tasso di cambio tra l’euro e la sterlina britannica?
1 British pound (£1) = €
• Quanto costerebbe in euro il cibo comprato da Natalie?
Workbook page 177 ninety-three 93
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 93 22/03/2016 16:13

Grammar
A Sostantivi numerabili e non B a/an o some

numerabili I’ll have some apple juice.
some fruit juice and four cakes sostantivo numerabile
Sono numerabili (countable) quei sostantivi che si singolare plurale
riferiscono a cose che si possono contare. Questi a tomato some tomatoes
sostantivi hanno una forma singolare e una forma an egg some eggs
plurale.
sostantivo non numerabile
one sandwich three sandwiches
some cheese
Si usa l’articolo indeterminativo a/an con i

sostantivi singolari numerabili.
Per esprimere una quantità non definita nelle frasi
Sono non numerabili (uncountable) quei sostantivi affermative si usa some con i sostantivi plurali
che si riferiscono a cose che non si possono numerabili e con i sostantivi non numerabili.
contare. Questi sostantivi di solito non hanno una
forma plurale e perciò se sono il soggetto della
frase richiedono il verbo al singolare.
3 Completa le frasi con a, an o some.
We’ve got some crisps.
1 There’s banana in my bag.
water
2 I usually have sandwich for lunch.
3 We need rice for this recipe.
4 I always have apple in the morning.
1 Osserva l’elenco dei sostantivi. Scrivi il 5 I’ll have orange juice, please.
plurale quando possibile. Se non esiste il 6 There are tomatoes in the kitchen.
plurale, scrivi x. 7 Have cake. They’re delicious!
egg eggs 8 There are carrots in the fridge.
salt x
1 tomato
2 strawberry
5 Osserva le figure e scrivi le parole. Usa a, an
3 water o some e un sostantivo singolare o plurale,
4 apple secondo i casi.
5 oil
6 vinegar
7 bread
8 pea
1 2
9 carrot
some apples
10 milk
11 butter
12 mushroom
13 rice
3 4 5
14 lemon
2 Scrivi i nomi dell’es.1 nella colonna corretta.

numerabili non numerabili
eggs salt
6 7 8
94 ninety-four
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 94 22/03/2016 16:13

C some/any (2) D How much… ?/How many… ?
Have we got any cheese sandwiches? How much water have we got?
numerabile non numerabile How much sugar is there?
non numerabile
plurale numerabile How many onions are there?
There are some There’s some
affermativa
potatoes. cheese. How much e How many corrispondono all’italiano
I don’t want any I don’t want any quanto/a e quanti/e e si usano per informarsi circa
negativa
potatoes. cheese. il quantitativo di qualcosa.
Are there any Is there any Si usa How much con i sostantivi non numerabili,
interrogativa
potatoes? cheese? e How many con i sostantivi numerabili al plurale.
Si usa How much + is o are per chiedere quanto
Come avete visto nell’ Unità 3, si usa some in
costa qualcosa:
frasi affermative. Per esprimere una quantità non
How much is the juice? It’s 65p.
definita in frasi negative e interrogative bisogna
How much are the sandwiches? They’re £1.25.
usare any.
Sia some che any si usano con i sostantivi
numerabili plurali e con i sostantivi non numerabili. 9 Completa le domande con How much o How
many.
6 Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare le How many brothers and sisters have you got?
frasi. 1 chocolate do you eat
I don’t want some/any sugar in my coffee. every week?
1 Please buy some/any apples in town. 2 potatoes do you want?
2 Are there some/any eggs in the fridge? 3 salt do you usually put
3 We haven’t got some/any pasta. on your food?
4 I usually have some/any butter on my bread. 4 carrots have we got?
5 Have we got some/any beans? 5 cakes are there?
6 We don’t need some/any ham. 6 cola do we need for
7 Have you got some/any grapes for your lunch? the party?
8 Is there some/any milk?
10 Usa le tracce per scrivere dei minidialoghi con
9 There’s some/any pasta on the menu. How much / How many e There is /There are.
10 There’s some/any tuna on that pizza.
A eggs? How many eggs are there?
7 Completa con a/an o some/any. B six There are six.
There isn’t any rice. 1 A lemonade?
1 Please get lemon from the B one small bottle
supermarket. 2 A cheese?
2 Have we got ice cream? B a small packet
3 I usually have biscuits after school. 3 A apples?
4 Megan doesn’t want peas. B five
5 I haven’t got banana. 4 A tomatoes?
6 Do you want orange? B seven
7 I’ve got water in my bag.
8 Are there onions on your pizza?
9 My dad eats apple every day. Unit 8 Drill 2 page 118
10 There isn’t butter in the fridge.
Workbook pages 178–179 ninety-five 95

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 95 22/03/2016 16:13

Grammar in action
1 Leggi la ricetta e scegli l’alternativa corretta.
When you want a / some

LEMON BISCUITS
snack, but you haven’t got Ingredients:
This recipe
1
any / some biscuits or • 225g butter
makes about
cakes in the house, make • 110g sugar 20 biscuits.
2
any / some delicious • 275g flour
lemon biscuits! You don’t • 1 egg
need 3a / any special • 1 lemon
ingredients – just 4a / some Preparation time:
butter, 5any / some sugar, 15 minutes
some flour, 6a / an egg and Cooking time: Glossary
7
a / some lemon! 10 minutes need hai bisogna di
flour farina
2 Completa il dialogo con a, an, any, many, much o some.

Look!
Katy Mum, have we got any sugar?
Mum Yes, of course. Why? I numeri oltre il 100 si pronunciano così:
110 = ‘a hundred and ten’/’one hundred
Katy I want to make 1 biscuits. It’s Emily’s
and ten’
birthday tomorrow. 225 = ‘two hundred and twenty-five’
Mum That’s 2 good idea. And look – there’s
3
recipe in my magazine.
Katy Let’s see. OK! Do we need 4 ingredients from the shop?
Mum I don’t know. How 5 sugar do you need?
Katy 110 grams.
Mum That’s OK, then. And we’ve got 6 butter and 7 flour.
Katy And I need 8
egg. Are there 9
eggs in the fridge?
Mum Yes, there are. There are two.
Katy Good. They’re lemon biscuits. How 10 lemons do I need?
Mum One, so that’s OK, too!
Katy How 11 biscuits does the recipe make?
Mum About twenty.
3 Pairwork Scegli una di queste ricette. Il tuo compagno ti fa domande sugli

ingredienti per scoprire quale ricetta hai scelto. T
B Are there any apples in it? Apple pie
CHOCOLATE
A No, there aren’t. AND ORANGE
B Is there any chocolate in it? CAKE

A Yes, there is. butter, sugar,
eggs, flour,
B Is it… ? chocolate, butter, sugar, flour, water,
A Yes, it is! / No, it isn’t. oranges apples
Chocolate biscuits
Apple cake
butter, sugar, butter, sugar,
milk, flour, eggs, flour,
chocolate apples
96 ninety-six Workbook page 180

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 96 22/03/2016 16:13

Functions VIDEO
Ordering food and drink

1 3.26 Ascolta e ripeti i cibi e le bevande del menu.

Che cosa compra Sam?
Man Hello. What would you like?

Hannah I’d like a cheeseburger and
an orange juice, please.
Man That’s £3.05, please.
Hannah Here you are.
Man Thank you.
Sam And I’ll have chicken and
chips, please.
Man Would you like a drink with
that?
Sam Yes, please. Can I have a
bottle of water?
Man Sure. Anything else?
Sam No, thanks. How much is MENU
that?
FOOD
burger/cheeseburger £1.95/£2.30
3 3.28 Ascolta e ripeti. chicken £2.25
hot dog £1.85
4 Vuoi ordinare del cibo. Osserva il menu dell’es.1 chips 80p
e completa il dialogo.
DRINKs
Man Hello. What would you like? water 80p
You orange juice 75p
Man Would you like a drink with that? lemonade 90p
milkshakes: £1.60
You (strawberry, chocolate, banana)
Man Anything else?
You
Man That’s £ , please. Learn it! Use it!
5 Pairwork Usa il menu di sopra per fare Per ordinare il cibo:

un dialogo. Usa espressioni del Can I have … , please?
I’d like … , please.
Learn it! Use it!. A turno, fai la parte del
I’ll have … , please.
cameriere e del cliente.
Per prendere un ordine:
What would you like (to eat /
Watch out! ! to drink)?
Quando si offre qualcosa da mangiare Would you like… ?
o da bere, si usa some: Anything else?
Would you like some milk? Per pagare:
How much is that?
That’s (somma di denaro), please.
Workbook page 181 ninety-seven 97

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 97 22/03/2016 16:14

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before
Be
efore
eyyou
ou
u read
re
rea
ead
d Osserva
Osserrva le
Osserv e fo
foto
to
o (a–
(a–b)
(a
a–b
–b)) e ttrova
ro
rov
ova
va questi
questi ccibi:
ib
bi:
macaroni potatoes salad sausages soup

a
Martha’s blog
Marttha Payyne is from Scotland. She’s a British
schoolgirl, and she eats her lunch at school every day.
Sometimes she has a p packed lunch, but she usually
has a ‘school dinner’ – a hot meal at school. She’s very This is macaroni cheese with potatoes
interested in food, and she writes a blogg and salad. For dessert there’s jelly.
about her school dinners on the Martha loves this meal (9/10), but she
Internet. It’s called ‘Neversec cond
‘Neverseconds’ ds’ doesn’t think it’s very healthy (6/10)!
(
(non si può mai fare il bis)
bis).. M artha
Martha
takes photos of her school meals,
m
and writes comments about them t b
in a diary. Over a million peo
peopleple
read her blog. It’s an Internett
sensation! Martha’s school
meals cost £2. She gives
them a score every day. She
says if she likes them or
not, and she decides if the In this meal there are sausages,
meals are healthy or not. potatoes and salad. There’s soup, but
there isn’t a dessert. It isn’t a healthy
Here are two typical meals from Martha’s blog: meal (6/10), but Martha likes it (8/10).
Because Martha’s blog is famous, lots of students from other countries send photos
of their school meals for her blog. There are photos from Europe, Asia and the USA.
It’s really interesting to compare school meals and scores!
There is a special reason for Martha’s blog. There
are links from her blog to a charity. The charity’s
name is Mary’s Meals. When people visit Martha’s
blog, they sometimes give money to Mary’s Meals.
The money pays for school meals and school
kitchens in poor countries around the world.
Mary’s Meals offers a hot meal in a school every
day. Children come to the school for the meal and
they always stay for some lessons. School is very
important for these children. The food is different
Competences
from British school dinners! For example, children

in Malawi, in Africa, have a type of porridge. Its
ingredients are maize, soya beans and sugar. It’s
very healthy. Parents in very poor countries can’t
buy this type of food because it’s expensive,
but Mary’s Meals can feed a child for a whole
school year for just £10.70. ‘Neverseconds’ makes Glossary
thousands of pounds for this charity. packed lunch pranzo al sacco
What do you think of Martha’s school dinners? jelly gelatina di frutta
What score do you give them? reason motivo
charity organizzazione benefica
poor poveri
98 ninety-eight soya beans soia
This
Th
his electronic
electro
onic file is provided
prrovvide
ed byy Oxford
Oxforrd University
Un
nive
verssity
y Press
Pre
esss for
fo
or use by stud
students
den
nts with
with
h visual
visu
ual impairment
im
mpa
airm
meentt only.
onlyy
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 98 22/03/2016 16:14

2 3.29 Ascolta e leggi il brano. Poi rispondi alle domande. ES
Competences
1 Where does Martha Payne eat her lunch every day?
2 How much do her school meals cost?
3 What is ‘Mary’s Meals’?
4 What ingredients does Mary’s Meals use for school dinners in Malawi?
5 What do you usually have for lunch on a school day?
6 Which meals do you prefer: your lunches, or Martha’s?

1 Martha Payne is a African. b British. c English. d Asian.
2 Martha’s blog’s name is a Mary’s Meals. b School dinners. c Neverseconds. d Martha’s blog.
3 Mary’s Meals gives children a lessons. b money. c food and lessons. d the Internet.
Listening
4 3.30 Ascolta e segna (✓) i cibi di cui parla Daniel.
1 beef 7 chips
2 sandwiches 8 burgers
3 potatoes 9 pizza
4 curry 10 lettuce
5 pasta 11 carrots
6 eggs 12 cake
5 3.30 Riascolta e decidi se le frasi sono vere (T)

o false (F).
1 Daniel sometimes has a packed lunch.
2 There are always vegetables with the meals at
his school.
3 He usually has fruit at lunchtime.
4 He likes salad.
5 His favourite school meal is curry.
6 His favourite dessert is apple cake.
Speaking
6 Pairwork Leggi le domande e prendi appunti. A turno, fai le domande e rispondi. T
1 What do you usually have for breakfast?
2 What do you usually have for lunch?
3 What do you usually have for dinner? Writing competence
4 What is your favourite food? Il dizionario bilingue
5 Which foods do you hate?
Usa la sezione italiano-inglese del dizionario
per trovare il significato dei vocaboli che non
Writing conosci in inglese. Poi controlla di aver scelto
il significato corretto cercandolo nella sezione
7 Scrivi un brano (40–60 parole) sulle tue
inglese-italiano.
abitudini e preferenze alimentari. Usa
gli appunti dell’es. 6 come aiuto.
I usually have cereal, bread and jam for Fast finishers
breakfast…
Usa le risposte all’es. 6 per scrivere un brano sul tuo compagno.
Workbook pages 182–183__ ninety-nine 99

Thiss ele
This electronic
e ctrron
nic file is provided
pro
ovid
ded by Oxford
Oxfo
ord
dUUniversity
nivversiity Press
Presss for use byy students
stu
ude
entts with
witth visual
vissua
al impairment
im
mpaiirm
men
nt on
only.
nly.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 99 22/03/2016 16:14

Revision
Reading
1 Leggi l’e-mail di Annie. Quanti sport 2 Rileggi l’e-mail e rispondi alle domande. ES
nomina? 1 Who is Alex?
2 Does Annie like Holland House?
3 What sports does Annie do?
4 Why does she have tennis lessons?
5 What sports does Alex do?
6 What do they do in the evenings?
7 Where is Holland House?
8 What do they usually do at the café?
9 Where is Maisie on holiday?
10 Which sports in the text can you do?
11 What’s your favourite food?
12 What’s your favourite ice cream?
Dialogue work
Hi Maisie!
3 Functions Metti le battute del dialogo
I’m at Holland House Activity Centre, nell’ordine corretto (1–7).
on the south coast of England. I’m with Owen Good idea! I love James Bond!
my cousin Alex, and my aunt and uncle.
We’re on holiday for a week. It’s great
Owen What film shall we see?
here! In the morning we choose activities. Owen 1 Let’s go to the cinema on Friday!
I always go swimming, and I often play Owen Well, shall we go tomorrow?
tennis. I can’t play tennis very well, so
I have lessons. There are some great Sara Tomorrow? Yes, OK!
teachers. In the afternoon, I sometimes Sara Let’s see the new James Bond film.
go horseriding. Can you ride a horse? It’s Sara Sorry, but I’ve got Hockey Club on
fantastic!
Friday.
Alex usually plays football (what a
surprise!), but he goes climbing, too. He 3.31 Ascolta e controlla.
loves it, and he can climb quite well.
In the evening we have salsa lessons. 4 Functions Completa il dialogo seguendo
Alex can’t dance at all! He’s very funny. la traccia. ES
We work, too. I usually help in the Waiter Hello, what would you like?
kitchen. I don’t mind, because I love food! Jess Chiede gentilmente un tramezzino al
I can make biscuits and pizza. Pizza’s my formaggio.
favourite food! 1
The activity centre is near a beautiful old Waiter OK, and what would you like to drink?
village called Marsden. There aren’t any
Jess Chiede un succo di mela.
buses, but there are some bikes here,
2
so we can cycle to the village. There are
some shops and a café. We usually get Waiter Anything else?
ice cream at the café. It’s very good! Jess Risponde di no. Chiede quanto costa.
I always have chocolate, and Alex has 3
strawberry.
Waiter That’s £5.75 please.
How is your holiday, Maisie? Is France
nice? Send me an email, or text me!
Annie
100 one hundred

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 100 22/03/2016 16:14

Speaking
Talk to Max! 8 Scrivi un brano (40–60 parole) sulle attività
che fa il tuo compagno. Usa le risposte
5 3.32 Parla con Max. Ascolta le sue all’es. 6 e le informazioni su Luis dell’es. 7.
domande e rispondi ad alta voce. Includi le seguenti informazioni:
• musical instruments
6 Pairwork Scopri il grado di abilità del tuo • favourite music
compagno riguardo alle attività del riquadro. • languages
Le parole tra parentesi indicano che devi • sports abilities
chiedere ulteriori informazioni. T • likes and dislikes
cook (favourite food?) dance • other activities
play a musical instrument (which?/ well?)
ride a horse ride a scooter Translation
play tennis sing ski or snowboard
speak a foreign language (which?) swim
9 Traduci il dialogo in inglese.
Natalie Oggi è il compleanno di Gemma.
A Can you play a musical instrument? 1
B Yes, I can. I can play the guitar.

A Can you play it well? Luke Sì. Io e Archie abbiamo gli ingredienti
B Yes, I can play it very well. per una torta.
2
Writing
7 Leggi il brano sulle attività che fa Luis. Sai Natalie Quali ingredienti avete?
farne anche tu alcune? 3
Luke Abbiamo delle uova e della farina.

This is Luis. He loves music. He can 4
play two musical instruments. He can play
the guitar very well, and he can play the
piano quite well. Luis is Spanish, so he can Archie E c’è dello zucchero e del latte.
speak Spanish (of course), but he can’t speak 5
English at all. Luis can’t stand sport! He can

swim quite well, and he can play basketball, Natalie A Gemma piacciono le fragole. Avete
but he doesn’t like it. He can’t play tennis, and
delle fragole?
he can’t ski or snowboard. He loves animals, 6
and he can ride a horse! He
can cook quite well, too.
His favourite food is Luke Sì, ne abbiamo!
7
chocolate cake.
Natalie
e Archie! Quello non è zucchero, è sale.
Ma voi non sapete cucinare affatto!
8
one hundred and one 101

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 101 22/03/2016 16:14

Extra listening
1 3.33 Ascolta e scegli la risposta Dictation

corretta. K
1 What is Tom’s first suggestion?
3 3.35 Ascolta. Poi riascolta
e completa il brano.
a b c
This is Edith Barlow. She’s 82 years old. She’s
a supergran! She 1
in the mornings, and in the afternoons
she 2 to the shops.
She can 3 , and
2 What do they decide to do? she sometimes 4
a b c with her son. On Wednesday evenings

she 5 . Edith’s got
6
. Her daughter Victoria
7
, but it isn’t a problem.
Edith can 8
very well.
She can 9
, and she
3 How do they decide to go to town? 10
her grandchildren.
a b c
Speak up! Pronunciation can
1 3.37 Ascolta la pronuncia di can

4 Where do they decide to meet? e can’t nelle frasi.
a b c /kən/ I can swim. Can you swim?
/kæn/ Yes, I can.
/kɑːnt/ I can’t swim. No, I can’t.
2 3.38 Riascolta e ripeti le frasi.
3 3.39 Di’ le frasi. Poi ascolta e

5 What time do they decide to meet? controlla.
a b c 1 Sam can play tennis.
2 I can’t ski.
3 Can she play the guitar?
Yes, she can.
4 We can’t speak French.
5 Can I have a sandwich?
2 3.34 Ascolta e segna (✓) la lista della
spesa corretta. 4 Scrivi le frasi dell’es. 3 nella colonna
a b c corretta.
Competences
/kən/ /kæn/ /kɑːnt/
ham ham ham

6 eggs pizza 6 eggs
cheese chips cheese 5 Tongue Twister Esercitati a dire
tomatoes tomato tomatoes questi versi in rima. A che velocità
flour ketchup mushrooms riesci a recitarli?
oil I can sing, I can dance, but I can’t
mushrooms
swim to France.
Can you sing? Can you dance?
Can you swim to France?
102 one hundred and two
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 102 22/03/2016 16:14

unit
Vocabulary
Clothes
1 Abbina le parole (1–18) alle figure (a–r). T
i l p
a g j
f
m
c
q
b
h k
n
d
o
e
1 a red and yellow T-shirt c 10 green and white shorts

2 a green and yellow hat 11 a grey suit
3 an orange dress 12 a red and green tie
4 a red skirt 13 a blue and white jumper
5 black shoes 14 a white shirt
6 a pink sweatshirt 15 a yellow top
7 a blue coat 16 red and white trainers
8 green trousers 17 a purple cardigan
9 a brown jacket 18 brown boots
2 Practice Chiudi gli occhi e di’ che

vestiti indossa il tuo compagno. Watch out! !
Riesci a ricordarteli? I vocaboli trousers, shorts e jeans si
A OK … you’ve got black trousers, a usano sempre al plurale.
white shirt and a blue jumper. He’s got red shorts. / He’s got some
red shorts. NON He’s got a red shorts.
B No! My jumper’s green!
Workbook page 184 Picture dictionary 9 pages 238–239 one hundred and three 103
T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 103 22/03/2016 16:14

You aren’t looking! VIDEO
1 Before you listen Osserva la foto e rispondi alle domande.

1 Who is in the photos?
2 Where are they?
a in a shoe shop b in a clothes shop c in a food shop
3 What clothes can you see in the photo?
Culture focus
The prom
Lots of schools organise a prom (ballo di fine anno) for 16- or
18-year-olds. Students don’t wear their uniform; they wear
expensive, formal clothes. The tradition comes from the
United States.
104 one hundred and four

This e
Th
Thi ele
ectr
ctron
ctroni
ct onic
oni c ffilille iss pro
provided
vid
ded
d by
by Oxf
Oxf
xfo
xford
orrd
ordd Uni
U versitty Press
ss for use byy stu
ttu
udden
en
ents
s wit
w h vissual
ua imp
impair
airmen
air mentt onl
men only
nlly.
y.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 104 22/03/2016 16:14

Gemma What about this jacket? Luke! You aren’t looking!
Luke What? Oh, yeah.
Mum How much is it?
Gemma £44.99.
Mum That’s not bad.
Gemma What size are you, Luke?
Luke Er… large?
Mum You aren’t a large! Excuse me, have you got this in
a medium, please?
Shop assistant Yes, certainly. Here you are.
Mum Thanks. Luke, try this on.
Gemma Have you got a shirt?
Luke Yes. I’ve got a really cool shirt and a tie here.
Gemma Hang on. My phone’s ringing. Hello?
Natalie Hi, Gemma, what are you doing?
Gemma Hi, Nat, I’m shopping with Mum and Luke.
Luke’s choosing some clothes for the prom.
Luke What do you think? Learn it! Use it!
Mum Oh, Luke, no! That shirt’s terrible! Try this on. Provala.
And that tie! Hang on. Aspetta.
Gemma Oh, Nat, this is hilarious! I’m sending you a This is hilarious!
È troppo buffo!
photo now!
4 Comprehension Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare le frasi.

1 The a jacket b shirt c tie is £44.99.
2 Luke is a small. b medium. c large.
3 Gemma speaks to a Luke b Natalie c Archie on the phone.
4 Luke needs some clothes for a the prom. b a friend’s party. c school.

1 Trova le parole che si riferiscono ai vestiti e cerchiale .
2 Trova l’esempio di How much e sottolinealo. A che cosa si riferisce?

• Che cosa pensi della divisa di Gemma e Ben? Disegna una divisa per la tua
scuola. A turno, descrivi l’uniforme al tuo compagno.
• Scopri com’è la divisa di queste scuole del Regno Unito: Eton e Cherwell School.
Workbook page 185 one hundred and five 105
Th
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 105 22/03/2016 16:14

Grammar
A Present continuous 2 Completa le frasi con il Present continuous

dei verbi tra parentesi.
Forma affermativa Gran’s listening (listen) to the radio.
1 The cat (sleep) in the garden.
My phone’s ringing. 2 Luke and Archie (watch) a film.
forma intera forma contratta 3 You (wear) a nice skirt.
I am eating. I’m eating. 4 I (read) an interesting book.
You are eating. You’re eating. 5 We (study) the Romans in History.
He is eating. He’s eating. 6 Ssshh! Mum (talk) to Dad on the
She is eating. She’s eating. phone.
It is eating. It’s eating. 7 My brother and I (play) a video
We are eating. We’re eating. game.
You are eating. You’re eating. 8 Our cousins (visit) us from Canada.
They are eating. They’re eating.
3 Scrivi frasi alla forma affermativa del Present
soggetto + am/is/are + forma base del verbo + -ing + … continuous.
Hannah / wear / some new jeans
Il Present continuous si usa per descrivere: Hannah’s wearing some new jeans.
• azioni in corso di svolgimento nel momento in 1 Mum / take / my sister to school
cui si parla: Be quiet! Luke’s studying.
• azioni temporanee: My sister’s learning 2 Tom and Sam / have / eggs for breakfast
Spanish at school this year.
Il Present continuous si usa spesso con queste 3 My brother / write / a blog
espressioni di tempo:
at the moment, now, today, this week/month/ 4 We / do / our Geography homework
year
5 I / make / a cake for Mum’s birthday
Variazioni ortografiche
6 Dad / play / tennis with my uncle
Di solito si aggiunge -ing alla forma base del verbo:
do ➝ doing listen ➝ listening
Anche i verbi che terminano in -y aggiungono 4 3.43 Ascolta e controlla.
regolarmente -ing:
play ➝ playing study ➝ studying
Se il verbo termina in una consonante preceduta
da una sola vocale accentata o se termina in -l, la Forma negativa
consonante finale raddoppia e si aggiunge -ing:
You aren’t looking!
shop ➝ shopping travel ➝ travelling
Se il verbo termina in -e, si elimina -e e si aggiunge I am not (’m not) working.
-ing:
You are not (aren’t) working.
have ➝ having
He is not (isn’t) working.
She is not (isn’t) working.
1 Riscrivi i verbi alla forma in -ing.
It is not (isn’t) working.
go going We are not (aren’t) working.
1 work 6 eat You are not (aren’t) working.
2 walk 7 swim They are not (aren’t) working.
3 make 8 write
4 live 9 put
5 run 10 stop
106 one hundred and six

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 106 22/03/2016 16:14

soggetto + am/is/are + not (n’t) + forma base del
verbo + -ing + … What are you wearing?
La forma negativa del Present continuous si Am I working? Yes, you are. / No, you aren’t.
ottiene con la forma negativa del presente di be
Are you working? Yes, I am. / No, I’m not.
seguita dalla forma base del verbo principale + -ing.
Is he working? Yes, he is. / No, he isn’t.
Is she working? Yes, she is. / No, she isn’t.
5 Scrivi frasi alla forma negativa del Present
Is it working? Yes, it is. / No, it isn’t.
continuous.
Are we working? Yes, you are. / No, you aren’t.
Archie / not do / his homework Are you working? Yes, we are. / No, we aren’t.
Archie isn’t doing his homework. Are they working? Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t.
1 Mum and Dad / not watch / TV
Am/Is/Are + soggetto + forma base del verbo
2 I / not enjoy / this book + -ing + … ?
3 We / not go / to school this week

Yes, + pronome personale soggetto + am/is/are.
No, + pronome personale soggetto + ’m not/isn’t/aren’t.
4 Gemma and Nat / not study / this morning
8 Formula domande al Present continuous e
5 Jane / not work / today dai risposte brevi.
you / do / your homework? ✓
6 Completa le frasi con la forma corretta del Are you doing your homework? Yes, I am.
Present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi. 1 Dad / make / dinner? ✓
Usa la forma contratta.
Sally isn’t writing emails. She’s texting her 2 Mrs Lucas / teach / at the moment? ✗
friends. (write ✗ / text ✓)
1 My friends the bus 3 Tom and Alice / have / breakfast? ✓
to school today. They .
(get ✗ / walk ✓) 4 you / send messages / your friends? ✗
2 We a film. We
video games. 5 you and Jack / do / your homework now? ✗
(watch ✗ / play ✓)
3 Dad the computer. He 9 Completa le domande al Present continuous
a book. (use ✗ / read ✓) per le risposte.
4 Mum this week.
Where are you going? I’m going to the cinema.
She at home.
1 What ? Sam’s reading
(work ✗ / stay ✓)
a magazine.
5 They Shakespeare at
2 Who ? I’m texting my brother.
school. They French.
3 What ? We’re learning
(read ✗ / learn ✓)
English grammar.
7 3.44 Ascolta e controlla. 4 What ? They’re eating a pizza.
5 What instrument ?
Unit 9 Drill 2 page 118 Anna’s playing the guitar.
Fast finishers 10 3.45 Ascolta e controlla.
Descrivi ciò che indossi oggi. Unit 9 Drill 3 page 118
Workbook pages 186–187 one hundred and seven 107

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 107 22/03/2016 16:14

Grammar in action
1 Completa il messaggio di Lucy con la forma corretta del Present continuous
dei verbi tra parentesi. Usa la forma contratta quando possibile.
From: lucy@hellomail.gb To: tim04@go-net.gb

Subject: Hi!
Hi Tim, how are you?

I’m OK. I’ve got a new guitar, and I have lessons on Saturday mornings. I love
it! I ’m playing (play) it now.
Mark is in his room. He 1 (not study). He
2
(play) video games. I can hear him! Holly isn’t here.
She’s with her friend. They 3 (watch) Skyfall at the
Odeon cinema.
Mum’s in the kitchen with my aunt. nt. They 4 (make) cakes
for my cousin’s birthday. Dad’s in the living room. I can hear the TV, but
Dad 5 (not watch) it. I think he 6
(sleep)! There’s a holiday, so he 7 (not
(no
ot work)
wo
ork
rk)) today.
toda
today.
y
What 8 you (do)?
o)?
o) ?9 you
you ((enjoy)
enjo
en joy)
y)
your new school? Which subjects s 10 you
(study)? We 11 (study) algebra in Maths
now, and I hate it! It’s difficult. 12 you (do)
algebra, too?
Write soon!
Lucy
2 Formula domande al Present continuous. 3 Rileggi il messaggio e rispondi alle

What / Lucy / do ? domande dell’es. 2.
What is Lucy doing? She’s playing her guitar.
1 Mark / study? 1
2
2 What film / Holly and her friend / watch? 3
4
3 Why / Mum / make cakes? 5
6
4 Dad / watch /TV?
4 Pairwork Pensa a quattro persone della
tua famiglia. Che cosa stanno facendo in
5 Why / Dad / not work / today?
questo momento? Compila una lista con i
loro nomi e dalla al tuo compagno. A turno,
6 What / Lucy / study in Maths now? fai domande e rispondi. T
A What’s your dad doing today?
B He’s working.
108 one hundred and eight Workbook page 188
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 108 22/03/2016 16:14

Functions VIDEO
Shopping for clothes

Che cosa compra Hannah e quanto spende?
Hannah Excuse me, how much is this

T-shirt?
Shop assistant It’s £15.99.
Hannah Have you got it in green?
Shop assistant Yes, we have. What size are you?
Hannah Small, I think.
Shop assistant Here you are.
Hannah Thanks. Can I try it on, please?
Shop assistant Yes, of course.
Hannah OK, I’ll take it.

Shop assistant That’s £15.99, please.
Hannah Here you are.
Shop assistant Thank you. That’s 1p change.
Hannah Thanks. Bye!
Look!
Shop assistant Bye!
Sizes: S = small M = medium L = large
XL = extra large
3 Completa il dialogo con l’aiuto delle espressioni del Learn it! Use it!
Learn it! Use it!.
Customer:
Tom Excuse me, 1 are these Excuse me…
trousers? How much is this?/How much
Assistant They’re £24.99. are these?
Have you got this in … (colore)?
Tom Can I 2 , please?
Have you got this in a … (taglia)?
Assistant Yes, of course. Can I try it / them on?
3
? I’ll take it / them.
Tom Medium, I think. Here you are.
Shop assistant:
Assistant Here you are.
What size are you?
That’s … (somma di denaro),
Tom Thanks. Yes, I’ll 4 .
please.
Assistant 5
£24.99, please. That’s … (somma di denaro)
Tom 6
. change.
Assistant Thank you. That’s 1p 7
.
Tom Thanks. Bye!
4 3.48 Ascolta e controlla. Recita il dialogo

con un compagno.
5 Pairwork Fai un dialogo simile a quello

dell’es. 3 per ciascuna di queste figure. A turno,
fai la parte del commesso e del cliente.
A Excuse me, how much is this dress?
B It’s £29.99.
Workbook page 189 one hundred and nine 109

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 109 22/03/2016 16:14

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read A quali foto (a–c) si possono abbinare le parole
olle
o
nel riquadro? Scrivi a, b e/o c accanto a ogni parola.
formal a / b casual comfortable

expensive special occasions
WHAT ARE YOU WEARING TODAY?

DAY?
1 KATIE (14)
It’s the school holidays, so I’m wea
wearing my favourite clothes:
es: mmyy
patterned shorts. They’re very old, and my mum hates them,
pa em,
bu
but I love them! I’m also wearing my brother’s belt, and a pinkpink k
T-shirt. It’s got a designer logo on it. I love hats, and today II’m
T-s ’m
m
wearing a baseball cap. I collect hats! I’ve got about 300 at
rs,
home, and they’re all different. I’m also wearing trainers,
of course! I like trainers because they’re casual and
comfortable. a
2 ROBBIE (13)
I’m wearing my school uniform. I don’t
on’tt llike
on ike
ike our uniform
uniform, because
it’s black and green! I’m wearing black trousers and I’ve got
b
black shoes, but my socks are green! I’ve got a green stripey tie,
too. I’m also wearing a blazer. A blazer is a very smart jacket.
What colour is the blazer? Green, of course! I hate green!
3 HANNAH (16)
I’m with my friend Charlie,
rlie, and we’re going to the school prom! I’m
very excited. So, what am m I wearing? Well, I’m wearing a beautiful,
long, pink dress. It’s veryy expensive! I’m also wearing my grandma’s
jewellery, and I’m wearing ng some pink shoes! Charlie’s very smart:
he’s wearing a suit! It’s very formal. He’s wearing a tie, too. It’s the
same colour as my dress! ss! I love these clothes – they’re beautiful.
It’s a pity they’re only for
or special occasions!
Glossary
designer stilista
collect colleziono
2 3.49 Ascolta e leggi. Scrivi i nomi dei jewellery gioielli
brani 1–3 sulle foto (a–c). smart elegante
Competences
the same (colour) as

3 Rileggi i brani e completa le frasi con i lo stesso (colore) del
nomi corretti: Hannah, Charlie, Robbie
obbie o
Katie.
c
1 is wearing casual clothes.
hes.
2 and are wearing
ring ties.
3 and are going
g to a party.
4 is on holiday at the moment.
oment.
5 is wearing a uniform.
6 is wearing her
grandma’s jewellery.
110 one hundred and ten
This electronic file is provided
d by Oxford University Press for
orr u
use
s by
by stu
s den
st dents
tss wit
wi h visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 110 22/03/2016 16:14

Competences
1 Katie has got a collection of a hats. b designer clothes. c shorts. d trainers.
2 Robbie a likes b doesn’t like c loves d doesn’t mind the colour of his clothes.
3 a One b Two c Three d Four people are wearing shirts.
Listening
5 3.50 Ascolta l’intervista con una giornalista. A quale evento si trovano
le persone?
a a sports event b a famous festival c a rock concert
6 3.50 Riascolta e segna (✓) la figura corretta di Angelica e Brady.
1 2 3
Speaking
7 Pairwork Descrivi che cosa indossano altri studenti nella tua classe. Il tuo
compagno cerca di indovinare di chi si tratta. T
A He’s wearing jeans, a blue sweatshirt, black shoes and a green jacket.
B Is it Marco?
A Yes, it is!
8 Scrivi un brano (circa 50 parole) sui tuoi vestiti so e because

preferiti e su quelli che indossi in questo so e because sono delle congiunzioni. Si
momento. Spiegane il motivo. Usa i brani dell’es. 2 usano per spiegare il motivo di un’azione o di
come aiuto. una situazione.
I like casual clothes, so my favourite clothes are my I’m not at school today (situazione) because
it’s Sunday (motivo).
jeans and my blue and black T-shirt. I like my blue and
black T-shirt because I’m an Inter fan! … It’s Sunday (motivo) so I’m not at school today
(situazione).
Workbook pages 190–191__ one hundred and eleven 111

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 111 22/03/2016 16:14

Revision
Reading
1 Leggi le e-mail. Che regalo di compleanno ha
ricevuto Tess dalla nonna?
Status Mail New Reply Forward Delete Status Mail New Reply Forward Delete
Dear Grandma Dear Tess

I know you’ve got a new computer, so I’m sending Thank you very much for the email
you an email! and the photos. I love the photo of
I’ve got a lot of homework tonight, but I’m not your party, but I don’t like black and
doing it at the moment. Don’t tell Dad! Thank you white clothes very much. I prefer lots
for my birthday presents. I love the jacket! I’m of colours!
wearing it now, with my jeans and my new green I’m not working today. I’m sending
top. Look at the photo! Do you like it? I’m sending emails on my new computer! I’m
you a photo of my birthday party, too. The people wearing my new blue and yellow
at the party are wearing black and white clothes. stripey dress, my orange cardigan,
My idea! I think it’s great! In the photo I’m wearing and my red boots at the moment. I’m
Mum’s long black dress. It’s old, but it’s cool! sorry I can’t send you a photo!
What are you doing this evening? Write again soon.
Bye for now. Lots of love,
Tess Grandma

1 What new possession has Tess’s
grandma got?
2 What is Tess wearing at the moment?
3 What is Tess wearing in the photo of her
birthday party?
4 What is her grandma doing today?
5 What type of clothes does her grandma
like?
6 What is she wearing at the moment?
7 What colours do you usually wear?
8 Do your grandparents use the Internet
and send emails?
Writing
3 Scrivi un’e-mail (40–60 parole) a un tuo
parente. Includi quanto segue: ES K
• salutalo e chiedigli come sta
• ringrazialo per il regalo che ti ha fatto e
spiegagli perché ti piace
• spiega che cosa stai facendo in questo
momento e che cosa stanno facendo
alcuni dei tuoi familiari
• chiedi al tuo parente che cosa sta facendo
• salutalo e invitalo a scriverti presto
112 one hundred and twelve
T s ele
Thi el cctr
troni
on
nicc fil
filee is pro
provid
vided
d by Oxf
Oxford
ord U
Uni
niiver
versi
sity Pre
si P ess for use by students with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 112 22/03/2016 16:14

Level 1 Esercizi sommativi
Dialogue work 6 Pairwork Chiedi al tuo compagno le seguenti
informazioni. Poi scambiatevi i ruoli. T
4 Completa il dialogo in modo personale.
• his / her age
• his / her address
• his / her favourite: colour, singer, sport, school
subject
• his / her daily routine: meals, school day,
homework
• his / her abilities: sports, musical instruments,
languages
Sarah Hello. How are you?
Translation
You 1
Sarah What’s your name? 7 Traduci il dialogo in inglese.

You 2
Mum Gemma, dov’è Archie?
Sarah Where are you from? 1
You 3
Gemma È in giardino.
Sarah Is that an interesting town? 2
You 4
Mum Che cosa sta facendo?
Sarah Do you study English at school? 3
You 5
Gemma Sta giocando a calcio. Guarda! Non
Sarah I study French and German. Can you sa giocare molto bene.
speak those languages, too? 4
You 6
Mum Non dirlo! Sa giocare molto bene!
Sarah I’m listening to One Direction. Do 5
you like them?

Gemma C’è Luke?
You 7
6
Sarah Would you like some chocolate?

Mum No. È a casa di un amico. Stai
You 8
uscendo?
Sarah Oh – here’s my sister. Have you got 7
any brothers and sisters?

Gemma Sì. È sabato! Vado sempre a fare
You 9
compere con Nat.
Sarah I’m going home now. Bye! Nice to 8
meet you.
Mum Sto preparando il pranzo per Archie.
You 10
Vuoi un tramezzino?
9
Speaking Gemma Abbiamo del prosciutto?

10
Talk to Max! Mum No. Vuoi un tramezzino al formaggio?

11
domande e rispondi ad alta voce. T Gemma No, grazie. Non mi piace il
formaggio. Non importa. C’è una
nuova caffetteria a Green Street.
É fantastica!
12
one hundred and thirteen 113

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 113 22/03/2016 16:14

Drills
1 Ben’s Welsh.
UNIT 1
2 We’re from Spain.
Verbo be (Present simple) 3 I’m in a Music lesson.
4 Luke’s thirteen.
Forma affermativa
5 These pizzas are good.
1 4.01 Formula frasi. Segui l’esempio. 6 This programme’s interesting.
Ascolta: The school / new 7 Gemma and Archie are here.
Trasforma: The school’s new. 8 I’m late for school.
Controlla: The school’s new. Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi

Ripeti: The school’s new.
2 4.04 Formula domande. Segui
1 Gemma and Natalie / students l’esempio.
2 I / at school
Ascolta: you / Italian?
3 It / in England
Trasforma: Are you Italian?
4 You / in Year 10
5 The students / from Wales Controlla: Are you Italian?
6 We / Italian Ripeti: Are you Italian?
7 Luke / from the UK 1 you / at school?
8 My sister and I / in the classroom 2 Mr Marsh / a teacher?
3 the students / in the classroom?
L’articolo indeterminativo: a, an
4 we / late?
2 4.02 Aggiungi l’articolo 5 Luke / into football?
indeterminativo. Segui l’esempio. 6 Luke and Archie / from Bristol?
Ascolta: Italian city 7 I / a good student?
Trasforma: an Italian city 8 Gemma / with her mum?
Controlla: an Italian city
3 4.05 Formula risposte brevi. Segui
Ripeti: an Italian city l’esempio.
1 computer 7 name Ascolta: Is Gemma in Year 9? (Yes)
2 Welsh boy 8 afternoon Rispondi: Yes, she is.
3 teacher 9 exercise book
Controlla: Yes, she is.
4 English man 10 French film
Ripeti: Yes, she is.
5 orange pen 11 enormous school
6 book 12 email 1 Is Ben in Year 9? (Yes)
2 Are the students from London? (No)
Student’s Book pages 18–19
3 Is Luke late for football? (No)
4 Are your lessons interesting? (Yes)
UNIT 2 5 Is the school old? (No)
6 Are you Italian? (Yes)
Verbo be (Present simple) 7 Is your brother at primary school? (Yes)
Forma negativa 8 Is Italy big? (Yes)
1 4.03 Formula frasi alla forma negativa Student’s Book pages 28–29
contratta. Segui l’esempio.
Ascolta: Gemma’s Italian.
Trasforma: Gemma isn’t Italian.
Controlla: Gemma isn’t Italian.
Ripeti: Gemma isn’t Italian.
114
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 114 22/03/2016 16:14

Drills
1 Are there any girls at your school? (Yes)
UNIT 3
2 Is there an English book on that desk? (Yes)
There is/are + some/any 3 Is there a computer in your classroom? (No)
4 Are there any children in the kitchen? (Yes)
Forma affermativa
5 Are there any people in the garden? (No)
1 4.06 Formula frasi. Segui l’esempio. 6 Is there a pen in your bag? (Yes)
Ascolta: a dog / in the garden 7 Is there a cinema in your town? (No)
Trasforma: There’s a dog in the garden. Student’s Book pages 40–41
Controlla: There’s a dog in the garden.
Ripeti: There’s a dog in the garden. UNIT 4
1 a mirror / in the bathroom
2 a bag / under the wardrobe Verbo have got
3 twenty students / in my class Forma affermativa
4 a new teacher / at school
5 an umbrella / in your bag
1 4.09 Formula frasi. Segui l’esempio.
6 six chairs / in the kitchen Ascolta: Ben / a rugby scarf

7 three books / on the table Trasforma: Ben’s got a rugby scarf.
8 a good film / on TV Controlla: Ben’s got a rugby scarf.
Ripeti: Ben’s got a rugby scarf.
Forma negativa + some/any (1)
1 Luke / a brother
2 4.07 Formula frasi alla forma negativa
2 I / a hamster
contratta. Ricordati di usare any al posto
3 My brother and I / a dog
di some. Segui l’esempio.
4 You / an Italian name
Ascolta: There’s a problem. 5 Mum and Dad / a big bedroom
Trasforma: There isn’t a problem. 6 We / a new teacher
Controlla: There isn’t a problem. 7 The town / a stadium
Ripeti: There isn’t a problem. 8 My grandparents / a house in London
1 There’s a dishwasher. Forma negativa

2 There’s a mobile phone on the sofa.
3 There are some pizzas in the fridge. 2 4.10 Formula frasi alla forma negativa
4 There’s a desk in my bedroom.
5 There are some games on my mobile Ascolta: We / not / an old house
phone. Trasforma: We haven’t got an old house.
6 There’s a car in the garage. Controlla: We haven’t got an old house.
7 There’s a telephone in the hall. Ripeti: We haven’t got an old house.
8 There are some pictures on the wall.
1 We / not / a dog
Forma interrogativa e risposte 2 You / not / any lessons today
brevi + some/any (1) 3 Archie / not / a favourite colour
4 The boys / not / their bags
3 4.08 Formula risposte brevi. Segui
5 Robert / not / a sister
l’esempio.
6 The house / not / a garage
Ascolta: Are there any boys in your 7 I / not / my books
class? (Yes) 8 My parents / not / any friends in London
Rispondi: Yes, there are.
Controlla: Yes, there are.
Ripeti: Yes, there are.
115
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 115 22/03/2016 16:14

Drills
Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi Preposizioni di tempo
3 4.11 Formula risposte brevi. Segui 2 4.13 Formula frasi usando le parole
l’esempio. tra parentesi e una nuova preposizione di
Ascolta: Has Archie got any pets in tempo. Segui l’esempio.
his room? (No) Ascolta: My birthday’s on 1st
Rispondi: No, he hasn’t. December. (June)
Controlla: No, he hasn’t. Trasforma: My birthday’s in June.
Ripeti: No, he hasn’t. Controlla: My birthday’s in June.
1 Has the house got a balcony? (No) Ripeti: My birthday’s in June.
2 Have you got any friends in Year 11? (Yes) 1 Gemma’s birthday’s on 26th March.
3 Have the students got a computer in their (October)
classroom? (Yes) 2 I visit my grandparents on Sundays.
4 Has Mum got her phone? (Yes) (Christmas)
5 Has Grandad got the Internet? (No) 3 Natalie gets up late at the weekend.
6 Have we got Spanish today? (No) (Saturdays)
7 Has the town got a museum? (Yes) 4 Football Club’s at 3 o’clock.
8 Have you got a football scarf? (No) (the morning).
5 I usually watch TV in the evening.
(4 o’clock)
6 We go on holiday at Easter. (summer)
UNIT 5 7 My dad works in the morning. (night)
8 Jack goes to the park on Tuesday
Present simple evenings. (the morning).
Forma affermativa
Avverbi di frequenza
1 4.12 Formula frasi alla terza persona
singolare usando le parole tra parentesi. 3 4.14 Formula frasi usando le parole
Segui l’esempio. tra parentesi. Segui l’esempio.
Ascolta: I go to school at 8 o’clock. Ascolta: I get up late. (never)

(Luke) Trasforma: I never get up late.
Trasforma: Luke goes to school at Controlla: I never get up late.
8 o’clock. Ripeti: I never get up late.
Controlla: Luke goes to school at 1 I go to bed early. (never)
8 o’clock. 2 Sam plays football on Tuesdays. (usually)
Ripeti: Luke goes to school at 3 Mum is tired. (often)
8 o’clock. 4 Gemma’s grandmother cooks a big
1 I go to Drama Club at 6 o’clock. (Ben) breakfast. (sometimes)
2 They work on Saturdays. (My dad) 5 We do our homework in the afternoon.
3 We have dinner at half past six. (Natalie) (always)
4 I usually study in the afternoon. 6 They visit their cousins at the weekend.
(My sister) (often)
5 I always have a shower in the morning. 7 Natalie walks to school. (usually)
(My brother) 8 Our teacher is late. (sometimes).
6 We watch TV in the evening. (Gemma) Student’s Book pages 62–63
7 Lessons start at 9 o’clock. (School)
8 They usually leave at 3 o’clock. (The bus)
116
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 116 22/03/2016 16:14

Drills
1 Does Ben play in a band? (Yes)
UNIT 6
2 Do Gemma and Luke go bowling? (Yes)
Present simple 3 Does the bus stop at the hospital? (No)
4 Does Grandma watch pop videos? (No)
Forma negativa
5 Do the children use the computer? (No)
1 4.15 Formula frasi alla forma negativa 6 Do you often send messages to your
contratta. Segui l’esempio. friends? (Yes)
Ascolta: The boys play video games 7 Does your dad work at night? (No)
after school. 8 Do your friends often go to the cinema?
Trasforma: The boys don’t play video (Yes)
games after school. Student’s Book pages 72–73
Controlla: The boys don’t play video
games after school.
UNIT 7
Ripeti: The boys don’t play video
games after school. can
1 The girls go shopping on Saturdays. Forme affermativa e negativa
2 Ben studies at the weekend.
3 The bus leaves at half past eight. 1 4.18 Formula frasi alla forma negativa
4 We have lunch at school. contratta. Segui l’esempio.
5 Mum and Dad watch TV in the evenings. Ascolta: We can swim.
6 You go to bed late. Trasforma: We can’t swim.
7 She lives in a big city.
Controlla: We can’t swim.
8 I do my homework after dinner.
Ripeti: We can’t swim.
Forma interrogativa 1 My dad can cook.
2 4.16 Formula domande. Segui 2 Gemma can play basketball.
l’esempio. 3 You can play rugby.
Ascolta: You play rugby. 4 We can speak German.
5 Anna and Lisa can dance.
Trasforma: Do you play rugby?
6 I can play the violin.
Controlla: Do you play rugby?
Ripeti: Do you play rugby? Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
1 You read magazines. 2 4.19 Formula domande e risposte
2 Gemma lives in Bristol. brevi. Segui l’esempio.
3 The students study in the afternoon.
Ascolta: you / speak Spanish? (Yes)
4 The lesson finishes at three.
5 You go to the cinema at the weekend. Trasforma e rispondi:
6 Luke and Gemma walk to school. Can you speak Spanish?
7 Your friend speaks English. Yes, I can.
8 Carla drinks coffee. Controlla: Can you speak Spanish?
Yes, I can.
Forma interrogativa e riposte brevi
Ripeti: Can you speak Spanish?
3 4.17 Formula risposte brevi. Segui Yes, I can.
l’esempio.
1 Luke / play tennis? (Yes)
Ascolta: Does Natalie play tennis? 2 Grandad / use a computer? (No)
(Yes) 3 Sam’s dog / swim? (Yes)
Rispondi: Yes, she does. 4 they / play cricket? (No)
Controlla: Yes, she does. 5 Kate / play the piano? (Yes)
Ripeti: Yes, she does. 6 you / ride a horse? (No)
117
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 117 22/03/2016 16:14

Drills
L’imperativo UNIT 9
3 4.20 Formula frasi alla forma
negativa contratta. Poi usa le parole tra Present continuous
parentesi per formulare nuove frasi. Segui Forma affermativa
l’esempio.
1 4.23 Formula frasi. Segui l’esempio.
Ascolta: Open the door. (window)
Ascolta: my brother / play tennis
Trasforma: Don’t open the door. Open
Trasforma: My brother’s playing
the window.
tennis.
Controlla: Don’t open the door. Open
Controlla: My brother’s playing
the window.
tennis.
Ripeti: Don’t open the door. Open
Ripeti: My brother’s playing
the window.
tennis.
1 Do it now. (after dinner)
1 Lisa / play the piano
2 Eat chocolate. (fruit)
2 Mum and Dad / have breakfast
3 Play basketball. (volleyball)
3 Grandma / phone Grandad
4 Watch football. (the film)
4 I / text my friend
5 Ask me. (the teacher)
5 We / listen to music
Forma negativa
UNIT 8 2 4.24 Formula frasi alla forma negativa
Sostantivi numerabili e non Ascolta: I’m doing my homework.
numerabili con a/an o some Trasforma: I’m not doing my
1 4.21 Formula frasi con I’ve got a/an o homework.
some. Segui l’esempio. Controlla: I’m not doing my
Ascolta: milk homework.
Trasforma: I’ve got some milk. Ripeti: I’m not doing my
Controlla: I’ve got some milk. homework.
1 We’re having lunch.
Ripeti: I’ve got some milk.
2 The cat’s sleeping on the chair.
1 water 4 potatoes 3 They’re organising a party.
2 apple 5 lemon 4 I’m having a shower.
3 sandwich 6 onion 5 You’re reading a book.
How much… ?/How many… ? Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi

2 4.22 Formula domande con How 3 4.25 Formula domande. Segui
much… o How many… e is there? o are l’esempio.
there? Segui l’esempio. Ascolta: Where / you / go?
Ascolta: bread Trasforma: Where are you going?
Trasforma: How much bread is there? Controlla: Where are you going?
Controlla: How much bread is there? Ripeti: Where are you going?
Ripeti: How much bread is there? 1 Who / Mum / phone?
1 fruit juice 4 bananas 2 What / they / read?
2 cheese 5 pasta 3 Why / Dad / work today?
3 rice 6 sandwiches 4 What / you / eat?
5 What film / we / watch?
118
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 118 22/03/2016 16:14

Il materiale è registrato sullo Student’s MP3 disc
Contents Il materiale è disponibile sul DVD
Unit 1 ES Esame di Stato

Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
K Cambridge English: Key (KET)
Dialogue work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 ★ Esercizio abbastanza impegnativo
Grammar in action . . . . . . . . . . . 124
★★ Esercizio impegnativo
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Skills and culture . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Unit 2 Unit 6
Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Dialogue work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Dialogue work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Grammar in action . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Grammar in action . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Skills and culture . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Skills and culture . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Unit 3 Unit 7
Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Unit 4 Unit 8
Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Unit 5 Unit 9
Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
This electronic file iss provided by Oxford University Presss for use by students with visual im
mpairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 119 22/03/2016 16:14

unit
Vocabulary
1 Completa la tabella.
Country Nationality
the UK British
Italy 1
2
French
Germany 3
4
Swiss
Portugal 5
6
Polish
Albania 7
8
Greek
Romania 9
10
Spanish
the USA 11
12
Moroccan
Austria 13
2 Picture dictionary Ripassa i nuovi vocaboli della sezione

Extension a pagina 222. Cancella i paesi che non sono in Europa.
Australia Belgium Brazil China Czech Republic Denmark Egypt India

Japan the Netherlands Russia Slovakia Slovenia South Africa Sweden
3 Osserva le figure. Completa il cruciverba con le nazionalità.
1 2
1 2 C H I N E S E
4 5
3 4
6
5 6
120 Student’s Book page 15

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 120 22/03/2016 16:14

Dialogue work
1 Riascolta il dialogo a pagina 17 dello

Student’s Book. Completa la tabella.
Name School year Nationality

Ben 9 1
Gemma 2
English
Natalie 3 4
Luke 5
English
Video Presentation Unit 1
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura. Ash Hello! I’m Ash. It’s short for Ashok.
Segna (✓) le cose che vedi. I’m in 9G, too.
student ✓ books Harry That’s an Indian name! Are you
teacher pen from India?
laptop bike Ash No, I’m not. I’m British, but my
phone school bag family’s from India. Where are you
from, Harry?
Harry I’m from Birmingham – the football
capital of the UK!
Ash In your dreams!
4 Comprehension Completa la tabella.
Name 1
Harry
From (city) 2
School year 3
Class 4
Names of 5
students in and
his class 6
5 Learn it! Use it! Abbina le frasi (1–3)

alle traduzioni (a–c). Usa il dialogo
3 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo.
dell’es. 3 come aiuto.
Harry Hello. I’m a new student. My
1 It’s short for… a Di dove sei?
name’s Harry Clark. I’m in Year 9.
2 Where are you b Ma figurati!
Teacher Oh, yes. Hello, Harry. This is Katie.
from? c È l’abbreviazione di…
Katie, Harry’s new and he’s in
3 In your dreams!
Class 9G too.
Katie Hello! 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
Harry Hi, Katie! Class 9G? This school’s 1 Cerchia
C ia i nomi di paesi.
enormous! 2 Sottolinea gli aggettivi di nazionalità.
Katie Yes, it is big! These are the Year 9
classrooms.
Ash Hi, Katie!
Katie Oh, hello, Ash. This is Harry. He’s a
new student.
Student’s Book pages 16–17 one hundred and twenty-one 121

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 121 22/03/2016 16:14

Grammar
A Pronomi soggetto 4 Completa le frasi con am, is o are.
We are Italian.
1 Osserva le figure. Scrivi il pronome
1 Mrs Lee a new
personale soggetto corretto tra quelli
teacher.
nel riquadro.
2 They from Japan.
he she it they 3 I in Year 8.
4 You in my class.
5 She my sister.
6 The school in Bristol.
7 Natalie at school.
8 We lost!
5 Riscrivi le frasi dell’es. 4 alla forma contratta.

We’re Italian.
1
2
she 1 3
4
5
6
7
8
C Articolo indeterminativo:
a/an
6 Completa gli spazi con a o an.
2 3 an American film
1 exercise book
2 Completa la tabella.
2 school
singolare plurale 3 Scottish teacher
I we 4 class
5 pencil
1
you
6 evening
he / 2
/ it 3
7 Egyptian student
8 dog
B Present simple di be
Forma affermativa D Articolo determinativo: the
3 Scegli l’alternativa corretta. 7 Completa gli spazi con a, an o the.
Gemma am / is in Year 9. Inserisci – dove non è necessario l’articolo.
1 I am / are American. Cardiff is the capital of – Wales.
2 They are / is new. 1 New York is in USA.
3 Luke am / is a student. 2 China is big country.
4 Joe and Ryan am / are from Scotland. 3 London is capital of UK.
5 She is / are a teacher. 4 Glasgow is Scottish city.
6 We am / are in the classroom. 5 Verona is old city in Italy.
7 Manchester am / is in England.
8 You are / is my friend.
122 one hundred and twenty-two

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 122 22/03/2016 16:14

E Plurali
8 Riscrivi le parole alla forma plurale.
year years
1 woman
2 skateboard
3 baby
4 person
5 key
6 bus 3 are my books.
7 dragon
8 city
9 child
10 boy
F this / that / these / those

9 Completa le frasi con This, That, These
o Those.
4 girls are at my school.
Those are my friends.

5 is a new phone.
10 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma plurale.

Ricordati di cambiare this / that,
il verbo e il sostantivo.
This is my book.
These are my books.
1 That man is from Australia.
1 is my cat. 2 This is my dog.
3 This boy is in Year 4.
4 That’s my pen.
2 is my house.
Student’s Book pages 18–19 one hundred and twenty-three 123

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 123 22/03/2016 16:14

Grammar in action
1 ★ Osserva il progetto di William sulla sua scuola.
Completa il brano con le parole nel riquadro.
they’re these I’m is my that’s the this he’s are

T
Hi! My name’s William. I’m British.

My family’s from London, but
we’re in Cairo now. Cairo is the
capital city of Egypt.
1
is my school – the British
International Academy. It’s a British school,
but it’s in Cairo. 2 in Year 9.
3
are the
This photo is from the
students in my class.
Year 9 trip to Luxor.
4
from the UK,
Egypt 5
the USA, Egypt, France,
fantastic!
Australia and Morocco!
This is the school basketball

The teachers at my school
club. The club colours
are British and Egyptian. 8
green and black.
This is Mr Donovan,
Oh, and 9
6
head teacher.
Mr Jefferson, the sports
7
from Scotland.
teacher. He’s from England.
2 ★★ Completa le frasi su William e sulla Translation

sua scuola con is o are.
3 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
William is a student in Egypt.
Poi traduci il brano in inglese.
1 The British International Academy
in Cairo. Translation competence
2 The teachers from the UK
Ricorda che alcune espressioni che in
and Egypt. italiano presentano comunemente il verbo
3 The students from different avere sono tradotte con essere in inglese.
countries. I’m twelve. Ho dodici anni.
4 Mr Donovan and Mr Jefferson
from the UK. Ciao! Mi chiamo Laura. Ho quattordici anni.
5 Mr Donovan the head teacher. Sono del Galles. La mia scuola è a Cardiff.
6 The basketball club colours green Sono al decimo anno. Questa è mia sorella.
and black. Lei ha undici anni. È al settimo anno. Lei è
una nuova studentessa della mia scuola.
Gli studenti della mia scuola sono gallesi e
inglesi. La mia amica Melissa è dell’Australia!
124 one hundred and twenty-four Student’s Book page 20
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 124 22/03/2016 16:14

Functions
Introductions 3 Ascolta e controlla.
1 Riascolta i dialoghi dell’es. 1 a pagina Build a dialogue

21 dello Student’s Book. Decidi se le frasi
sono vere (T) o false (F). Correggi le frasi 4 Segui le fasi 1–2 per formare un dialogo.
false.
1 Sam is a new student. Step 1: Remember!
Completa le frasi.
2 Miss Evans is a student. 1 Presentati.
name’s Sam. /
3 Alex is short for Alexis. I’m Sam.
2 Presenta un’altra persona.
This Hannah.
Video Functions Unit 1 3 Spiega che il tuo nome è
l’abbreviazione di un nome più lungo.
2 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
It’s for Samantha.
4 Di’ che è un piacere conoscere qualcuno.
Nice to !
5 Rispondi alla frase 4.
Nice to , !
Step 2: Write it!

Jake, un nuovo studente, incontra alcuni
compagni di classe. Scrivi un dialogo
seguendo la traccia. ES
Jake Saluta e dice di essere un nuovo
studente.
Charlie Saluta e si presenta.
Jake Si presenta e spiega che Jake
è l’abbreviazione di Jacob.
Charlie Presenta Louise.
Louise Saluta Jake e dice che è un piacere
conoscerlo.
Jake Risponde che anche per lui
è un piacere conoscerla.
Lauren Hello. My / Your name’s

Lauren King. 1I’m / My
a new student.
Mrs Daniels Hello, Lauren. I’m Mrs Daniels.
2
Fine / Nice to meet you.
Lauren Nice to meet you, 3and / too.
Mrs Daniels 4This / Those is Fliss.
She’s in this class.
Fliss It’s short 5for / of Felicity. Hi!
Lauren Hello!
Student’s Book page 21 one hundred and twenty-five 125
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 125 22/03/2016 16:14

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Abbina le parole (1–3) alle foto (a–c).
1 a phone 2 a guitar 3 a surfboard
2 Leggi e ascolta i brani. Completa la tabella.
Name Andy Tess Lewis

Age 15 4 8
Nationality 1 5 9
City 2 6 10
Favourite possession 3 7 11
a b c
My favourite possession
My name’s Andy and I’m My name’s Tess. I’m I’m Lewis. I’m fourteen
fifteen. I’m from Seattle in Australian, from Brisbane. and I’m from Cape Town.
the USA. I’m into music. I’m sixteen and I’m That’s in South Africa. I’m
My favourite type of into sport. My hobby into sport and music. My
music is rock. My favourite is surfing. Australia is favourite sport is rugby, and
possession is my guitar, famous for surfing. My my favourite type of music
but my MP3 player is favourite possession is my is hip hop. Kanye West
important, too! Seattle is a surfboard! My favourite is fantastic! My favourite
fantastic city for music. sportsperson is Kelly possession is my phone!
Slater. He’s a famous It’s very important in my
American surfer. life.
Glossary
guitar chitarra
3 Correggi queste frasi false.
famous for famosa per
Competences
1 Andy is Australian. surfboard tavola da surf

life vita
2 Seattle is a city in the UK.
3 Kelly Slater is a woman.
4 Kelly Slater is a British sportsperson.
5 Cape Town is in the USA.
126 one hundred and twenty-six

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 126 22/03/2016 16:15

Listening
Competences
4 Ascolta Adam parlare delle cose che possiede. Segna (✓) il suo oggetto preferito.
1 a football 3 a skateboard
2 a rugby ball 4 a surfboard
5 Riascolta il dialogo e cerchia l’informazione corretta.
Name Adam Favourite sport 3

football / rugby
Nationality 1 English / Scottish Favourite colours 4
red and white / blue and white
City 2
London / Edinburgh
Guided writing
6 Completa il factfile con le informazioni nel riquadro.
Name Sarah Morris tennis pop Glasgow

City Glasgow Andy Murray (Scottish tennis player)
Nationality 1 green + blue Scottish
Favourite sport 2 Cheryl Cole + Jessie J
3
Favourite sportsperson
4
Favourite type of music
5
Favourite singer(s)
6
Favourite colour(s)
7 Completa la descrizione che Sarah fa di sé, e le sue preferenze.

Usa le informazioni nel factfile dell’es. 6.
Hi! My name’s Sarah Morris. I’m Glasgow. .

favourite sport , and favourite sportsperson
. He’s a .
favourite type of music , and favourite singers
.
favourite colours .
Writing competence check

Segna (✓) la casella una volta verificato ciascun punto.
Ti sei ricordato di esprimere il pronome soggetto?
Hai utilizzato la forma corretta del verbo be (is o are)?
Hai controllato lo spelling di ciascuna parola?
Student’s Book pages 22–23 one hundred and twenty-seven 127

This electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by students with visual impairmen
nt only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 127 22/03/2016 16:15

unit
Vocabulary
Adjectives
1 Completa gli aggettivi.
beautiful 1 s l 2 n w
3 n y 4 g d 5 b g
2 Abbina gli aggettivi nel riquadro agli aggettivi di senso opposto

nell’es. 1. Scrivi gli aggettivi a coppie.
interesting quiet old ugly big bad
beautiful – ugly 3
1 4
2 5
3 Picture dictionary Ripassa i nuovi vocaboli della sezione Extension

a pagina 224. Osserva le figure e scegli l’aggettivo corretto.
easy / d
difficult
lt 1 cheap / expensive 2 fast / slow 3 late / early
4 long / short 5 hot / cold 6 clean / dirty 7 serious / funny

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 128 22/03/2016 16:15

Dialogue work

Student’s Book. Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T)
o false (F). Correggi le frasi false.
1 Archie’s 11.
2 Archie’s at primary school.
3 Ben’s a football fan.
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura. Harry No, I’m not. Is it good?
Scegli l’alternativa corretta. Josh It’s fantastic!
1 Two / Three students are in the picture. Katie And boys are boring! Oh no!
2 They’re at school / on a bus. We’re late for French now!
4 Comprehension Completa le frasi con

il nome corretto.
Josh is in Year 12.
1 is a new student.
2 is an Aston Villa fan.
3 is into Italian
football.
4 isn’t a football fan.
5 Learn it! Use it! Traduci le frasi.

Usa il dialogo dell’es. 3 come aiuto.
1 È uno scocciatore.

2 Ecco qui…
Harry Which lesson is it now, Katie?
Is it English?
Katie No, it isn’t. It’s French. Oh no … 3 Stai scherzando?
here’s Josh.
Harry Who’s Josh?
Katie He’s my brother.
6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
C a l’aggettivo di nazionalità.
1 Cerchia
Harry Which year is he in?
Katie He’s in Year 12. He’s a pain. 2 Sottolinea gli altri aggettivi.
Josh Hi, Katie. Who’s your friend? 3 Circonda con un riquadro le forme
Katie This is Harry. He’s a new student. affermative del verbo be.
Josh Hi, Harry. Are you a football fan?
Harry Yes, I am.
Josh Good! What’s your favourite team?
Harry Aston Villa.
Josh No way! They’re terrible! Are you
into Italian football?
Student’s Book pages 26–27 one hundred and twenty-nine 129
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 129 22/03/2016 16:15

Grammar
A Present simple di be Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
Forma negativa your / expensive / Is / computer ?
1 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa contratta. Is your computer expensive?
We’re Italian. 1 student / you / good / Are / a ?
We aren’t Italian.
1 She’s at primary school. 2 Are / late / for / we / lesson / the ?
2 You’re late for the lesson. 3 Smith / Is / teacher / Mr / a ?
3 I’m fifteen. 4 your / mum / Scottish / Is ?
4 Archie’s in Year 7. 5 from / those / Are / students / Italy ?
5 They’re from Australia.

4 Abbina le domande (1–6) alle risposte brevi
(a–f).
6 Ben’s at school.
1 Is Gemma from Italy? a Yes, he is.
2 Are these books b No, I’m not.
7 The computers are new.
expensive? c Yes, it is.
3 Are you into rap music? d No, they aren’t.
8 It’s a boring book. 4 Is Luke in your class? e Yes, you are.
5 Is the film f No, she isn’t.
interesting?
2 Scrivi frasi affermative (✓) o negative (✗) 6 Am I late?
con il verbo be.
I / a teacher ✗ 5 Formula domande con il verbo be.
I’m not a teacher. Completa le risposte brevi.
1 Big cities / noisy ✓ Ben / Welsh?

Is Ben Welsh?
Yes, he is.
2 She / into music ✗
1 the girls / in the classroom?
3 I / a student ✓
No, .
2 your dad / a teacher?
4 Dublin / in Scotland ✗
No, .
5 You / late for school ✓
3 Natalie / from the UK?
6 Those skateboards / cheap ✗
Yes, .
7 That dictionary / good ✓ 4 you and your friend / American?
8 We / in Year 7 ✗ No, .
5 your phone / new?
Yes, .
130 one hundred and thirty

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 130 22/03/2016 16:15

B Parole interrogative C Aggettivi possessivi
6 Abbina le domande (1–6) alle risposte (a–f). 9 Osserva le parole sottolineate. Completa le
1 Where’s my phone? d frasi con gli aggettivi possessivi appropriati.
2 When’s your birthday?
3 What’s your favourite colour?
4 How old are you?
5 Which class are you in: 7A or 7B?
6 Who’s your favourite teacher?
a It’s in September.
b I’m twelve.
c I’m in 7B.
d It’s in your schoolbag.
e Mrs Harris.
f It’s yellow.
7 Completa le domande con What, Who o We’re with our mum.

Which. 1 He’s a new student. What’s name?
2 Gemma isn’t with friends.
Who’s that boy?
3 I’m 14 and sister is 12.
1 lesson is it – English or Italian?
4 Those girls are Italian. What are
2 ’s the capital city of Germany?
names?
3 are your favourite singers?
5 You’re interesting, but brother
4 is your favourite colour – green
is boring!
or blue?
6 The school is old. classrooms are
5 country are you from?
very small.
6 ’s your hero?
7 We’re in Wales with parents.
8 Leggi le risposte. Completa le domande 8 You and your brother are Scottish, but
con le parole interrogative nel riquadro e il parents are English.
verbo be.
10 Completa le frasi con his o her.
What Which When How Where Who
Robert is funny, but his brother is serious.
A Who are the new students in your class? 1 Matteo and friend, Anna, are Italian.
B Rebecca and Tom. 2 Emma’s a new student. brother’s
1 A your music lesson? in my class.
B It’s on Wednesday. 3 David’s in Year 8, but sister’s in
2 A year Daniel in – Year 10.
Year 10 or Year 11? 4 Where are Paula and dad?
B He’s in Year 11. 5 John’s with teacher, Mrs Green.
3 A your name? 6 Sara’s in London with friend, Marco.
B It’s Emma Clark. 7 That girl is new. nationality is Polish.
4 A Gemma and Luke? 8 Tom’s with sisters.
B They’re at school.
5 A you?
B I’m OK, thanks.
Student’s Book pages 28–29 one hundred and thirty-one 131

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 131 22/03/2016 16:15

Grammar in action
1 ★ Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Thesee / This four girls are The This is Tina Jacobs. She’s
Singers. 1Their / They’re a pop the lead singer of the
band from London. Their names group. She’s British, but
are Chantelle, Daniella, Tina and her mum 8 isn’t / aren’t
Cassie. They’re very popular. from the UK. She’s from
Two of 2 they’re / their famous Greece.
songs are Crazy for you and
This is Cassie Delaney. She
Friday night.
9
isn’t /not British. She’s
This is Chantelle Grey. Irish. She’s into sport!
3
His / Her boyfriend is a
10
Her /Your favourite sports
famous singer, too. 4 His / Her are basketball, tennis and
name is David Curtis. rugby. She’s married. Her
husband is a rugby player!
5
These / This is Daniella
Cassidy. 6 Her / She’s a singer
and a model. She’s famous Glossary
for her style. Her favourite
lead singer cantante
colours 7is / are black and principale
grey. husband marito
2 ★★ Emily è una fan di The Singers.

Translation
Scrivi le domande dell’intervistatore e le
risposte di Emily. Usa le informazioni del 3 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
brano nell’es. 1. ES Poi traduci il dialogo in inglese.
Interviewer Chiede quali sono i suoi
cantanti preferiti. Translation competence
Who are your favourite Ricordati che in inglese non si usa mai
singers? l’articolo determinativo con gli aggettivi
Emily The Singers! possessivi.
This is my mum. Her name is Emily.
Interviewer Chiede chi è la sua preferita.
These are my brothers. Their names are
1
?
Danny and Joe.
Emily Cassie! She’s fantastic!
Interviewer Chiede se Cassie è inglese. Tom Chi è quello?
2
? Helen È Mr Andrews. È il nostro insegnante
Emily 3
di francese.
Interviewer Chiede di dov’è Cassie. Tom È un buon insegnante?
4
? Helen Sì. Le sue lezioni sono interessanti e
Emily 5
non sono difficili.
Interviewer Chiede chi è suo marito. Tom Chi è la vostra insegnante d’inglese?
6
? Helen Mrs O’Donnell.
Emily He’s a rugby player. Tom È irlandese?
Interviewer Chiede se suo marito è Helen No. È di Londra! Ma il suo nome è
irlandese. irlandese.
7
?
Emily 8
. He’s English.
132 one hundred and thirty-two Student’s Book page 30
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 132 22/03/2016 16:15

Functions
Asking for and giving personal Build a dialogue
information
4 Segui le fasi 1–2 per formare un dialogo.
1 Riascolta il dialogo dell’es. 1
a pagina 31 dello Student’s Book. Step 1: Remember!
Rispondi alle domande su Sam.
Completa le domande.
1 What’s his surname?
1 Chiedi a qualcuno il suo cognome.
2 How old is he?
What’s your ?
Video Functions Unit 2 2 Chiedi a qualcuno il suo nome.
What’s name?
2 Completa il dialogo con le parole 3 Chiedi a qualcuno la sua età.
nel riquadro. How old ?
address first how old surname 4 Chiedi a qualcuno la sua nazionalità.
phone number what nationality What you?
5 Chiedi a qualcuno il suo indirizzo.
address?
6 Chiedi a qualcuno il suo numero
di telefono.
Step 2: Write it!

Osserva le informazioni su Greg. Scrivi
un dialogo seguendo la traccia. ES
Assistant Hello. Are you a new student here? Greg Wilks (American) – 14 years old
Alice Yes, I am. 9 Church Street, Lincoln
Assistant What’s your surname? 01462 334821
Alice It’s Johnson.
Assistant And what’s your 1 Assistant Saluta e chiede se è un nuovo
name? studente.
Alice It’s Alice. Greg Risponde di sì.
Assistant What’s your 2 ? Assistant Gli chiede qual è il suo
Alice It’s 29 Chapel Drive, Westonbury cognome.
BA4 8RT. Greg Risponde.
Assistant OK. And what’s your 3
Assistant Gli chiede qual è il suo nome.
? Greg Risponde.
Alice It’s 01393 652954. Assistant Gli chiede quanti anni ha.
Assistant Thanks. And 4 Greg Risponde.
are you? Assistant Gli chiede qual è il suo indirizzo.
Alice I’m 15. Greg Risponde.
Assistant OK. 5 Assistant Gli chiede qual è il suo
are you? numero di telefono.
Alice I’m British. Greg Risponde.
3 Ascolta e controlla. Assistant Gli chiede qual è la sua

nazionalità.
Greg Risponde.
Student’s Book page 31 one hundred and thirty-three 133
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 133 22/03/2016 16:15

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Abbina le parole a–c alle foto 1–3 dell’es. 2.
a a cathedral b a village c a big city
2 Leggi e ascolta i brani. Quale dei tre teenager potrebbe aver fatto
le seguenti affermazioni? Scrivi il nome corretto.
My home town My home town is My home town is a historic

is very small. in Scotland. town in the south.
a b c
Three British towns

1 2 3
My name’s David. Glasgow is my I’m Leala. My home town is My name’s Bradley and this
home town. It’s a city in the west Winchester. It’s a medium-sized is my home town. It’s a very
of Scotland. Glasgow is very big town in the south of England. small village and its name
and very noisy! Glasgow is old Winchester Cathedral is famous. is Grasmere. It isn’t a quiet
and interesting, but it isn’t the The town is very old and pretty. village! It’s in the Lake District,
top city for tourists in Scotland. It’s quite popular with tourists, in the north of England. The
That’s Edinburgh, the capital city. but it’s quiet in the winter. Lake District is very pretty and
Edinburgh is a very pretty, historic Winchester isn’t very interesting very popular with tourists. In
city. But Glasgow is a good city for teenagers. But I’m into the summer Grasmere is very
for teenagers – with shops, clubs, history, so it’s interesting for crowded and the traffic is very
cafés, cinemas and sports centres. me! noisy. But it’s boring in the
It’s great! winter!
Glossary
medium-sized di medie
Competences
dimensioni
David quite abbastanza
1 Is his home town big or small? the Lake District
il Distretto dei laghi
2 Where is Glasgow?
crowded affollato
3 Which city in his country is popular with tourists?
4 What is his opinion of Glasgow?
Leala Bradley
5 What is the famous monument in Winchester? 8 Where is Grasmere?
6 When is Winchester quiet? 9 When is it noisy?
7 What is her opinion of Winchester? 10 What is his opinion of Grasmere in
the winter?
134 one hundred and thirty-four
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 134 22/03/2016 16:15

Listening
Competences
4 Ascolta Amy parlare
della sua città nativa, Brighton.
Rispondi alle domande.
1 Where is Brighton?
2 What is her opinion of Brighton?
5 Riascolta il dialogo e scegli

l’alternativa corretta.
1 Amy is English. Her home town is in
the north / south.
2 Brighton is big / small.
3 It is / isn’t popular with tourists.
4 The beaches in Brighton are boring / very good.
5 It is / isn’t crowded in the summer.
6 In the winter it’s noisy / quiet.
Guided writing
Birmingham
Birmingham 1 big city.
• a very big city 2
England. 3
• in central England
• modern, noisy modern and noisy, but 4 popular
• popular with visitors with visitors to the UK. 5
• interesting for teenagers for teenagers. 6 good.
(shops good)
6 Completa la descrizione con le informazioni del factfile.
7 Descrivi un villaggio, un paese o una grande città dell’Italia (30–35 parole).

Usa la descrizione di Birmingham e le parole nella tabella come aiuto.
Size small / medium-sized / big

Type of town village / town / city
Location in the south / north / east / west of Italy / in central Italy
Description old / modern / pretty / ugly / interesting / boring / noisy / quiet /
crowded / popular / expensive

Hai messo tutti i verbi alla forma affermativa o negativa corretta
di be? Concordano con il soggetto della frase?
Hai utilizzato i pronomi personali soggetto (I, you, ecc.) e gli
aggettivi possessivi (my, your, ecc.) corretti?
Hai utilizzato and e but (quando possibile) per legare le frasi?
Student’s Book pages 32–33 one hundred and thirty-five 135

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 135 22/03/2016 16:15

unit
Vocabulary
Rooms and furniture
1 Completa i nomi delle stanze.
a
b
c
1 bedroom 2 l
g
e
f h
3 k 4 b
2 Abbina le parole nel riquadro agli oggetti oscurati nelle figure dell’es. 1.
armchair bath bed chair cupboard sink table wardrobe
a wardrobe d g
b e h
c f

Rooms and furniture a pagina 226. Risolvi gli anagrammi e abbina
le parole agli oggetti nella figura.
cantirus curtains c
1 palm
2 rormir
3 cokcl
b
a 4 counish
c
5 ratiss
e f
d g 6 gur
7 dowwin
h
8 rodo

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 136 22/03/2016 16:15

Dialogue work

Student’s Book. Rispondi alle domande.
1 Where is Gemma?
2 What furniture is in the bedroom?
3 What is on the kitchen table?

4 What is Rocky?
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura. 4 Comprehension Rispondi alle domande.

Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F). Where’s Mum?
1 Katie and Josh are at school. She’s in the kitchen.
2 Katie is in the kitchen. 1 Where’s the sofa?
2 What’s on the sofa?
3 Where’s the bedroom?
4 Where’s the school bag?
5 Where’s the plastic tarantula?

3 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. alle traduzioni (a–d). Usa il dialogo
Katie Mum, where’s my school bag? dell’es. 3 come aiuto.
Mum Well, it isn’t here. 1 What’s up? a Non adesso!
Josh Is it in the living room? There’s a bag 2 Silly! b Che cos’hai?
on the sofa. 3 Help! c Sciocca!
4 Not now! d Aiuto!
Katie No, that isn’t my bag.
Josh Er, Katie… 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
Katie Not now, Josh! 1 Cerchia
C a i nomi delle stanze.
Mum Is it upstairs, in your bedroom? 2 Sottolinea il nome del mobile.
Katie No.
3 Circonda con un riquadro le forme
Josh Katie, look! There’s a school bag on del verbo be.
the stairs!
Katie Oh, yes! … Urgh! Help!
Mum What’s up?
Katie There’s a tarantula on the stairs!
Mum What?!
Josh It isn’t a real tarantula, silly!
It’s plastic!
Katie Oh Josh, you’re a pain!
Student’s Book pages 38–39 one hundred and thirty-seven 137

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 137 22/03/2016 16:15

Grammar
A Preposizioni di luogo
1 Leggi le frasi. Disegna gli oggetti nella figura.
The clock is on the shelf.

1 My school bag is under the desk.
2 The TV is on the desk, next to the lamp.
3 The poster is under the shelf.
4 The cat is on the bed.
2 Scegli l’alternativa corretta. B There is/There are

1 Forma affermativa
3 Completa le frasi con There’s o
There are.
There are four people in
2 3
my family.
1 22
students in our class.
2 a new
Geography teacher at school.
4 5 3 a phone
and an MP3 player in that bag.
4 three
posters in my bedroom.
5 a big
The tarantula is on / under the chair. computer room in our school.
1 The cat is under / on the table. 6 two old
2 The books are next to / in the bag. bikes in the garage.
3 The computer is on / next to the desk. 7 four chairs
4 The dog is under / next to the desk. and a table in the kitchen.
5 The bike is next to / in the garage.
138 one hundred and thirty-eight

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 138 22/03/2016 16:15

Forma negativa Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi
4 Correggi le frasi con le informazioni tra 6 Formula domande e risposte brevi.
parentesi. Scrivi frasi alla forma negativa a French teacher at your school? ✗
e affermativa. Is there a French teacher at your school?
There’s a dog in our garden. (a cat) No, there isn’t.
There isn’t a dog in our garden. There’s a 1 a park next to your house? ✗
cat.
1 There are 20 people on the bus. (14)
2 two TVs in your bedroom? ✓
2 There are 50 photos on my mobile phone. (30)

3 30 students in your class? ✗
3 There’s a mobile phone on that desk.

(an MP3 player) 4 a shower in the bathroom? ✓
4 There are 12 classrooms in our school. (15) 5 two bikes in that garage? ✗
5 There’s a mouse under the table. (a hamster) 6 a rabbit on my bed? ✓
6 There’s a good documentary on TV.

(a good film) C There/They’re/Their
Theree / Their isn’t a teacher in that
5 Scrivi frasi sulla casa di Katie. Usa le forme classroom.
affermative o negative di there is / are. 1 There / They’re is a good programme on TV.
three bedrooms ✓ 2 They’re / Their dad is a French teacher.
There are three bedrooms. 3 Their / There are two windows in my
1 a dining room ✗ bedroom.
4 They’re / There at school today.
2 a sofa and two armchairs in the living room ✓ 5 Their / There parents are in the garden.
6 There / They’re is a book under that desk.
3 two telephones in the hall ✗

D some/any (1)
8 Completa le frasi con some o any.
4 a garage ✓ Are there any books on that shelf?
1 There aren’t good films at the cinema.
5 two desks in the study ✓ 2 There are teachers in that classroom.
3 There aren’t flowers in the garden.
4 There are pens in my pencil case.
6 a bedroom in the attic ✗
5 Are there games on that computer?
6 There aren’t photos on my phone.
Student’s Book pages 40–41 one hundred and thirty-nine 139

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 139 22/03/2016 16:15

Grammar in action
1 ★ Zoe è in gita scolastica. Completa l’e-mail
a sua madre con le parole nel riquadro.
aren’t any are isn’t some an is

there a they’re there’s
To: Mum Subject: Hi Mum!
Hi Mum!
It’s great here! We’re in an old house. It’s quite big! There 1 30 rooms on three
h
floors! I’m in a bedroom with Jess, Josie and Lucy. It’s in the attic! 2
are four beds
(of course!), with bedside tables. There 3 a chest of drawers and two wardrobes.
There 4 a bathroom in the attic – it’s downstairs. There aren’t 5 sinks in
the bathroom, because 6 in the bedrooms! In the bathroom there are two showers
and a toilet, but there isn’t a bath. Downstairs, there’s an enormous dining room! 7
a TV room, with 8 DVD player, but there 9 any DVDs! Fortunately there
are 10
good games and a games console in the games room!
Oh! It’s six o’clock, and I’m hungry! Dinner time!
Bye for now
Zoe
2 ★★ Zoe sta parlando con sua madre Translation

al telefono. Formula le domande
di sua madre. 4 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
classrooms?
Are there any classrooms? Translation competence
1 washing machines?
Ricorda che in inglese bisogna collocare
e
il soggetto dopo il verbo be per formare
2 rug in your room? una frase interrogativa.
Ricorda che some si usa con there are nella
forma affermativa. Nelle forme negativa e
3 activities / in the evening? interrogativa si usa any.
4 computers? Tom La tua camera è grande?

Leo No, non è molto grande. C’è un letto,
5 Internet connection? un armadio e due scaffali.
Tom C’è un televisore?
6 sports lessons? Leo Sì, e ci sono dei libri sugli scaffali.

Tom Ci sono dei poster?
Leo No. Ci sono dei poster nello studio.
3 ★★ Scrivi le risposte brevi di Zoe Tom Dov’è lo studio?
(✓ = Yes, ✗ = No) alle domande dell’es. 2. Leo È al piano di sotto. Nello studio ci sono
✗ No, there aren’t. due scrivanie. Il mio portatile è sulla
1 ✓ mia scrivania.
2 ✗ Tom Ci sono dei giochi nel portatile?
3 ✗ Leo Sì!
4 ✓
5 ✓
6 ✓
140 one hundred and forty Student’s Book page 42
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 140 22/03/2016 16:15

Functions
Describing where things are Build a dialogue
a pagina 43 dello Student’s Book.
Rispondi alle domande. Step 1: Remember!
1 Where’s the phone? Completa le domande.
1 Chiedi dove si trova il tuo quaderno.
2 Where’s the bag? my exercise book?
2 Chiedi se si trova dentro / sopra / sotto /
Video Functions Unit 3 accanto a…
Is it / / /
2 Completa il dialogo con le parole nel …?
riquadro. 3 Chiedi se è quell’oggetto che vedi.
it?
table here isn’t that there’s under
4 Di’ che non è qui.
where where’s it
It .
5 Di’ che l’hai trovato.
it is!
6 Di’ che li hai trovati.
Here !
Step 2: Write it!

Immagina di avere perso uno degli
oggetti nelle figure. Scrivi un dialogo
Susie These are the photos from our

school trip.
Tom Cool! Oh, there’s Alex! You Chiedi dove si trova l’oggetto che
hai perso.
Susie Yes, and there’s Kate, next to Rob.
Dad Ti chiede se si trova sul tavolo
Tom 1
the class photo?
in cucina.
Susie Oh! 2 isn’t here!
You Rispondi di no.
Tom Is it in your bag?
Dad Ti chiede se si trova sullo scaffale.
Susie Er, no, it 3 . Is 4 it?
You Chiedi dove.
Tom Where?
Dad Suggerisce accanto al telefono.
Susie On the 5 .
You Rispondi: “Non è qui”.
Tom 6
?
Dad Ti chiede se è l’oggetto che vede
Susie 7
those books, next to the radio.
sul frigo.
Tom Oh yes! 8 it is!
You Chiedi dove.
3 Ascolta e controlla. Dad Suggerisce sotto i libri.
You Di’ “Eccolo qui”.
Student’s Book page 43 one hundred and forty-one 141

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 141 22/03/2016 16:15

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Segna (✓) le cose che vedi.
animals a sofa bookcases curtains a desk a dishwasher stairs
lamps pictures a sink a bed a TV a garden windows
2 Leggi e ascolta la descrizione di Anna della sua visita. Dov’è Longleat House?
Longleat
My trip to
This is Longleat House. It’s a stately home in

the south-west of England. Stately homes are
enormous houses in the country, with beautiful
gardens. They are usually open to the public.
At Longleat, there’s a safari park in the garden!
These are the lions in the safari park. They’re

big and dangerous! There are lots of animals
in the park. There are tigers, camels, zebras
and monkeys. The monkeys are very funny!
This is a library in Longleat There are two dining rooms This room is called the Saloon. It’s a
House. There are seven libraries in Longleat House. This is very long room. There are sofas and
in the house. In the libraries the Lower Dining Room. armchairs, desks and chairs. There are
there are lots of bookcases and There’s an enormous table, big windows with long curtains.
there are more than 40,000 with 20 chairs! There’s a big
Competences
books! There are also some big fireplace, and some pictures Glossary
sofas, and in this library there’s on the walls. in the country in campagna
a beautiful desk and a chair. open aperte
dangerous pericolosi
lots of molti
3 Rileggi il brano. Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F). monkeys scimmie
Correggi le frasi false. K library biblioteca
1 Stately homes are in the city. 5 There aren’t any books in the libraries.
2 There aren’t any gardens at Longleat House. 6 The Lower Dining Room is very small.
3 There are lions and tigers in the park. 7 There are some pictures on the walls.
4 There are ten libraries in Longleat House. 8 There are big windows in the Saloon.
142 one hundred and forty-two
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 142 22/03/2016 16:15

Listening
Competences
4 Ascolta Ryan descrivere alcune foto a un’amica. Quante foto guardano?
5 Riascolta il dialogo e segna (✓) le cose che senti.

the kitchen the garden a bedroom
two armchairs a violin a small bed
some pictures the dining room the bathroom
Guided writing
6 Usa il factfile per completare le descrizioni delle foto.
Windsor Castle Interesting rooms:

Type of house: castle Dining rooms: very big
(official residence of the Queen) State Dining Room: table, 24 chairs
Number of rooms: hundreds! Tower (with flag!): 200 stairs
This is the State Dining Room. It’s very big.

3
.
(What furniture is there?)
This is Windsor Castle. It’s a castle
(What type of house?) near London.
It’s the 1 This is the Tower.
of the Queen. The castle is enormous! 4
2
(What is on it?) on it, and
(How many?) of rooms. 5
(How many stairs?) in it.
7 Descrivi una casa che hai visitato di recente (35–50 parole).

Potrebbe essere una grande residenza aperta al pubblico
o la casa privata di qualcuno che conosci.

Le forme di There is / There are sono corrette?
Hai usato some / any / a / an nei punti appropriati?
Le preposizioni di luogo sono corrette?
Hai usato virgole e apostrofi correttamente?
Student’s Book pages 44–45 one hundred and forty-three 143

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 143 22/03/2016 16:15

unit
Vocabulary
Families
1 Osserva l’albero genealogico di Ellie. Leggi i nomi e completa il
cruciverba con i termini che indicano il rapporto di parentela con Ellie.
1 1 Samantha and Dean

P
2
2 Arthur
A 3 Robert
3 4
R 4 Ruth and Lisa
5 5 Paul
E
6
6 William
N
T
S
2 Completa le definizioni.
Your parents: your mum and your 1
Your 2 : your 3 and your grandad
3 Picture dictionary Ripassa i nuovi vocaboli della sezione Families

a pagina 228. Poi osserva l’es. 1. Scrivi i nomi corretti.
Lisa is his mother. William
1 Arthur is their father. and
2 Robert is their son. and
3 Samantha and Ruth are his daughters.
4 Dean is her husband.
5 Lisa is his wife.
6 Ellie is their niece. , and
7 William is their nephew. , and
T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 144 22/03/2016 16:15

Dialogue work

1 How old is Archie today?
2 How old is Holly?
3 Who is an only child?
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura. Katie That’s right. I’m with Josh and Lydia.
Rispondi alle domande. Harry Who’s Lydia?
1 Are Harry and Katie at school? Katie She’s our little sister. She’s 10. Have
you got any brothers or sisters,
2 Is there a phone in the picture? Harry?
Harry Yes, I have. I’ve got a brother, Daniel.
He’s 20! He’s a student in London.
Katie Awesome!

How old is Katie today?
She’s 14.
1 What’s the present from her parents?
2 Who’s in the photos on her phone?
3 How old is Lydia?
4 Is Harry an only child?
5 How old is Daniel?

1 Favoloso!
2 Beata te!
3 Vediamo.
4 Esatto.
Harry Hi, Katie! Is it your birthday today? 1 Cerchia
C a i termini di parentela.
Katie Yes, it is! I’m 14 today.
2 Sottolinea some e any.
Harry Happy birthday!
Katie Thanks!
Harry Hey – have you got a new phone?
Katie Yes, I have. It’s from my parents.
Harry Lucky you! Let’s see. Oh, there are
some photos on it. Is that you?
Student’s Book pages 48–49 one hundred and forty-five 145
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 145 22/03/2016 16:15

Grammar
A Verbo have got 4 Osserva la figura. Completa le frasi con
la forma corretta (affermativa o negativa)
(Present simple) di have got.
Forma affermativa
Isabelle Amy
Gemma ’ve got //’s ’s got ttwo brothers.
Leo
1 I ’ve got /’s got some new books.
2 Ben ’ve got /’s got a little sister.
3 We ’ve got /’s got a French lesson today.
4 They ’ve got /’s got nice parents.
5 Mum ’ve got /’s got an old computer.
6 You ’ve got /’s got a new skateboard!
2 Scrivi frasi con le forme intere del verbo

have got.
our house / a big garden
Our house has got a big garden.
1 Mr and Mrs Peters / four children
2 this town / three schools
3 James / a bike
Peter
4 my aunt and uncle / a house in London Amy ’s got a bike.
1 Amy a skateboard.
5 those girls / Italian names 2 Peter a football.
3 Leo a football.
6 the students / a new head teacher 4 Leo and Isabelle
skateboards.
7 Laura / a sister 5 Isabelle and Peter
bikes.
8 my cousins / MP3 players Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi

Forma negativa 1 computer / got / a / Have / you ?
Have you got a computer?
3 Riscrivi le frasi dell’es. 2 alla forma negativa.
2 Have / any / books / got / they ?
Our house hasn’t got a big garden.
1
2 3 we / a / Science / now / Have / lesson / got ?
3
4 4 got / Has / Aaron / a / bike ?
5
6 5 two / Has / bathrooms / the / house / got ?
7
8 6 Anna / Has / got / pets / any ?
146 one hundred and forty-six

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 146 22/03/2016 16:15

6 Abbina le risposte brevi alle domande 9 Osserva ’s in queste frasi. Quando
dell’es. 5. rappresenta is o has, riscrivi la frase alla
a No, she hasn’t. forma intera. Quando rappresenta il genitivo
b Yes, we have. sassone, scrivi GS.
c Yes, he has. Ben’s from Cardiff.
d No, I haven’t. 1 Ben is from Cardiff.
e No, they haven’t. Ben’s grandparents are Welsh. GS
f No, it hasn’t. 1 Dad’s got a new phone.
7 Formula domande e risposte brevi con

il verbo have got. 2 Natalie’s mum is in London.
Grandma / a computer? ✓
Has Grandma got a computer? 3 She’s Scottish.
Yes, she has.
1 Luke / an MP3 player? ✓ 4 The teacher’s got some books.
5 My friend’s late for the lesson.

2 you / a dog? ✗
6 That woman’s children are at my school.
3 you and your sister / any cousins? ✓

C Why/Because
10 Scrivi mini-dialoghi con Why and Because.
A you / have got / that scarf?
4 Natalie / a brother? ✗
B I / be / cold
A Why have you got that scarf?
B Because I’m cold.
1 A Jack / be / in the kitchen?
B Il genitivo sassone B he / be / hungry
8 Riscrivi le frasi con It’s e il genitivo sassone.
Archie has got a hamster.
It’s Archie’s hamster. 2 A Archie / have got / a new bike?
1 Gemma has got an MP3 player. B it / be / his birthday
2 Mum and Dad have got a car.

3 A the students / be / at home?
B it / be / the weekend
3 The boys have got a computer.
4 The children have got a skateboard. 4 A you / be / in this classroom?

B we / have got / a French lesson
5 Mr Green has got a house.
6 My cousins have got a dog.
Student’s Book pages 50–51 one hundred and forty-seven 147

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 147 22/03/2016 16:15

Grammar in action
1 ★ Completa il dialogo con le forme 2 ★★ Osserva le figure degli oggetti
corrette del verbo have got. del dialogo. Scrivi frasi in cui descrivi
a chi appartengono. Usa It o They con
il verbo be e il genitivo sassone.
1 4
3
1 They’re Dad’s keys.

2
3
4
5
Translation
Mum Oh, this kitchen’s a mess! Molly, Poi traduci il dialogo in inglese.
is that your bag?
Molly Yes, it is. Translation competence
Mum And is that your phone? Ricorda che quando si usa have got con n un
Molly No, it isn’t. I’ve got my phone. nome plurale in una frase affermativa, di solito
si colloca some prima del nome:
Let’s see. Oh – it’s Oliver’s phone.
She’s got some posters in her bedroom.
Mum And these books?
Ricorda che quando si usa have got con un
Molly They’re Oliver’s books.
nome plurale in una frase negativa o interrogativa,
Mum Where is Oliver? He’s late for dinner. è norma collocare any prima del nome:
Molly He’s at Paul’s house … but She hasn’t got any posters.
he 1 (not) Has she got any posters?
his phone!
Linda Guarda! Ho delle foto della mia
Mum What about these keys?
famiglia.
Molly They’re Dad’s keys. Oliver and I
George È tua sorella quella nella foto?
2
(not) any keys!
Linda No. È mia cugina.
Mum OK. And what about this? Is it Tom’s
phone? George Questa è una bella casa. Dov’è?
Molly Mum, Tom’s only nine. He Linda È in Scozia. È la casa di mia zia
3
(not) a phone. e mio zio.
It’s Dad’s phone. Arrgh! There’s a George E quello è il cane di tua cugina?
spider – and a mouse! Linda Sì.
Mum Those are the twins’ toys. And George È fortunata.
here’s Tom’s football scarf. This is Linda Perché?
impossible! George Perché ha un cane. Io non ho
Glossary
animali domestici.
toys giocattoli
Linda Ma tu hai due sorelline!
148 one hundred and forty-eight Student’s Book page 52
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 148 22/03/2016 16:15

Functions
Talking about dates and 4 Ascolta e controlla.
birthdays
Build a dialogue
a pagina 53 dello Student’s Book. 5 Segui le fasi 1–2 per formare un dialogo.
Step 1: Remember!
1 When’s Sam’s birthday?
Completa le frasi.
2 When’s Hannah’s birthday? 1 Chiedi che data è oggi.
What’s today?
2 Di’ la data di oggi.
Video Functions Unit 4
It’s fourth October.
2 Scrivi i numeri ordinali. 3 Chiedi quand’è il compleanno
di qualcuno.
1st first 16th
When’s ?
3rd 18th
4 Di’ quand’è il tuo compleanno.
5th 20th
It’s the twelfth of April.
7th 22nd
9th 23rd
Step 2: Write it!
12th 28th
15th 31st Osserva le date di compleanno sotto.
Scrivi un dialogo seguendo la traccia. ES
3 Osserva le date di compleanno sotto.
Jake Chiede a Cathy che data è oggi.
Completa il dialogo.
Cathy Dice la data di oggi.
Jake Chiede a Cathy quand’è il suo
compleanno.
Cathy Risponde.
Jake Reagisce con sorpresa. Dice che
è il compleanno di sua nonna.
Cathy Chiede a Jake quand’è il suo
compleanno.
Jake Risponde.
Adam What’s the date today?
Rachel It’s the eighth 1 February.
Adam Oh! It’s my cousin’s 2
! Cathy’s birthday 6th August
Rachel 3
your birthday? Jake’s birthday 29th December
Adam It’s on 4 5
of
6
. What about you?
Rachel My birthday’s 7 8
9 10 11
.
Birthdays
Adam 16th July
Adam’s cousin 8th February
Rachel 23rd March
Student’s Book page 53 one hundred and forty-nine 149

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 149 22/03/2016 16:15

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Abbina le parole a–d alle foto 1–4 dell’es. 2.
a a very small family b a big family c a baby d pets
2 Leggi e ascolta le descrizioni delle varie famiglie. Chi sono le persone

che parlano? Scrivi il nome corretto.
a At my mum’s house, there’s my mum, my stepfather, my half-brother
and me.
b In our house there’s my mum, my dad, my brother and me.
c In my house there’s my mum and me.
d In my house there are my parents, my grandparents, my sisters,
my brother, my brother’s wife and me.
Four families
1 2 3 4
This is my friend Mia. My friend Shinji has got Lilian’s parents are
There are only two a big family – and a big divorced. They’re
people in Mia’s family house! He’s got two married to different
Hi! My name’s Jason. I’m from – Mia and her mum! sisters and a brother. His people now. Lilian’s
Liverpool, in the UK. My family But their house is big brother is married. He mum and her stepfather
isn’t very big. There’s my mum and they’ve got lots of and his wife haven’t got have got a new baby,
and dad, my brother Ed and pets: two dogs, three a house at the moment. Matthew. He’s Lilian’s
me! My brother’s eleven. We’re cats, two rabbits and a They’re in the same half-brother. They’re
in the same bedroom because hamster! house as Shinji. And all in the same house.
our house has only got two Lilian’s dad and his wife,
Shinji’s grandparents
bedrooms. It’s a pain! We’ve
have got a flat in the Sally, are in a different
got two dogs: Ginger and Rex.
basement of the house. town. Sally’s got a
My friends’ families are different
There are nine people in daughter, Rosie. She’s
from my family. Some are big
his house, but they aren’t twelve. She and Lilian
and some are small!
all in the photo. are step-sisters, and
Competences
good friends!
Glossary
3 Rispondi alle domande. ES the same la stessa
1 How old is Jason’s brother? basement seminterrato
2 What are their pets’ names?
3 What pets has Mia got?
4 What’s in the basement of Shinji’s house?
5 What’s the name of Lilian’s half-brother?
6 Who’s Rosie?
7 Which family is similar to your family?
150 one hundred and fifty
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 150 22/03/2016 16:15

Listening
Competences
4 Ascolta Zoe parlare a un amico della
persona nella foto. Rispondi alle domande.
1 Who’s the man in the photo?
2 How old is he?
5 Riascolta il dialogo. Scegli

l’alternativa corretta.
1 The man’s name is Jack / John.
2 His birthday is on the 21st / 23 rd of this month.
3 He’s Zoe’s mum’s brother / father.
4 He’s from Northern Ireland /
the north of England.
5 He’s from Belfast / Birmingham.
6 He’s got two / four dogs.
Guided writing
6 Completa il brano. Usa le forme affermative dei verbi.
My aunt’s name 1 Fiona. She’s 39. 2 birthday is
3 4
17th 5 August. 6 got a job.
Her home town 7
Coventry. 8 got two cats.
9
cats are lovely! Their names 10 Misty and
Shadow. 11 favourite possession 12 her car!
7 Completa le informazioni su un membro della tua famiglia.
Relationship 8 Scrivi un brano (35–50 parole) su un

(brother / aunt, etc.) membro della tua famiglia. Usa il tuo
brano nell’es. 6 e le informazioni
Name
nell’es.7 come aiuto.
Age
Birthday Writing competence check
A student? Yes / No
Segna (✓) la casella una volta
Has he / she got a job? Yes / No verificato ciascun punto.
Home town Hai usato le forme corrette del
Pets verbo have got?
Favourite possession Hai usato correttamente
l’apostrofo col genitivo sassone?
Student’s Book pages 54–55 one hundred and fifty-one 151

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 151 22/03/2016 16:15

unit
Vocabulary
Daily routines
1 Completa la routine quotidiana con i verbi.
7:30 get up 5 12:30 lunch
1 7:35 a shower 6 15:30 school
2 7:45 dressed 7 16:30 my homework
3 8:00 breakfast 8 18:00 dinner
4 8:20 home 9 21:30 to bed
2 Picture dictionary Ripassa i nuovi vocaboli

della sezione Extension a pagina 230. Osserva
le figure e completa le frasi che descrivono
la routine quotidiana.
ha v e a sn a c k
1 w u 2 b 3 c
my h my t
4 h a b 5 w 6 h
my h aw
3 Cancella le parole che non formano espressioni con le parole

in azzurro.
wake have get up
1 start do finish school
2 wake wash brush (my) hair
3 have a bath home a snack
4 get dressed up a wash
5 go lunch to school to sleep

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 152 22/03/2016 16:15

Dialogue work

1 What’s the time?
2 What day is it?
3 Why is Gemma’s grandma cool?
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura Harry Lucky Josh! I never get up late.
e scegli l’alternativa corretta. Katie How come?
1 Katie and Harry are at school / Harry Sam always wakes me up at seven
Katie’s house. o’clock.
2 It’s half / twenty-five past eleven. Katie Sam? Have you got two brothers?
Harry No! Sam’s my dog!
4 Comprehension Correggi queste

frasi false.
Football Club is at 11 o’clock.
Football Club is at half past eleven.
1 Harry’s in the bathroom.
2 Today’s Sunday.
3 It’s quarter past eleven.
4 Josh has an enormous lunch on Saturdays.
5 Harry’s got a cousin called Sam.

Harry Oh no, Katie! It’s twenty-five past 5 Learn it! Use it! Abbina le frasi (1–3)
eleven! alle traduzioni (a–c). Usa il dialogo
Katie Agh! No way! We’re late! Football dell’es. 3 come aiuto.
Club starts at half past eleven. 1 How come? a Davvero?
Harry Yeah. Where’s Josh? 2 has a lie-in b Come mai?
Katie He’s in the bathroom. He’s always 3 Really? c resta a letto fino a tardi
late!
Harry Really?
C a i verbi che descrivono la routine
1 Cerchia
Katie Yeah, he always gets up late
quotidiana.
on Saturdays.
2 Sottolinea un esempio di have got.
Harry But it’s twenty-five past eleven!
Katie Well, he has a lie-in and then he has
an enormous breakfast.
Student’s Book pages 60–61 one hundred and fifty-three 153

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 153 22/03/2016 16:15

Grammar
A Present simple
Forma affermativa
1 Completa le frasi con la forma corretta della
terza persona singolare del Present simple
dei verbi nel riquadro.
5 Lucy home at half past eight
get up leave watch sleep speak have
in the morning.
teach go study
6 My brother on Sunday
afternoons.
My cat sleeps on my bed at night.
7 Tom’s dad History at our school.

1 Amy a snack after school.
8 He TV in the evenings.
2 Jack at 7 o’clock on Mondays.
2 Scrivi frasi.
I / go / to bed at ten o’clock
I go to bed at ten o’clock.
1 Kerry / wash / her hair in the evening
2 We / have / a snack at half past three

3 Our French teacher very
good French.
3 My mum / have / lunch at one o’clock
4 My dad / leave / home at quarter to eight
5 We / finish / school at half past one
4 My mum to bed early. 6 They / do / their homework in the afternoon
154 one hundred and fifty-four

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 154 22/03/2016 16:15

3 Completa il brano con la forma corretta del C Avverbi di frequenza
Present simple dei verbi nel riquadro.
6 Elenca gli avverbi nell’ordine corretto,
brush clean get get up have get up
da quelli che indicano frequenza maggiore
go have leave start leave work have a quelli che indicano frequenza minore.
My sister, Alice, works at the hospital. She always never often sometimes usually
1
early, at about half past six.
She 2
a shower and then she 100% always
3
dressed. I 4 at seven 1
o’clock. We 5
breakfast with Mum 2
and Dad, then Alice 6

home at 3
half past seven. Dad 7

to work 0% 4
at eight o’clock. I 8 a wash and

I9 my teeth. Mum 10 7 Riscrivi le frasi con l’avverbio di frequenza
my hair because it’s very long! We 11 nella posizione corretta.
home at half past eight, and I 12
school at nine o’clock.
B Preposizioni di tempo
I do my homework in / on Sunday mornings.
1 We have lunch on / at 2 o’clock in / on
Christmas Day.
2 They visit their grandparents at / in I have a lie-in on Mondays. (never)
weekends. I never have a lie-in on Mondays.
3 My uncle works in / at night. 1 He goes to school in August. (never)
4 Sara’s birthday is on / at 27th December.
5 We watch TV at / in the evening. 2 I am late for school. (sometimes)
6 My Indian friends go to India at / in the
summer.
3 They do their homework in the afternoon.
7 I get up at / in 7 o’clock in / at the morning.
(usually)
8 Mum has breakfast in bed on / at her
birthday.
4 We have dinner at 8 o’clock. (always)
5 Completa gli spazi con at, in o on.
on Wednesday evening 5 I have a shower in the evening. (sometimes)
1 Tuesday
2 night 6 You watch TV in the evening. (often)
3 February
4 22nd July
7 She goes to bed early. (usually)
5 2019
6 Easter
8 I clean my teeth in the morning. (always)
7 the weekend
8 the spring
9 Easter Day
10 half past six
11 Friday afternoon
12 midnight
Student’s Book pages 62–63 one hundred and fifty-five 155

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 155 22/03/2016 16:15

Grammar in action
1 ★ Completa il brano sulla migliore amica 3 ★★ Riordina le parole per formulare
orma
di Sally con la forma frasi.
bi
corretta dei verbi often / Missy / hungry / is
tra parentesi. Missy is often hungry.
1 never / She / late / for / is / breakfast!
My
best 2 usually / breakfast / Sally / She / with / has
friend
My best friend’s called
lled
Missy. She wakes up (wake / up) early and 3 kitchen / she / At / the / sleeps / always / in /
she 1 (have / wash)! night
I 2 (get / up) at seven
o’clock, and Missy and I 3
(have / breakfast) in the kitchen. After breakfast, 4 on / sometimes / sofa / sleeps / She / the
I 4 (have / shower) and
then I 5 (get / dressed).
I 6
(go / school) at half 5 the / plays / garden / sometimes / She / in
past eight, but Missy 7
(go / bed)! I 8 (get / home)

at about four o’clock and she is usually on my
bed! After dinner, I 9 4 Scrivi cinque frasi vere su di te. Includi
(watch /TV) in the living room and Missy un avverbio di frequenza e un’espressione
10
(go / sleep) on the sofa. di tempo in ogni frase.
We 11 (go / bed) at ten I always have a shower in the morning.
o’clock. Missy 12
(sleep)
Translation
on a big cushion in the kitchen. She’s a very
happy cat! 5 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
2 ★★ Scrivi frasi al Present simple. Translation competence

Missy / wake up / half past six / morning Non dimenticare di usare sempre il pronome
nome
Missy wakes up at half past six in personale soggetto:
the morning. We wake up late.
1 Sally / breakfast / quarter past seven Ricordati che l’avverbio di frequenza di solito
precede il verbo:
I often get up at nine o’clock.
2 Sally / start / school / nine o’clock
Oggi è sabato. Il sabato ci svegliamo tardi.

3 Sally / finish / school / half past Spesso mi alzo alle nove. Mia madre prepara
three / afternoon la colazione. Io mi faccio la doccia e mi
vesto. Facciamo colazione in cucina. La
mattina io e mio fratello di solito facciamo i
4 Missy / sleep / on the sofa / evening compiti. Mio padre lavora sempre il sabato.
La sera di solito arriva a casa alle sei.
5 Missy / sleep / in the kitchen / night Ceniamo alle sette. A volte guardiamo un
film in TV. Vado a letto alle nove e mezzo.
156 one hundred and fifty-six Student’s Book page 64

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 156 22/03/2016 16:15

Functions
Talking about the time 3 Scrivi le risposte alle domande
nell’es. 2.
1 Riascolta i dialoghi dell’es. 1
1 It’s twenty past three.
2
3
Dialogue 1
4
1 What day is Football Club?
5
Dialogue 2 4 Ascolta e controlla.

2 What day is it today?
Build a dialogue
Video Functions Unit 5 5 Segui le fasi 1–2 per formare un dialogo.
2 Abbina le domande (1–5) alle figure (a–d). Step 1: Remember!

Una figura va con due delle domande.
Completa le frasi.
a
1 Chiedi quand’è la cena.
When ?
B&B 2 Chiedi a che ora è X Factor.
What ?
Breakfast: 7.30 – 9.30 a.m.
7–10 p.m. 3 Chiedi che ora è.
Dinner:
What ?
4 Di’ che X Factor è alle sette.
Y
VACANCY 12
11 1
5 Di’ che inizia alle quattro.
b 10 2
It four o’clock.
9 3
6 Di’ che sei in ritardo per il club di teatro.
c 8 4 Drama Club.
7 5
TRAINS 6
Step 2: Write it!
Train to Liverpool:
Alex sta parlando con suo padre. Scrivi
Monday to Friday 9.30. un dialogo seguendo la traccia. ES
Alex Chiede che ora è.
d
Dad Risponde che sono le cinque
Music Club! e quaranta.
Alex Dice che è in ritardo per il club
Thursdays di calcio.
3.45pm–4.45pm
Dad Chiede a che ora è.
Alex Risponde che è alle sei.
Dad Chiede a che ora è l’autobus.
Alex Risponde che è alle sei meno
1 What’s the time? b un quarto e arriva alle sei e cinque.
2 What time’s the train to Liverpool?
3 When’s Music Club?
4 What time’s breakfast?
5 When’s dinner?
Student’s Book page 65 one hundred and fifty-seven 157

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 157 22/03/2016 16:15

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto di occasioni speciali. Qual è la tua preferita?
1 2 3
School finishes for

the summer! My birthday Christmas Day
2 Leggi e ascolta i brani. Abbina le foto (1–3) ai brani (a–c).
What’s your favourite day of the year?

a b c
My favourite day is my birthday. My favourite day is Christmas My favourite day is in July. It’s
It’s on 4th August, so we aren’t Day! My brother Tim is 7 years the last day of school before the
at school. I get up early and my old and he always wakes up summer! School usually finishes
parents make a big breakfast. early! Tim and I get up and go at half past three, but on the last
There are usually lots of presents downstairs. There are always big day we finish at half past two!
on the table! It’s exciting! I presents in the living room under Hooray! We have three lessons in
open my presents and eat the Christmas tree. Mum and Dad the morning and we have lunch at
my breakfast. Then we go to get up and we open our presents. midday. After lunch, the teachers
Alton Towers! It’s an enormous Then we have breakfast. After organise some games. There
adventure park! We always go breakfast our grandparents arrive. are sometimes competitions
to Alton Towers on my birthday We usually have a big Christmas between classes, and our class
and on my sister’s birthday. My dinner at two o’clock. After dinner, often wins! After school I go
dad usually works, but he comes I play with Tim, but Gran and home and watch TV. I never do my
home early on my birthday and Grandad usually go to sleep! In holiday homework on that day!
we have pizza for dinner! the evening we sometimes watch Elliot, 14
Molly, 13 a film. Christmas is fantastic!
Zak, 12 Glossary
presents regali
exciting emozionante
Competences
adventure park parco

3 Rileggi i brani e completa le frasi con il nome corretto. a tema
1 spends this day at home. I play gioco
last ultimo
2 plays games on this day.
Hooray! Urrà!
3 goes to an adventure park on this day. games giochi
158 one hundred and fifty-eight

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 158 22/03/2016 16:15

Competences
1 When is Molly’s birthday? 6 What time is Christmas dinner?
2 What is Alton Towers? 7 When is lunch at Elliot’s school?
3 Where is Molly’s dad on her birthday? 8 How many lessons are there in
4 How old is Tim? the morning?
5 Where are the Christmas presents?
Listening
5 Ascolta Matthew parlare di una festa nella sua città. Numera le parole
e le frasi nell’ordine in cui le senti.
a concert a picnic pizza for dinner a procession sports and games
6 Riascolta e scegli l’alternativa corretta.

1 The festival in Matthew’s town is in April / May.
2 The festival is always / never at the weekend.
3 The procession is in the morning / afternoon.
4 Matthew has a picnic at 12 o’clock / 4 o’clock.
5 He has the picnic with his parents / grandparents.
6 There’s a concert in the morning / afternoon.
7 Matthew has pizza / pasta for dinner.
8 They go to bed late / early.
Guided writing
7 Osserva la routine quotidiana di George, il cugino di Matthew. Completa il brano
con le attività appropriate. Usa la forma corretta del Present simple o una preposizione
di tempo.
George 1 at half past six.
06.30 wake up
He 2 , he
06.45 wash / dressed
3
and then he has breakfast
07.00 breakfast
4
seven o’clock. He 5
07.15 leave home at quarter past seven and he 6
08.00 start work at 7 . He works 8
12.30–13.30 lunch the morning and he 9 at
17.00 finish work half past twelve. He 10
17.45 get home at five o’clock and he 11

18.30 dinner at 12 . He usually
evening watch TV 13
at about half past six and
22.00 bath then he 14
. 15 ten o’clock
22.30 bed he often 16
and then
he 17 .
8 Scrivi un brano sulla routine quotidiana di un membro della tua famiglia (50–80 parole).
Usa il brano nell’es. 7 come aiuto.

Le forme dei verbi sono corrette?
Le preposizioni di tempo sono corrette?
Student’s Book pages 66–67 one hundred and fifty-nine 159

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 159 22/03/2016 16:15

unit
Vocabulary
1 Osserva le figure. Trova le parole nel wordsearch per completare le frasi.
go to the cinema 1 have dance 2

my friends
E T A N O O C A P F
V O L B R L I T E T
H P E H A W N I D E
D E S I S T E M C X
3 listen to I N S T R U M E N T 4 ride my
R A O Q U W A T C H
W N N G L B I K E G
M U S I C E F R A S
5 play a musical 6 TV
2 Completa le attività.
play video games
1 meet my f s 3 d sport
2 u the Internet 4 r books

a pagina 232. Risolvi gli anagrammi.
og kiwnalg 1 dens msgsease 2 og honpigsp

go walking
3 og ot thuoy bulc 4 og longbiw 5 dera gizamasen

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 160 22/03/2016 16:15

Dialogue work

1 Where is Ben?
2 Who is with Luke?
3 Is she from Gemma and Natalie’s school?

Rispondi alle domande. Where’s Katie?
1 What has Katie got on her phone? She’s at home.
1 Who’s Laura?
2 Who’s the boy in the photo?
2 Who’s the first text from?
3 Who’s the second text from?
4 Where’s Laura?
5 Who’s with Laura?

1 Che peccato.
2 Che strano.
3 Certo che no!
Josh Hi, Katie. What’s up?
Katie I usually meet my friends on Saturday 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
night. I want to go for a pizza with
1 Cerchia
C a tre attività del tempo libero.
Harry and Laura tonight.
2 Sottolinea tre verbi alla forma affermativa
Josh So? What’s the problem?
con la -s della terza persona singolare
Katie I’ve got a text from Harry. It says ‘Sorry,
(non il verbo be).
I don’t like pizza! See you on Monday.’
3 Circonda con un riquadro gli avverbi
Josh That’s a pity. And he doesn’t like pizza!
di frequenza.
That’s weird!
Katie I know. Oh – wait. I’ve got a text from
Laura now.
Josh What does it say?
Katie It says ‘Surprise! I’m at a salsa class
with Harry.’ And there’s a photo!
Josh Let’s see. Harry isn’t very happy! Does
he often have dance lessons?
Katie Of course not! He hates dance.
Josh That’s really funny!
Student’s Book pages 70–71 one hundred and sixty-one 161
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 161 22/03/2016 16:15

Grammar
A Present simple 3 Osserva le faccine nella tabella. Scrivi frasi
con like.
Forma negativa
Joe Helen Rob
Helen and Rob / football

Helen and Rob like football.
1 Joe / football
This bus doesn’t / don’t go to our school.

2 Joe and Helen / French lessons
1 Gemma doesn’t / don’t study Spanish.
2 We doesn’t / don’t watch TV in the
mornings. 3 Helen and Rob / video games
3 I doesn’t /don’t get up early.
4 My dad doesn’t / don’t do any sport. 4 Joe / video games
5 You doesn’t / don’t know the answer.
6 Archie and his friend doesn’t / don’t like 5 Rob / French lessons
rap music.
7 He doesn’t / don’t live in London.
2 Riscrivi le frasi alla forma negativa.
I go shopping on Saturdays. 4 Completa le domande con Do o Does.
I don’t go shopping on Saturdays. Do the girls have music lessons?
1 John lives in a big city. 1 Paul play tennis?
2 you study German?
3 you and your friends like sport?
2 Mrs Green teaches French.
4 Archie go to primary school?
5 your parents use the Internet?
3 Those boys go to my school. 6 Elizabeth live in Wales?
4 We play football at the weekend. 5 Completa le risposte brevi alle domande

dell’es. 4.
Yes, they do.
5 Ben likes Geography.
1 No, .
2 No, .
6 She works in Edinburgh.
3 Yes, .
4 Yes, .
7 I study in the afternoon. 5 Yes, .
6 No, .
162 one hundred and sixty-two
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 162 22/03/2016 16:15

6 Scrivi minidialoghi con il Present simple. B Pronomi complemento
your mum / work in a shop? ✓
Does your mum work in a shop? 8 Completa la tabella.
Yes, she does.
Pronomi personali
1 Gemma and Natalie / live in London? ✗
I me
you 1
he 2
2 you / watch TV in the afternoon? ✓

she 3
it 4
we 5
3 Luke / like rugby? ✗ you 6
they 7
4 the film / start at eight o’clock? ✓

9 Completa i minidialoghi con i pronomi
complemento corretti.
A Do you like pop music?
B Yes, I do. I love it.
7 Formula domande con il Present simple.
Poi abbinale alle risposte nel riquadro. 1 A Do you know Tessa Reed?
B Yes, I do. I go to school with .
We go to a café in town.
She goes shopping and relaxes at home. 2 A Is Archie in your class?
I get up at seven o’clock. B Yes, he is. I sit next to .
I live in Perugia. It starts at half past eight. 3 A Boys, where’s the dog? Is he with you?
I do it in my bedroom. B Yes, he’s with .
4 A Do you often visit your grandparents?
Where / you / live? B Yes, we do. We visit every
Where do you live? weekend.
I live in Perugia.
5 A The X Factor’s on tonight.
1 What time / you / get up?
B That’s boring! I don’t like .
6 A Who’s got the keys?
B It’s OK. I’ve got .
2 When / school / start?
7 A Who are these chocolates for?
B It’s my birthday. They’re for !
8 A Dan, Mrs York wants to see
3 Where / you and your friends / go / after
after school.
school?
B Oh dear. Why?
9 A My cousin Julia goes to Drama Club.
B Yes, I know .
10 A Does Mr Giggs teach your class?
4 What / your mum / do / at weekends? B Yes, he teaches . He’s our
favourite teacher.
5 Where / you / do / your homework?
Student’s Book pages 72–73 one hundred and sixty-three 163

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 163 22/03/2016 16:15

Grammar in action
1 ★ Scegli l’alternativa corretta. 3 ★★ Scrivi le tue opinioni usando like o
don’t like, e un pronome complemento.
1 Science homework
I like it. / I don’t like it.
2 big dogs
3 old films
4 Madonna
5 Vasco Rossi
Eddie Do y
you like
e / You like video games? 6 winter
Clare No, I 1 don’t / not. I hate 2 it / them!
Eddie I 3 always play / play always 7 school
after school for an hour. What
4
you do / do you do after school?
8 Taylor Swift
Clare I 5 usually meet / meet usually
my friends in town. We 6 go / goes
shopping then I 7 watch / do watch TV. Translation
Eddie When 8 do you do / do you your 4 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
homework? Poi traduci il dialogo in inglese.
Clare After dinner. We 9 have / have got
dinner at half past seven. Then I Translation competence
10
study / studies for two hours. Ricorda che in inglese è necessario
Eddie Two hours! I don’t / doesn’t study
11 collocare i pronomi personali complemento
dopo il verbo.
for two hours in the evening!
I like her. We often visit them.
Clare I like it / It likes me! You like video
12
games and I like homework! Sally Hai compiti per casa?
2 ★★ Usa le parole nelle colonne per Matt Sì. Geografia e matematica. Geografia
scrivere frasi su Eddie e Clare. è noiosa. La detesto!
Sally Ma Mrs Harris è divertente. È la mia
homework insegnante preferita.
(not) like
Eddie video games Matt Sì. Lei mi piace. Ma i suoi compiti
(not) play
Clare for two hours in the sono difficili!
(not) study
evening Sally Quando fai i compiti?
Eddie likes video games. Matt Dopo cena. Non guardo la TV di sera.
Uso Internet e faccio i compiti.
Sally Io non faccio i compiti dopo la scuola.
Li faccio sull’autobus la mattina!
Matt Sei terribile!
164 one hundred and sixty-four Student’s Book page 74

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 164 22/03/2016 16:16

Functions
Expressing likes and dislikes Build a dialogue
1 Riascolta il dialogo dell’es. 1 a pagina
75 dello Student’s Book. Segna con
✓ (like) o ✗ (doesn’t like). Step 1: Remember!
Completa le frasi.
Hannah Sam
Jessie J ✓ 1 Di’ che detesti qualcosa.
rap music I cold pizza!
2 Di’ che non sopporti qualcosa.
I can’t sport!
Video Functions Unit 6
3 Di’ che qualcosa non ti piace.
2 Metti le battute del dialogo nell’ordine I pop music.
corretto (1–7). 4 Di’ che qualcosa non ti dispiace.
I don’t Maths lessons.
5 Di’ che qualcosa ti piace abbastanza.
I like football.
6 Di’ che qualcosa ti piace.
I dogs.
7 Di’ che qualcosa ti piace davvero.
I like video games!
8 Di’ che ami qualcosa.
I London.
Step 2: Write it!

Catherine sta parlando con Ruby.
Scrivi la parte di dialogo di Ruby
Catherine I love History. What do you think
of it?
Ruby Dice che non le dispiace.
Catherine But Maths is my favourite subject.
Ruby Dice: “Davvero?” e aggiunge che
non le piace.
Catherine Mr Thomson is a great teacher.
Olly I don’t mind football. And I quite
like rugby. But I love golf. Ruby Dice: “Lui è OK.” e aggiunge che
Olly No, I’m not! It’s a great sport. non le dispiace.
Olly Really? I can’t stand tennis! Catherine History and Maths today! I love
It’s boring! Tuesday mornings!
Olly 1 What’s your favourite sport, Will? Ruby Dice che non le sopporta.
Will Golf?! Are you crazy?
Will I love football and I quite like
tennis, too.
Will Which sports do you like, then?
3 Ascolta e controlla.
Student’s Book page 75 one hundred and sixty-five 165

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 165 22/03/2016 16:16

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le foto. Qual è l’attività più interessante
per te? Scrivi il nome corretto.
I like ’s activity.
The DofE – a free-time challenge

I’m 14. I often read books and listen to music,
but there’s another activity that I do in my free
time. It’s The Duke of Edinburgh’s Award. That’s
a long name! We all call it the DofE! The DofE Name of charity
is a special programme of activities for young The Duke of
people. I’m at the Bronze level. There are four Edinburgh’s Award
parts for each level and five at Gold. For the What does it do?
Rebecca at ice-skating club Physical section, I go ice-skating. I do it on It offers challenges to
Thursday evenings and on Saturday afternoons. young people
Ages 14–24
I’m 16 and I’m at the Silver level of the DofE. Different levels
For the Skills section, I play the keyboard – Bronze, Silver and Gold
that’s an electric piano. I have lessons at school Sections in each level
on Fridays and at the weekend I play in a band. Physical, Skills,
The name of the band is The Colours. We play Volunteering,
pop music. There are three boys and two girls Expedition
in the band. My friend Sasha sings and writes (and Residential at
Liam and his keyboard our songs, but she doesn’t play an instrument. Gold only)
We don’t want to be famous. It’s just for fun!
My name’s Charlotte. I work in a charity shop for

the Volunteering section of the DofE. The shop sells
clothes, books, DVDs and things for the house.
People give their old things to the shop and other
people buy them. The money goes to a charity for
old people. I work in the shop every Saturday.
I don’t get any money, but it’s an interesting job.
I’m 16 and I’m at the Silver level of the DofE. Charlotte in the charity shop
Competences
I’m Sam. I’m 18 and I’m at the Gold level of Glossary

the DofE. At every level of the DofE you do an charity associazione di
expedition. You and your friends plan a journey beneficenza
on foot, by bike or by boat. At night you sleep challenges sfide
in tents or you stay in hostels. For our Gold bronze / silver / gold
bronzo / argento / oro
expedition we’re in Scotland. We’re very tired! volunteering volontariato
It’s difficult – but it’s fun! plan (v) programmate
Sam and his friends on foot a piedi
on their expedition tents tende
166 one hundred and sixty-six

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 166 22/03/2016 16:16

2 Leggi e ascolta i brani a pagina 166. Rispondi alle domande. ES
Competences
1 What does ‘DofE’ mean? 6 What does Charlotte do on Saturdays?
2 What physical activity does Rebecca do? 7 What do they sell in the shop?
3 When does she do it? 8 How old is Sam?
4 What instrument does Liam play? 9 Where is he for his DofE expedition?
5 What is the band’s name? 10 Is there anything similar to the DofE in Italy?
Listening
3 Ascolta Darren parlare a Lisa del suo hobby. Rispondi alle domande.
1 Does Darren have dance lessons?
2 Is he a good dancer?
3 Does he do dance competitions?
4 Riascolta il dialogo e rispondi alle domande.

1 When does Darren have dance lessons?
2 Are there any girls in his class?
3 Who is Kelly?
4 Why does Darren do street dance?
Guided writing 6 Scrivi un brano su ciò che fai durante le

vacanze estive (35–50 parole). Descrivi con
5 Cerchia le attività che svolgi durante le che frequenza svolgi queste attività e
vacanze estive. usa gli avverbi di frequenza.
go to the beach go to a holiday home
do sport visit family meet friends Writing competence check
use the Internet play video games Segna (✓) la casella una volta verificato
go shopping study watch films ciascun punto.
go to the cinema read books Hai utilizzato correttamente le forme
ride my bike affermativa e negativa del
Present simple?
Scrivi altre attività che svolgi d’estate. Hai posizionato correttamente
Usa un dizionario se necessario. gli avverbi di frequenza all’interno
della frase?
Student’s Book pages 76–77 one hundred and sixty-seven 167

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 167 22/03/2016 16:16

unit
Vocabulary
Sports
1 Trova i nomi degli sport nel wordsnake e scrivili sotto le figure.
bas afoo tballsrugbytkarateisw
ketb
al lghorserid i n g n c ricket imm
ingct
ingyskiingmcycl enniss
rugby 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
Usa le lettere rimanenti nel wordsnake per trovare il nome

di un altro sport.
2 Completa la tabella con i nomi degli undici sport dell’es. 1.
play rugby
do
go

a pagina 234. Trova altri sette nomi di sport e quattro nomi di
attrezzature sportive nel wordsearch. Completa la tabella.
A B O B C R U N N I N G R X S W N
B A N I L M J I C E S K A T I N G
A L S A I L I N G A H O C K E Y O
T L M T F O G O L F S R K O A T L
S N O W B O A R D I N G E U A Q D
B A D M I N T O N B B O T F K T M
N E T E G N F T A E R O B I C S O
Sports running
Equipment

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 168 22/03/2016 16:16

Dialogue work

Student’s Book. Segna (✓) gli sport che senti.
baseball basketball football
netball volleyball
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura. 4 Comprehension Decidi se le frasi sono

Segna (✓) le risposte corrette. vere (T ) o false (F ). Correggi le frasi false.
1 Where are they? Katie’s bored. T
in the kitchen at school 1 Harry wants to play cricket.
in the garden
2 Which objects are in the picture? 2 They’ve got a cricket bat.
a ball a bat a net
3 Harry never plays cricket.
4 Cricket’s similar to baseball.
5 Harry’s in trouble.

alle traduzioni (a–d). Usa il dialogo
dell’es. 3 come aiuto.
1 Don’t show off! c
2 It doesn’t matter.
3 We’re /You’re in trouble now!
4 (It)’s just like…
a Non importa.
b È proprio come…
3 Ascolta e leggi il dialogo. c Non vantarti!
Katie I’m bored. What shall we do? d Adesso siamo / sei nei guai!
Harry Let’s play cricket.
Katie Cricket? I can’t play cricket.
1 Cerchia
C a i nomi degli sport.
Harry Oh, cricket is easy. We sometimes
play it at school. 2 Sottolinea il pronome complemento.
Josh Great idea! Let’s use this bat.
Katie It’s a baseball bat! And that’s a
tennis ball!
Josh It doesn’t matter. Cricket’s just
like baseball.
Katie No, it isn’t!
Josh Look, I can play really well!
Harry Oh Josh, don’t show off.
Katie Josh, be careful! Don’t do that!
Harry Oh Josh, you’re in trouble now!
Student’s Book pages 82–83 one hundred and sixty-nine 169
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 169 22/03/2016 16:16

Grammar
A can (abilità)
Forme affermativa e negativa
1 Osserva le figure. Completa le frasi con can
e le abilità nel riquadro.
act cook play football play tennis

ride a motorbike sing swim 5 Valentino .
6 Kenneth .
Jamie can cook.
2 Completa le frasi con can (✓) o can’t (✗)
e i verbi nel riquadro.
do make play play ride run speak

speak use
Our teacher can speak Spanish. ✓

1 My brother
1 Andy and Rafa . 100 metres in 15 seconds. ✗
2 I French. ✗
3 My mum pizza. ✓
4 We tennis. ✓
5 Alice a horse. ✗
6 My grandparents
the Internet. ✗
7 Dad golf. ✓
2 Justin and Selena . 8 Josh karate. ✗
3 Osserva le figure nella tabella.

Completa il brano.
3 Mario .
Cathy ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗
Nick ✓ ✗ ✗ ✓
Cathy and Nick can sing, but they

can’t 1 . Cathy
can 2
, but she
3
.
Nick can 4
, but
4 Federica . he can’t 5 .
170 one hundred and seventy

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 170 22/03/2016 16:16

Forma interrogativa e risposte brevi B Livelli di abilità
4 Abbina le domande (1–5) alle risposte brevi
(a–e). 7 Osserva i simboli. Completa il brano.
1 Can you ride a horse? d can ✓✓✓ very well ✓✓ well ✓ quite well
2 Can your brother speak English? can’t ✗ very well ✗✗ at all
3 Can your parents ski?
4 Can Alice play the saxophone? Mrs Thompson is Sammy’s mum.
5 Can their dog swim? Sammy can swim well (swim ✓✓) but he
1
a Yes, they can. d No, I can’t.
(play tennis ✗). His mum 2
b No, he can’t. e Yes, she can.
(play tennis ✓✓✓), but
c Yes, it can.
she 3
5 Osserva le figure. Formula domande (swim ✗✗). Sammy and his mum
con can. 4
Sally and Anna 4 Your uncle (play the piano ✓), and Mrs Thompson
5
(speak French ✓✓). Sammy 6

(speak French ✗✗).
Can Sally and 8 Completa le frasi con le parole nel riquadro.

Anna do judo? quite can can’t at well all very
1 You 5 Your grandparents
Dad can’t dance very well.
1 I ride a scooter at all.
2 Gillian can play the piano very .
3 My family can ski, but we can’t snowboard
at .
4 Our teacher speak English.
2 Jake 6 Clive’s mum 5 My sister can ride a bike well now.
6 You can’t speak Chinese all.
C L’imperativo
9 Completa le istruzioni con la forma
affermativa o negativa dell’imperativo.
Usa i verbi tra parentesi.
3 Cats 7 Your dad
Don’t touch (touch) that! It’s hot!
1 It’s late! (go) to bed!
2 (watch) that film!
It’s terrible.
3 My telephone number is 07703 3122113.
(call) me.
4 Where’s my phone? Please
6 Completa le risposte brevi alle domande (pass) me my bag.
dell’es. 5. 5 (call) Jake now.
No, he can’t. 4 Yes, . It’s half past midnight!
1 Yes, . 5 Yes, . 6 It’s -5°C! (open) the window!
2 Yes, . 6 No, .
3 No, . 7 No, .
Student’s Book pages 84–85 one hundred and seventy-one 171
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 171 22/03/2016 16:16

Grammar in action
1 ★ Completa il volantino con i verbi nel call go come go have look play meet
riquadro alla forma imperativa. not watch play not stay swim visit not play
Hey, kids! Look at this!

It’s summer! 1 TV in your bedroom – it’s boring! 2
at home! 3 to the new Wyndham Teenage Sports Club!
4
computer games – 5 REAL games and
6
new friends!
7
netball, rugby, football or hockey with students from other
schools. 8
in our fantastic swimming pool, or 9
horseriding on our beautiful horses. There are watersports too! 10
sailing lessons or 11 windsurfing with top teachers.
For more information, 12 us on 0800 1928374,

or 13 our website at:
www.wyndhamteensports.co.gb
2 ★★ Sam e Ellie discutono del volantino. 4 ★★ Scrivi frasi personali sul tuo grado di
Completa il dialogo con la forma corretta abilità negli sport del riquadro.
di can e i verbi tra parentesi.
football hockey netball rugby sail
Sam Hey, look! A summer sports club! ride a horse swim tennis windsurf
Ellie Oh no! I can’t do (not / do) sport.
Sam That’s not true. You 1 I can’t play football very well.
(swim)! Translation
Ellie Hmph! I 2 (not / swim)
very well. Poi traduci il brano in inglese.
Sam Well, 3 (you / play) tennis?
Ellie No! I 4
! Translation competence
Sam That’s a shame. I 5 (play) Ricorda che can non richiede la -s della
quite well. terza persona singolare e non ha bisogno
dell’ausiliare do o does nelle forme
Ellie Oh, look! They’ve got horses!
interrogativa e negativa.
I 6 (ride) a horse well.
Jake can swim. He can’t ski.
7
(you / ride)? Can he snowboard?
Sam Me? Er, no, I 8 !
Alex e Rob sono fratelli. Alex sa cucinare
3 ★★ Scrivi frasi su Sam e Ellie.
molto bene ma Rob non è per niente in
Ellie / swim Ellie can’t swim very well. grado di cucinare. A Rob piace lo sport.
1 Ellie / tennis 2 Sam / tennis Sa giocare a tennis e a cricket. Alex non è
3 Ellie / ride a horse 4 Sam / ride a horse in grado di giocare a tennis, ma sa sciare
bene. Rob non sa sciare. Non gli piace. Il
1
papà di Alex e Rob è inglese e la mamma
2 è spagnola. Sanno parlare l’inglese e lo
3 spagnolo, ma non sanno parlare l’italiano!
4
172 one hundred and seventy-two Student’s Book page 86
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 172 22/03/2016 16:16

Functions
Making suggestions 3 Ascolta e controlla.
1 Riascolta il dialogo dell’es. 1 Build a dialogue

Scegli l’alternativa corretta. 4 Segui le fasi 1–2 per formare un dialogo.
1 Hannah / Sam is busy on Saturday.
2 Hannah’s mum’s birthday is on Step 1: Remember!
Saturday / Sunday. Completa le frasi.
3 They decide to go for a pizza on 1 Chiedi suggerimenti su cosa fare.
Saturday / Sunday. What
Video Functions Unit 7 on Saturday?
2 Suggerisci qualcosa da fare.
2 Completa il dialogo con le frasi play tennis? /
nel riquadro. play tennis.
3 Chiedi quando incontrarsi.
shall I good idea let’s let’s go I’m busy
meet?
sorry, but shall we
4 Chiedi dove incontrarsi.
meet?
5 Accetta una proposta.
Good ! / OK, .
6 Rifiuta gentilmente.
, but… /
Sorry, I’m .
Step 2: Write it!

You Saluta Tom. Suggerisci di andare
al cinema stasera.
Tom Ti saluta. Risponde che stasera
è impegnato.
You Suggerisci di andarci domenica
pomeriggio.
Tom Accetta la proposta. Chiede quando
incontrarsi.
You Suggerisci l’ora.
Tom Chiede dove incontrarsi.
You Suggerisci il luogo.
Tom Let’s go skateboarding on Saturday Tom Accetta.
afternoon.
Matt 1
it’s my sister’s
birthday on Saturday.
Tom Oh, well, 2 go on Sunday?
Matt Sorry, 3
on Sunday.
4
go on Friday evening.
Tom 5
!6
text you after school?
Matt Yes, OK.
Student’s Book page 87 one hundred and seventy-three 173
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 173 22/03/2016 16:16

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Abbina a–d alle foto 1–4.
a do magic b do street dance c play the bongos d play the ukulele
Have you got a hidden talent?

1 2
Be the star of the popular TV competition
Can you sing? Can you play a musical instrument?

Can you act? Can you dance?
Are you 13 to 18 years old?
Do you live in Britain?
YES?
Don’t wait. Write to us NOW! Describe yourself and your
hidden talent. What can you do?
Are you and your friends in a rock group?
Do you perform with a drama club? 3 4
Are you in a street dance group? Are you a musician?
Perhaps you can play the ukulele or the bongos!
Have you got a dog? Can it dance?!
For an audition for Britain’s Hidden Talent, send us an
email of 60–100 words, with the subject ‘My hidden
talent’. Or visit our website at:
www.bht.co.gb/myhiddentalent
Give some information about yourself, too: your name,
age, town or city and school. Then prepare for the
auditions in London, Manchester and Edinburgh in
August! Send your email before 30th June.
Glossary
hidden nascosto
To: Britain’s Hidden Talent wait aspettare
yourself te stesso
Subject: My hidden talent perhaps forse
audition audizione
Hi, BHT! parties feste
My name’s Aisha Hanley. I’m 14 years old. I live in Leeds. I’m in choose scegliete
Year 9 at Park Lane School.
My three friends and I have got talent! We’re a girl group. Our
group’s name is The Lucky Girls. We can sing very well and we can
dance. We sometimes perform at school concerts and parties. I can
also play the guitar and the saxophone.
Please choose us!
Aisha Hanley
Competences
2 Leggi e ascolta la pagina web. 3 Leggi e ascolta l’e-mail e completa

Rispondi alle domande. ES il modulo.
1 What is Britain’s Hidden Talent? Name Aisha Hanley Age 1
2 Who is the competition for? Town / City 2 School 3
3 How many ‘talents’ does the text Name of group 4
mention? Write a list. Abilities 5 We
4 How do you ask for an audition?
5 Where are the auditions?
6 When are the auditions?
174 one hundred and seventy-four
on
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 174 22/03/2016 16:16

Listening
Competences
4 Ascolta due amici parlare delle audizioni per Britain’s Hidden Talent.
Qual è il loro talento?
5 Riascolta il dialogo. Decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F).

1 Mark doesn’t like Britain’s Hidden Talent.
2 Mark and Jamie can’t dance at all.
3 Mark and Jamie are in a group.
4 There aren’t usually any street dance groups in the competition.
5 Some groups in the competition can’t dance well.
6 There are fifteen people in their dance group.
Guided writing
6 Leggi le informazioni sul gruppo di Jamie e Mark. Completa l’e-mail di Jamie
a Britain’s Hidden Talent.
Name Jamie Thomas Description Street dance group,

& Mark Jones 10 people, 13–15 years old
Age 14 Abilities The group can dance, Jamie
Town / City Birmingham sings and Mark plays the
Name of group Streetwise guitar and the piano
To: Britain’s Hidden Talent
Subject: Our hidden talent
Dear Britain’s Hidden Talent

My name’s 1 and my best friend’s name is 2 .
We’re 3 years old and we’ve got talent!
We’re a 4 group. Our name is 5 . There are
6
in the group and we 7
dance very well.
I can 8
, too, and Mark can play two musical instruments. He can play the
9
and the 10 .
Please choose us!
Jamie Thomas
7 Scrivi un’e-mail a Britain’s Hidden Talent (40–50 parole). Descrivi o inventa i tuoi talenti
(o quelli del tuo gruppo musicale). Usa le e-mail di Aisha e Jamie come aiuto. ES K

Dove possibile, hai usato correttamente i pronomi per evitare ripetizioni?
Dove possibile, hai usato gli aggettivi possessivi per evitare ripetizioni?
Student’s Book pages 88–89 one hundred and seventy-five 175

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 175 22/03/2016 16:16

unit
Vocabulary
Food and drink
1 Osserva le figure e completa il cruciverba. Scopri il cibo misterioso.
1 2 3 ?
1
M I L K
2
4
4 5 6
5
8
7 8 9
9
2 Trova e scrivi le due parole nascoste nell’anagramma. Usa le parole

nel riquadro come aiuto.
biscuit egg rice peas water cheese tuna apple potato butter
riwatceer rice + water

1 ebugtterg +
2 tupenaas +
3 bipotscatuito +
4 chapepelese +

Food and drink a pagina 236. Osserva le figure e scrivi le parole.
lemon 1 2 3
4 5 6 7

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 176 22/03/2016 16:16

Dialogue work

1 What food have Gemma and Ben got?
2 What drinks have they got?

Rispondi alle domande. What food has Harry got for lunch?
1 What time of day is it? He’s got cheese sandwiches.
2 Is Harry happy with his lunch? 1 What drink has he got?
2 What has Katie got for lunch?
3 Does Katie’s mum make Katie’s lunch?
4 Does Harry’s mum make Harry’s lunch?

1 Non è sano.

2 Ecco qui.
Katie Hi, guys. What have you got for lunch
today, Harry?
3 Salve ragazzi!
Harry Cheese sandwiches – again! I don’t
believe it!
4 È inutile.
Katie Have you got a drink?
Harry Yes, I have. I’ve got some lemonade.
Katie That’s no good. That isn’t healthy. 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
Harry I know. What have you got? 1 Cerchia
C a i nomi delle bevande.
Katie I’ve got a chicken sandwich, 2 Sottolinea i nomi dei cibi.
some salad, some water, some
3 Circonda con un riquadro la forma
strawberries and a cake.
all’imperativo.
Harry That’s really nice. And it’s healthy!
Katie I know. I always make my lunch in
the mornings.
Harry Oh! My mum always makes my
lunch because I never get up early!
Katie Here you are – have some
strawberries.
Harry Thanks.
Student’s Book pages 92–93 one hundred and seventy-seven 177

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 177 22/03/2016 16:16

Grammar
A Sostantivi numerabili e 4 Osserva le figure. Scrivi a, an o some
e i nomi dei cibi o delle bevande.
non numerabili
1 Questi sostantivi sono numerabili o
non numerabili? Scrivi C (countable) o
UC (uncountable).
bread UC
mushroom C some biscuits
1 rice
2 lemon
3 butter
4 milk
5 pasta
6 banana 1
7 apple
8 orange
9 sandwich
10 biscuit
11 sugar
12 strawberry 2
2 Scrivi la forma plurale dei sostantivi

numerabili dell’es. 1.
mushrooms
4
B a/an o some
3 Completa gli spazi con a, an o some.
an apple
1 bread
2 onion 5
3 grapes
4 lemon
5 sugar
6 strawberries
7 tomato
8 cakes 6
9 cheese
10 oil
7
178 one hundred and seventy-eight
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 178 22/03/2016 16:16

C some / any (2) D How much… ?/How many… ?
5 Completa le frasi con some o any. 7 Scegli l’alternativa corretta.
Is there any butter in the fridge? How much h / How many sugar do you want
1 Sorry. We haven’t got ice cream. in your tea?
2 Are there new students this year? 1 How much / How many milk is there in the
3 I usually have chocolate at fridge?
break time. 2 How much / How many brothers have
4 Have you got water with you? you got?
5 I always put sugar in my coffee. 3 How much / How many biscuits do
6 Do we need milk from the shop? you want?
7 I can’t play musical instruments. 4 How much / How many lemonade is there in
8 We need onions. that bottle?
5 How much / How many coffee have
6 Completa il dialogo con a, an, some o any.
we got?
6 How much / How many girls are there in
your class?
7 How much / How many sandwiches do
you want?
8 How much / How many water do we need?
8 Scrivi domande con How much/How many

e is/are there.
bananas?
Jack I’m hungry! Let’s make some
How many bananas are there?
sandwiches.
1 eggs?
Nathan OK. Is there 1 cheese in
the fridge?
2 milk?
Jack No, there isn’t. But there’s 2
ham. And 3 egg!
3 oil?
Nathan Good. Are there 4 tomatoes?
Jack Yes, there are. 4 onions?
Nathan Great. Do you want 5 ham
and tomato sandwich? 5 rice?
Jack OK. Is there 6
bread?
Nathan Yes. There’s 7 bread in the 6 sandwiches?
cupboard. Oh – but it’s quite old…
Jack And there isn’t 8 butter! 7 tomatoes?
Nathan We’ve got 9 apples –
and 10 banana. 8 fruit juice?
Jack Let’s go to the café.

Nathan Good idea!
Student’s Book pages 94–95 one hundred and seventy-nine 179

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 179 22/03/2016 16:16

Grammar in action
1 ★ Completa il dialogo con some o any. 3 Hanno tutti gli ingredienti necessari
per la ricetta?
Yes / No
4 ★ ★ Osserva l’elenco d’ingredienti per

la cena. Formula domande con How much
o How many e gli ingredienti appropriati.
How much cheese do they need?
Fifty grams.
1 ?
Three.
2 ?
Seventy-five grams.
3 ?
Glossary Fifteen millilitres.
bacon pancetta 4 ?
affumicata
Four.
Sarah Let’s make some food for Mum and Translation
Dad tonight.
Ellie Good idea. What shall we make? Poi traduci il dialogo in inglese.
Sarah Have we got 1 pasta?
Ellie Yes, we have. We’ve got 2 Translation competence
spaghetti. Ricordati di usare There’s (forma
Sarah Great. Let’s make spaghetti singolare) con i sostantivi non numerabili
carbonara! e con i sostantivi singolari numerabili:
There’s some water in my bag.
Ellie What do we need?
There’s a lemon in the fridge.
Sarah We need 3 oil, 4
Usa There are (forma plurale) con i sostantivi
bacon, 5 eggs and numerabili al plurale:
6
cheese. There are some biscuits in the cupboard.
Ellie Is that all? Do we need 7
onions? Mum Che cosa vuoi per pranzo, Dan?
Sarah No, we don’t! Dan C’è del pollo nel frigo?
Ellie Let’s have 8
salad with it. Mum Sì. E c’è anche del tonno.
Sarah OK. Oh – we haven’t got 9 Vuoi un panino al tonno?
lettuce. Dan No, grazie – un panino al pollo,
Ellie But we’ve got tomatoes.
10 per favore.
Let’s make a tomato salad. Mum OK. Vuoi della lattuga nel panino?
Oppure abbiamo dei pomodori.
2 ★ Osserva l’elenco dei cibi che Ellie
Dan Dei pomodori, per favore.
e Sarah hanno trovato in cucina.
Mum Quanti ne vuoi? E vuoi del sale?
Completalo con a, an o some.
Dan Due, per cortesia. No, non voglio del
some spaghetti
sale, grazie.
1 rice 6 cheese
2 oil 7 mushrooms
3 eggs 8 tomatoes
4 onion 9 carrot
5 ham 10 potato
180 one hundred and eighty Student’s Book page 96
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 180 22/03/2016 16:16

Functions
Ordering food and drink Build a dialogue
1 How much is Hannah’s meal?
Completa le frasi.
2 What does Sam want to drink?
3 How much is Sam’s meal? 1 Ordina del cibo.
Can I some chips, please? /
Video Functions Unit 8 I’d some chips, please. /
have some chips, please.
2 Completa il dialogo.
2 Chiedi che cosa vorrebbe mangiare
qualcuno.
What you like to eat?
3 Chiedi se qualcuno vorrebbe da bere.
Would you a drink?
4 Chiedi se qualcuno vuole qualcos’altro.
Anything ?
5 Chiedi quanto costa qualcosa.
How is that?
6 Di’ quanto costa qualcosa.
£3.75.
7 Di’ “Ecco” quando porgi qualcosa.
you are.
Step 2: Write it!

Woman Chiede a Rosie che cosa vorrebbe.
Rosie Chiede gentilmente un hotdog.
Woman Chiede se vorrebbe delle patatine.
Rosie Dice di no gentilmente.
Woman Chiede se vuole qualcosa da bere.
Man Hello. What would you like?
Rosie Chiede della limonata. Chiede
Tess Can I 1 a tuna and tomato
quant’è.
sandwich, please?
Woman Dice £3.95.
Man Sure. Anything else?
Rosie Dice: “Ecco”.
Tess Yes, please. I’ll 2 some salt
and vinegar crisps. Woman Ringrazia Rosie.
Man 3
you like a drink?
Tess Yes, please. I’d 4 some
apple juice. How much 5 that?
Tess Here you 6 .
Student’s Book page 97 one hundred and eighty-one 181

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 181 22/03/2016 16:16

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Abbina i titoli (1–3) alle foto (a–c).
1 a birthday party 2 a family wedding 3 a family barbecue
Glossary
Celebration food sausages salsicce

weather tempo (metereologico)
candles candeline
weddings matrimoni
British people often have tiers piani
a
barbecues in the summer. bride and groom (gli) sposi
They cook meat (usually hotdogs, cut (v) tagliano
sausages and burgers) and fish in
the garden. There’s usually bread and salad too. It’s great
when the weather is good! Barbecues are usually in the
afternoon or early in the evening because it’s quite cold at
night. My dad always cooks our barbecues. He loves it!
He doesn’t stop when it rains. He stays in the garden and
uses an umbrella!
Jamie, 13
b
It’s my little brother’s eighth birthday this week.
At children’s birthday parties there are usually
sandwiches, crisps, sausages, cakes, biscuits and
desserts. Some children have pizza, and hotdogs or
burgers. There’s sometimes some fruit, but there aren’t
usually any vegetables! There’s always a big birthday
cake with candles, of course. My brother’s cake has got
his favourite TV character on it!
Millie, 12
c
Weddings are boring, but the food is always good!
Sometimes there’s a hot meal and sometimes there’s
cold meat with salad. Wedding cake is delicious too. It’s
Competences
usually white, with three tiers – or more! A traditional

wedding cake has got dried fruit in it, but sometimes
there are other versions – chocolate, for example.
There are often figures of a bride and groom on a
wedding cake. They’re sometimes funny! People always
take photos when the bride and groom cut the cake.
I don’t know why! After the ceremony, they sometimes
send pieces of the cake to their friends and family.
Elliot, 14
182 one hundred and eighty-two

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 182 22/03/2016 16:16

2 Leggi e ascolta i brani a pagina 182. Rispondi alle domande. ES
Competences
1 What do British people usually eat at a barbecue?
2 What time of day do they usually have barbecues?
3 Who cooks the barbecue at Jamie’s house?
4 What is on Millie’s brother’s birthday cake?
5 What is there in a traditional British wedding cake?
6 What do people do when the bride and groom cut the wedding cake?
7 Do Italian people have barbecues? What food do you have?
8 What do you normally eat at your birthday celebration?
Listening
3 Ascolta Izzy descrivere il cibo per la sua festa. Segna (✓) la figura corretta.
1 2
4 Riascolta Izzy e rispondi alle domande.

1 How old is Izzy today?
2 What types of sandwiches has she got for the party?
3 What type of pizza is there?
4 Where is her birthday cake?
5 What is there for dessert?
6 What drinks are there?
Guided writing
5 Scrivi un elenco dei cibi e delle bevande che preferisci.
6 Immagina di essere a una festa dove ci sono

tutte le cose che ti piace mangiare e bere
in occasioni speciali. Descrivile (40–50 parole). Writing competence check
Usa un dizionario se necessario.
Segna (✓) la casella una volta verificato
There’s a chocolate cake and there are… ciascun punto.
Hai utilizzato a, an, some e any
correttamente?
Hai utilizzato i plurali correttamente?
Student’s Book pages 98–99 one hundred and eighty-three 183

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 183 22/03/2016 16:16

unit
Vocabulary
Clothes
1 Osserva la figura. Scrivi i nomi dei vestiti nel cruciverba.
Qual è l’oggetto misterioso nella busta degli acquisti?
?
1
S W E A T S H I R T
2
5
1
2 6
4 3
7 7
5
8
2 Leggi le frasi e abbina tre vestiti del riquadro a ogni persona.
suit jacket T-shirt boots tie trainers shirt jumper shorts
1 Sally is on a skiing holiday in Switzerland. jacket, ,
2 Jake is on a summer holiday in Greece. ,

,
3 Henry’s dad is at work in a bank. ,
,

a pagina 238. Risolvi gli anagrammi.
ginwimms 1 crattuiks 2 frasc 3 cosks 4 jamysap

tucsome
swimming costume
4 Completa gli aggettivi per descrivere i vestiti nell’es. 3.
patterned
1 p n 3 s y
2 c d 4 s y

T
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 184 22/03/2016 16:16

Dialogue work

Student’s Book. Decidi se le frasi sono
vere (T ) o false (F ).
1 The jacket is £54.99.
2 Luke is a large.
3 Luke tries on a shirt and a tie.
2 Before you listen Osserva la figura. 4 Comprehension Correggi queste

Rispondi alle domande. frasi false.
1 What type of shop is it? The first dress is £34.99.
2 What clothes has Katie got? The first dress is £44.99.
1 Katie hates the second dress.
2 Katie’s got two skirts and three tops.
3 Harry’s mum phones him.
4 It’s Harry’s mum’s birthday.

1 Aspetta.

2 Provala.
Katie What about this dress, Harry?
Harry What?
Katie Oh Harry, you aren’t looking! 6 Think back Rileggi il dialogo dell’es. 3.
Harry Sorry. How much is it? 1 Cerchia
C a i nomi dei vestiti.
Katie Oh, it’s £44.99. 2 Sottolinea gli esempi di How much e
Harry Hmm… try this on. It’s £24.99. How many. Circonda con un riquadro
Katie OK. Yes, it’s nice. le cose a cui si riferiscono.
Harry But Katie! How many dresses have
you got?!
Katie Four. And three skirts and two tops.
Harry Hang on, my phone’s ringing!
Katie What?! Harry, your phone isn’t
ringing!
Harry Er, no, but I’ve got a text. It’s from
my mum.
Katie Hey, Harry! Where are you going?
Harry Sorry Katie, I’m going home. It’s…
er… my dog’s birthday! Bye!
Student’s Book pages 104–105 one hundred and eighty-five 185
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 185 22/03/2016 16:16

Grammar
A Present continuous 3 Osserva la figura. Completa le frasi con il
Present continuous dei verbi nel riquadro.
Forma affermativa Usa la forma intera.
1 Riscrivi i verbi alla forma in -ing. brush her hair talk to a teacher
go going eat a sandwich listen to music play cards
1 have play a video game read a magazine
2 play do their homework text her friends
3 read
4 study
5 make
6 talk Josh and Lisa
Matt
7 watch
8 write
9 wear
Alex and Tom
10 sit
2 Completa le frasi con il Present continuous

dei verbi nell’es. 1. Usa la forma contratta.
Alice and Ruby
Ellie
Emma
Anna
Ben
I’m in the car with Mum and Dad.

We ’re going to the mountains.
1 Be quiet! I TV!
Sam
2 Rob and Tim are at the park.
They football.
3 My brother History
at Oxford University.
4 Dad’s on the phone. He Anna is listening to music.
to Uncle Pete. 1 Alex and Tom
5 I a Harry Potter book. .
It’s great! 2 Ben .
6 Look! That woman 3 Emma .
a very funny hat! 4 Josh and Lisa
7 Oh, I’m very sorry to disturb you! .
You your lunch! 5 Ellie .
8 Grandad in his 6 Matt .
favourite chair in the living room. 7 Alice and Ruby
9 We a cake for Sally. .
10 Tyler a letter to his grandma. 8 Sam .
186 one hundred and eighty-six
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 186 22/03/2016 16:16

Forma negativa 6 Completa le frasi con la forma corretta del
4 Completa le frasi con la forma negativa del Present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.
Present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi. Sally isn’t studying (not study) at the
You aren’t wearing (wear) your school moment. She’s going (go) swimming.
uniform today! Why? 1 We (have) a picnic
1 I (watch) the film. in the park. It’s delicious!
I don’t like it. 2 We (watch) the
2 We (sit) in our film, but Dad (wash)
classroom. It’s a holiday. the car!
3 Mum’s at home. She 3 I’m in bed, but I
(work) today. (not sleep)! I (read)
4 They (walk) today. a good book.
They’re on the bus. 4 Holly (have) a music lesson,
5 Jane (swim) with us. but she (not enjoy) it.
She can’t swim. 5 We (not text)!
6 I (play) that game with We (study)!
them because it’s boring.
5 Correggi le frasi con le informazioni tra 7 Formula domande al Present continuous
parentesi. Scrivi frasi alla forma negativa e completa le risposte brevi.
e affermativa del Present continuous.
Is Jake having (Jake / have) his dinner?
We’re watching The X Factor. (Big Brother) Yes, he is.
We aren’t watching ‘The X Factor’. 1 (they / work) today?
We’re watching ‘Big Brother’.
No, .
1 Sara’s playing netball. (tennis) 2 (you / do) your homework?
No, .
3 (Grandma / sleep)?
2 They’re doing their Geography homework. No, .
(Maths) 4 (they / come)?
Yes, .
5 (you / use) the computer?
Yes, .
8 Formula domande al Present continuous.

3 I’m having risotto for dinner. (fish and chips)
What / they / do?
What are they doing?
1 Who / you / text?
4 Tom’s texting his brother. (his sister)
2 Where / Luke / go?

5 Mum and Dad are reading books.
(magazines) 3 What / those boys / eat?
4 What / Alice / read?
5 Why / Dad / sleep?
Student’s Book pages 106–107 one hundred and eighty-seven 187

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 187 22/03/2016 16:16

Grammar in action
1 ★ Completa la cartolina di Sara con la forma corretta del Present continuous
dei verbi tra parentesi.
Hi Molly!
We’re in France! Today we ’re visiting (visit) a historic town.
It’s very pretty. At the moment we 1 (sit) in a café.
2
I (wear) a new dress, sandals and big sunglasses!
I’m very chic! Justin and I 3 (eat) ice cream. Justin
4
(text). Mum 5
(not have) ice cream. /
She 6 (drink) coffee and she 7 (read).
Dad 8
/
(not sit) with us. He 9
(take)
some photos! He’s got a new camera.
What about you? What 10 (you do)? 11 /
/
(you study)? I 12
/
(not think) about school !
See you soon !
Sara x
2 ★★ Completa il brano sulla famiglia di 4 Abbina le domande nell’es. 3 (1–7)
Sara con la forma affermativa o negativa alle risposte (a–g).
dei verbi nel riquadro. a His girlfriend! 4
drink sit eat use visit wear b Yes, he is.
write eat c No, he isn’t.
d Yes, we are. It’s fantastic!
Today Sara ’s visiting a historic town with e Strawberry and lemon.
her family. She 1 f A guidebook.
a postcard to Molly. She 2 g Aix-en-Provence.
a dress and sandals. She 3
in a café, but she 4 Translation
coffee. She 5 ice cream. 5 Leggi il riquadro Translation competence.
Sara’s parents 6 Poi traduci il dialogo in inglese.
ice cream. Her dad 7
his new camera. Translation competence
In inglese, di solito non si risponde
3 ★★ Formula domande da fare a Sara.
semplicemente di sì o di no, ma si usa
1 Which town / you / visit? la risposta breve in base alla struttura
Which town are you visiting? grammaticale in uso.
2 What ice cream / you / eat?
Mum Luca! Stai facendo un videogiocho?
Luca No, mamma!
3 Justin / write / postcards?
Mum Cosa stai facendo?
Luca Sto facendo i compiti!
4 Who / Justin / text?
Mum E dov’è tuo fratello?
Luca È in camera sua.
5 What / your mum / read?
Mum Sta studiando?
Luca No.
6 your dad / take / photos of monuments?
Mum Cosa sta facendo?
Luca Sta dormendo!
7 you / have / a good holiday?
Matteo No! Sto leggendo un libro!
188 one hundred and eighty-eight Student’s Book page 108

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 188 22/03/2016 16:16

Functions
Shopping for clothes Build a dialogue
1 What colour T-shirt does Hannah want? Completa le frasi.
1 Attira l’attenzione della commessa.
2 What size is she?
…
3 How much change does she receive?
2 Chiedi quanto costa qualcosa.
Video Functions Unit 9 this jumper?

3 Chiedi se il prodotto è disponibile in un
2 Completa il dialogo con le parole certo colore.
nel riquadro. this
change have you got how much I’ll take in green?
try them on what size you are 4 Chiedi gentilmente se puoi provarlo.
it , please?
5 Chiedi la taglia.
are you?
6 Di’ che lo prendi.
it.
7 Di’ la somma dovuta.
£19.99, please.
8 Dai il resto al cliente.
1p .
Ross Excuse me, how much are these
trainers? Step 2: Write it!
Assistant They’re £32.99.
Ross 1
them
You Attira l’attenzione della
in red and white?
commessa.
Assistant Yes, we have.
Chiedi se questa giacca è
Ross Can I 2 , please?
disponibile in marrone.
Assistant Yes, of course. 3
Assistant Risponde di sì.
are you?
You Chiedi quanto costa.
Ross Size 8, I think.
Assistant Risponde che costa £29.95.
Assistant Here 4 .
You Chiedi se puoi provarla.
Ross Thanks.
Assistant Risponde di sì. Chiede che
Ross OK, 5 them. taglia serve.
Assistant That’s £32.99, please. You Rispondi che serve una M.
Ross Here you are. Assistant Ti passa la giacca.
Assistant Thank you. That’s 1p 6 . You Ringrazia. Di’ che la prendi.
Ross Thanks. Bye! Assistant Dice la somma dovuta.
Assistant Goodbye. You Dai i soldi alla commessa.
Assistant Ringrazia. Ti dà 5p di resto.
You Ringrazia e saluta.
Student’s Book page 109 one hundred and eighty-nine 189

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 189 22/03/2016 16:16

Skills and culture
Reading
1 Before you read Osserva le figure. Scrivi quali vestiti indossa ciascuna persona.
1 3
2 4
1 2 3 4
2 Leggi e ascolta la descrizione di Amanda di Non School Uniform Day

nella sua scuola. Abbina i nomi alle figure. Scrivi il numero corretto.
Amanda Sam Tommy Jessica
Non School Uniform Day

I’m not wearing school uniform today, because Tommy’s funny. He isn’t wearing fancy dress, but
it’s ‘Non School Uniform Day’! We’re giving £1 to he’s wearing wellies and shorts! His wellies are
charity and we aren’t wearing our uniforms. Some red, white and blue, because they’ve got the British
students are wearing fancy dress. They’re very flag on them. He’s wearing a big hoody and a hat.
funny. There’s a prize for the best fancy dress. Our He’s crazy! In the photo he’s looking for his phone,
teachers are wearing fancy dress, too! because it’s ringing! His phone is in his welly!
These are photos of me and my three best friends: Jessica isn’t wearing fancy dress. She’s wearing
Sam, Tommy and Jessica. Sam and I are in fancy her favourite clothes. She’s wearing jeans, with
dress! The theme is ‘pop stars’. I’m Lady Gaga. I’m a stripey top and a scarf. She likes casual clothes,
wearing leggings with boots, and a sparkly top. I’m and she hates wearing skirts, so she’s very happy
wearing long gloves and sunglasses. I’ve got a long today!
wig, and of course I’ve got a cup of tea! ‘Non School Uniform Day’ is a great day. We’re
Sam is a rapper. He’s wearing very big jeans with having fun! We don’t like our school uniform. It’s
a white vest and a black jacket. He’s wearing a cap grey and black: black skirt or trousers, white shirt
and sunglasses and some very big jewellery. It’s and grey jumper or cardigan. Oh, and we hate our
his mum’s jewellery! In the photo he’s singing, but stripey black and grey school tie! Yuk!
Competences
he can’t sing at all. He’s terrible!

Glossary
3 Rispondi alle domande. ES fancy dress vestito in
maschera
1 How much does each student give on ‘Non School Uniform Day’?
prize premio
2 What is Sam doing? theme tema
3 What colour are Tommy’s wellies? sparkly luccicante
4 Where is Tommy’s phone? wig parrucca
5 What type of clothes does Jessica like? wellies stivali di gomma
6 What colour is their school uniform? he’s looking for sta
cercando
7 What does Amanda think of the school uniform?
190 one hundred and ninety
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 190 22/03/2016 16:16

Listening
Competences
4 Ascolta Amanda e sua madre parlare di un’altra foto di
Non School Uniform Day. Quante persone ci sono nella foto?
people
5 Riascolta il dialogo e abbina i vestiti (1–8) ai nomi.
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
Jake 6, , Sally , Mr Jacobs , ,
Guided writing
6 Immagina di essere una delle persone in queste foto. Descrivi che cosa fate
e cosa indossate (40–50 parole).

Hai usato il Present continuous del verbo wear?
Le forme del verbo ausiliare be nel Present continuous
sono corrette?
Lo spelling delle forme in -ing è corretto?
Student’s Book pages 110–111 one hundred and ninety-one 191

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 191 22/03/2016 16:16

Wordlist
(adj) = adjective aggettivo Il simbolo indica che la parola accanto è una delle parole chiave dell’elenco
(adv) = adverb avverbio Oxford 3000™. Quando ti dedichi allo studio dei vocaboli, ricordati di dare la
(coll) = colloquial colloquiale precedenza a queste parole, perché rappresentano la maggior parte di quello
che diciamo e scriviamo – circa il 90% di una tipica conversazione, per esempio.
(n) = noun nome / sostantivo Conoscere bene queste parole ti aiuterà a capire e a comunicare in inglese.
(v) = verb verbo L’elenco completo Oxford 3000™ si trova sul sito web:
Per l’alfabeto fonetico vedi pag. 197. www.oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com/wordlist/english/oxford3000/
basketball /ˈbɑːskɪtbɔːl/
A pallacanestro
C
a lot of /ə ˈlɒt əv/ molti / molte bass guitar /ˌbeɪs gɪˈtɑː(r)/ (chitarra) café /ˈkæfeɪ/ bar, caffetteria
about /əˈbaʊt/ a proposito di, basso cake /keɪk/ torta
all’incirca bat /bæt/ mazza call /kɔːl/ chiamare
action film /ˈækʃn ˌfɪlm/ film bath /bɑːθ/ vasca da bagno camping /ˈkæmpɪŋ/ campeggio
d’azione bathroom /ˈbɑːθruːm/ bagno can’t stand: I can’t stand /ˌaɪ
activity /ækˈtɪvəti/ attività be /biː, bi/ essere ˌkɑːnt ˈstænd/ non sopporto
actor /ˈæktə(r)/ attore be (X) years old /ˌbi … ˌjɪəz ˈəʊld/ cap /kæp/ berretto
address /əˈdres/ indirizzo avere (X) anni capital /ˈkæpɪtl/ capitale
adult /ˈædʌlt/ adulto be from /ˌbi ˈfrɒm, frəm/ essere di cardigan /ˈkɑːdɪgən/ cardigan
aerobics /eəˈrəʊbɪks/ aerobica (paese o città di provenienza) careful /ˈkeəfl/ attento
after /ˈɑːftə(r)/ dopo be into /ˌbiː ˈɪntə/ essere carrot /ˈkærət/ carota
after that /ˌɑːftə ˈðæt/ dopodiché interessato a casual /ˈkæʒuəl/ informale, casual
afternoon /ɑːftəˈnuːn/ pomeriggio beans /biːnz/ fagioli cat /kæt/ gatto
again /əˈgen/ di nuovo beautiful /ˈbjuːtɪfl/ bello cathedral /kəˈθiːdrəl/ cattedrale
age /eɪʤ/ età because /bɪˈkɒz, bɪˈkəz/ perché celebrity /səˈlebrəti/ celebrità
Albania /ælˈbeɪniə/ Albania bed /bed/ letto centre /ˈsentə(r)/ centro
cereal /ˈsɪəriəl/ cereali
Albanian /ælˈbeɪniən/ albanese bedroom /ˈbedruːm/ camera da
certainly /ˈsɜːtnli/ certamente
algebra /ˈælʤɪbrə/ algebra letto
chair /ʧeə(r)/ sedia
all /ɔːl/ tutto, tutti bedside table /ˌbedsaɪd ˈteɪbl/
change /ʧeɪnʤ/ resto
also /ˈɔːlsəʊ/ anche comodino
cheap /ʧiːp/ economico
always /ˈɔːlweɪz/ sempre beef /biːf/ manzo
checked /ʧekt/ a scacchi
American /əˈmerɪkən/ americano Belgian /ˈbelʤən/ belga
cheese /ʧiːz/ formaggio
and /ænd, ənd/ e Belgium /ˈbelʤəm/ Belgio
cheeseburger /ˈʧiːzbɜːgə(r)/
animal /ˈænɪml/ animale belt /belt/ cintura
hamburger col formaggio,
anyway /ˈeniweɪ/ comunque big /bɪg/ grande
cheeseburger
apple /ˈæpl/ mela bike /baɪk/ bicicletta
chef /ʃef/ chef
April /ˈeɪprəl/ aprile birthday /ˈbɜːθdeɪ/ compleanno
chest of drawers /ˌʧest əv ˈdrɔːz/
armchair /ˈɑːmʧeə(r)/ poltrona biscuit /ˈbɪskɪt/ biscotto
cassettiera
around /əˈraʊnd/ intorno black /blæk/ nero
chicken /ˈʧɪkɪn/ pollo
arrive /əˈraɪv/ arrivare blazer /ˈbleɪzə(r)/ giacca sportiva
child/children /ʧaɪld, ˈʧɪldrən/
Art /ɑːt/ educazione artistica blue /bluː/ blu, azzurro bambino / bambini
Asia /ˈeɪʒə/ Asia boarding school /ˈbɔːdɪŋ ˌskuːl/ China /ˈʧaɪnə/ Cina
at /æt, ət/ a collegio Chinese /ʧaɪˈniːz/ cinese
at all: (I can’t swim) at all /ət ˈɔːl/ book /bʊk/ libro chocolate /ˈʧɒklət/ cioccolato,
(non so nuotare) affatto bookcase /ˈbʊkkeɪs/ libreria cioccolatino
athletics /æθˈletɪks/ atletica boots /buːts/ stivali choir /ˈkwaɪə(r)/ coro
August /ˈɔːgəst/ agosto bored /bɔːd/ annoiato choose /ʧuːz/ scegliere
aunt /ɑːnt/ zia boring /ˈbɔːrɪŋ/ noioso Christmas /ˈkrɪsməs/ Natale
Australia /ɒˈstreɪliə/ Australia both /bəʊθ/ entrambi cinema /ˈsɪnəmə/ cinema
Australian /ɒˈstreɪliən/ australiano bottle /ˈbɒtl/ bottiglia city /ˈsɪti/ città
Austria /ˈɒstriə/ Austria boy /bɔɪ/ ragazzo class /klɑːs/ classe
Austrian /ˈɒstriən/ austriaco boyfriend /ˈbɔɪfrend/ ragazzo classroom /ˈklɑːsruːm/ classe, aula
autumn /ˈɔːtəm/ autunno Brazil /brəˈzɪl/ Brasile clean /kliːn/ pulito
Brazilian /brəˈzɪliən/ brasiliano clean (my) teeth /ˌkliːn (ˌmaɪ) ˈtiːθ/
bread /bred/ pane lavarsi i denti
B break /breɪk/ pausa click /klɪk/ fare clic, cliccare
baby /ˈbeɪbi/ neonato, bambino British /ˈbrɪtɪʃ/ britannico climbing /ˈklaɪmɪŋ/ alpinismo
piccolo brother /ˈbrʌðə(r)/ fratello clock /klɒk/ orologio
baby (coll) /ˈbeɪbi/ tesoro brown /braʊn/ marrone close /kləʊz/ chiudere
babysitter /ˈbeɪbisɪtə(r)/ babysitter brush (my) hair /ˌbrʌʃ (ˌmaɪ) ˈheə(r)/ clothes /kləʊðz/ vestiti
bad /bæd/ cattivo pettinarsi club /klʌb/ club
badminton /ˈbædmɪntən/ burger /ˈbɜːgə(r)/ hamburger coast /kəʊst/ costa
badminton bus /bʌs/ autobus coat /kəʊt/ cappotto
bag /bæg/ borsa bus stop /ˈbʌs ˌstɒp/ fermata coffee /ˈkɒfi/ caffè
balcony /ˈbælkəni/ balcone dell’autobus cola /ˈkəʊlə/ cola
ball /bɔːl/ palla, pallone busy /ˈbɪzi/ impegnato, occupato cold /kəʊld/ freddo
balloon /bəˈluːn/ palloncino but /bʌt, bət/ ma collection /kəˈlekʃn/ collezione
banana /bəˈnɑːnə/ banana butter /ˈbʌtə(r)/ burro colour /ˈkʌlə(r)/ colore
band /bænd/ gruppo musicale buy /baɪ/ comprare come /kʌm/ venire
baptism /ˈbæptɪzəm/ battesimo Bye! /baɪ/ Ciao! (quando si va via), comfortable /ˈkʌmftəbl/ comodo
baseball /ˈbeɪsbɔːl/ baseball Arrivederci! comment /ˈkɒment/ commento
192 one hundred and ninety-two

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 192 22/03/2016 16:16

common room /ˈkɒmən ˌruːm/ fruit juice /ˈfruːt ˌʤuːs/ succo di
sala comune
E frutta
community /kəˈmjuːnəti/ comunità early (adj) /ˈɜːli/ in anticipo fun /fʌn/ divertimento
complete (adj) /kəmˈpliːt/ early (adv) /ˈɜːli/ presto funny /ˈfʌni/ divertente
completo east /iːst/ est future /ˈfjuːʧə(r)/ futuro
complete (v) /kəmˈpliːt/ Easter /ˈiːstə(r)/ Pasqua
completare easy /ˈiːzi/ facile G
completely /kəmˈpliːtli/ eat /iːt/ mangiare
game /geɪm/ gioco
completamente egg /eg/ uovo
games console /ˈgeɪmz ˌkɒnsəʊl/
concert /ˈkɒnsət/ concerto Egypt /ˈiːʤɪpt/ Egitto
console per videogiochi
cook /kʊk/ cucinare Egyptian /iˈʤɪpʃn/ egiziano
garage /ˈgærɑːʒ/ garage
cooker /ˈkʊkə(r)/ fornello electronics /ɪlekˈtrɒnɪks/
garden /ˈgɑːdn/ giardino
cool (coll) /kuːl/ forte, fantastico elettronica
Geography /ʤiˈɒgrəfi/ geografia
copy /ˈkɒpi/ copiare elephant /ˈelɪfənt/ elefante
German /ˈʤɜːmən/ tedesco
cost /kɒst/ costo email /ˈiːmeɪl/ e-mail
Germany /ˈʤɜːməni/ Germania
country /ˈkʌntri/ paese England /ˈɪŋglənd/ Inghilterra get dressed /ˌget ˈdrest/ vestirsi
cousin /ˈkʌzn/ cugino English /ˈɪŋglɪʃ/ inglese get home /ˌget ˈhəʊm/ arrivare a
cricket /ˈkrɪkɪt/ cricket enjoy /ɪnˈʤɔɪ/ divertirsi casa
crisps /krɪsps/ patatine enormous /ɪˈnɔːməs/ enorme get the bus /ˌget ðə ˈbʌs/ prendere
cupboard /ˈkʌbəd/ credenza Europe /ˈjʊərəp/ Europa l’autobus
curtains /ˈkɜːtnz/ tende evening /ˈiːvnɪŋ/ sera get up /ˌget ˈʌp/ alzarsi
cushion /ˈkʊʃn/ cuscino event /ɪˈvent/ evento girl /gɜːl/ ragazza
cycle /ˈsaɪkl/ andare in bici every /ˈevri/ ogni girlfriend /ˈgɜːlfrend/ ragazza
cycling /ˈsaɪklɪŋ/ ciclismo example: for example /fər give /gɪv/ dare
Czech /ʧek/ ceco ɪgˈzɑːmpl/ per esempio gloves /glʌvz/ guanti
the Czech Republic /ðə ˌʧek excited /ɪkˈsaɪtɪd/ entusiasmato, go /gəʊ/ andare
rɪˈpʌblɪk/ Repubblica Ceca emozionato go bowling /ˌgəʊ ˈbəʊlɪŋ/ andare a
exciting /ɪkˈsaɪtɪŋ/ entusiasmante, giocare a bowling
D emozionante go out /ˌgəʊ ˈaʊt/ uscire
excuse me /ɪkˈskjuːz ˌmiː/ mi scusi go shopping /ˌgəʊ ˈʃɒpɪŋ/ andare a
dad /dæd/ papà exercise book /ˈeksəsaɪz ˌbʊk/ fare compere
daily /ˈdeɪli/ quotidiano quaderno go to bed /ˌgəʊ tə ˈbed/ andare a
dairy products /ˈdeəri ˌprɒdʌkts/ expensive /ɪkˈspensɪv/ costoso dormire
prodotti caseari go to sleep /ˌgəʊ tə ˈsliːp/
dance /dɑːns/ danzare, ballare
dancer /ˈdɑːnsə(r)/ ballerino/a F addormentarsi
go walking /ˌgəʊ ˈwɔːkɪŋ/ andare a
Danish /ˈdeɪnɪʃ/ danese fair /feə(r)/ giusto fare una passeggiata
date /deɪt/ data family /ˈfæməli/ famiglia golf /gɒlf/ golf
daughter /ˈdɔːtə(r)/ figlia famous /ˈfeɪməs/ famoso good /gʊd/ buono
day /deɪ/ giorno fan /fæn/ fan goodbye /gʊdˈbaɪ/ arrivederci, addio
December /dɪˈsembə(r)/ dicembre fantastic /fænˈtæstɪk/ fantastico grandad /ˈgrændæd/ nonno
decide /dɪˈsaɪd/ decidere fast /fɑːst/ veloce grandchildren /ˈgrænʧɪldrən/
delicious /dɪˈlɪʃəs/ delizioso, squisito father /ˈfɑːðə(r)/ padre nipoti (di nonni)
Denmark /ˈdenmɑːk/ Danimarca favourite /ˈfeɪvərɪt/ preferito granddaughter /ˈgrændɔːtə(r)/
desk /desk/ scrivania February /ˈfebruəri/ febbraio nipote (femmina, di nonni)
dessert /dɪˈzɜːt/ dessert feed /fiːd/ sfamare grandfather /ˈgrænfɑːðə(r)/ nonno
diary /ˈdaɪəri/ diario, agenda festival /ˈfestɪvl/ festival grandma /ˈgrænmɑː/ nonna
dictionary /ˈdɪkʃənri/ vocabolario film /fɪlm/ film grandmother /ˈgrænmʌðə(r)/
diet /ˈdaɪət/ dieta film critic /ˈfɪlm ˌkrɪtɪk/ critico nonna
different /ˈdɪfrənt/ diverso cinematografico grandparents /ˈgrænpeərənts/
difficult /ˈdɪfɪkəlt/ difficile finally /ˈfaɪnəli/ infine nonni
dining room /ˈdaɪnɪŋ ˌruːm/ sala fine /faɪn/ bene grandson /ˈgrænsʌn/ nipote
da pranzo finish /ˈfɪnɪʃ/ finire (maschio, di nonni)
dirty /ˈdɜːti/ sporco first /fɜːst/ primo grapes /greɪps/ uva
dishwasher /ˈdɪʃwɒʃə(r)/ fish /fɪʃ/ pesce great /greɪt/ grande, grandioso,
lavastoviglie flat /flæt/ appartamento magnifico
do /duː/ fare fly /flaɪ/ volare Greece /griːs/ Grecia
do (my) homework /ˌduː (ˌmaɪ) food /fuːd/ cibo Greek /griːk/ greco
ˈhəʊmwɜːk/ fare i compiti football /ˈfʊtbɔːl/ calcio green /griːn/ verde
do sport /ˌduː ˈspɔːt/ fare sport football player /ˈfʊtbɔːl ˌpleɪə(r)/ grey /greɪ/ grigio
dog /dɒg/ cane calciatore group /gruːp/ gruppo
door /dɔː(r)/ porta football practice /ˈfʊtbɔːl ˌpræktɪs/ guitar /gɪˈtɑː(r)/ chitarra
download /daʊnˈləʊd/ scaricare allenamento di calcio gymnastics /ʤɪmˈnæstɪks/
downstairs /ˈdaʊnsteəz/ al piano for /fɔː(r), fə(r)/ per ginnastica
inferiore foreign /ˈfɒrən/ straniero
dragon /ˈdrægən/ drago formal /ˈfɔːml/ formale H
drama club /ˈdrɑːmə ˌklʌb/ club di France /frɑːns/ Francia half past (two) /ˌhɑːf ˌpɑːst (ˈtuː)/
teatro free time /ˌfriː ˈtaɪm/ tempo libero le (due) e mezzo
dress /dres/ vestito French /frenʧ/ francese half-brother /ˈhɑːf ˌbrʌðə(r)/
drink (n) /drɪŋk/ bevanda Friday /ˈfraɪdeɪ/ venerdì fratellastro (con un genitore in
drink (v) /drɪŋk/ bere fridge /frɪʤ/ frigorifero comune)
drums /drʌmz/ batteria friend /frend/ amico half-sister /ˈhɑːf ˌsɪstə(r)/
during /ˈdjʊərɪŋ/ durante from /frɒm, frəm/ da sorellastra (con un genitore in
Dutch /dʌʧ/ olandese fruit /fruːt/ frutta comune)
one hundred and ninety-three 193

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 193 22/03/2016 16:16

hall /hɔːl/ ingresso information /ɪnfəˈmeɪʃn/ man/men /mæn, men/ uomo/
ham /hæm/ prosciutto informazioni uomini
hamster /ˈhæmstə(r)/ criceto ingredient /ɪnˈgriːdiənt/ ingrediente March /mɑːʧ/ marzo
happy /ˈhæpi/ felice interested in /ˈɪntrəstɪd/ Maths /mæθs/ matematica
harmonica /hɑːˈmɒnɪkə/ armonica interessato a May /meɪ/ maggio
hat /hæt/ cappello interesting /ˈɪntrəstɪŋ/ interessante meal /miːl/ pasto
hate /heɪt/ odiare Ireland /ˈaɪələnd/ Irlanda meat /miːt/ carne
have (dance) lessons /ˌhæv (ˈdɑːns) Irish /ˈaɪrɪʃ/ irlandese medium (size) /ˈmiːdiəm/ taglia
ˌlesnz/ prendere lezioni (di danza) it’s a pity... /ˌɪts ə ˈpɪti/ è un media
have a bath /ˌhæv ə ˈbɑːθ/ fare il peccato… meet /miːt/ incontrare, conoscere
bagno Italian /ɪˈtæliən/ italiano member /ˈmembə(r)/ membro
have a shower /ˌhæv ə ˈʃaʊə(r)/ Italy /ˈɪtəli/ Italia message /ˈmesɪʤ/ messaggio
fare la doccia midday /mɪdˈdeɪ/ mezzogiorno
have a wash /ˌhæv ə ˈwɒʃ/ lavarsi J midnight /ˈmɪdnaɪt/ mezzanotte
have breakfast /ˌhæv ˈbrekfəst/ milk /mɪlk/ latte
jacket /ˈʤækɪt/ giacca mind: I don’t mind /ˌaɪ ˈdəʊnt
fare colazione
jam /ʤæm/ marmellata ˌmaɪnd/ non mi dispiace
have dinner /ˌhæv ˈdɪnə(r)/ cenare January /ˈʤænjuəri/ gennaio
have got /ˌhæv ˈgɒt/ avere, minute /ˈmɪnɪt/ minuto
Japan /ʤəˈpæn/ Giappone mirror /ˈmɪrə(r)/ specchio
possedere Japanese /ʤæpəˈniːz/ giapponese
have lunch /ˌhæv ˈlʌnʧ/ pranzare mix /mɪks/ mescolare
jeans /ʤiːnz/ jeans mobile phone /ˌməʊbaɪl ˈfəʊn/
healthy /ˈhelθi/ sano job /ʤɒb/ lavoro
hear /hɪə(r)/ sentire cellulare, telefonino
joke: You’re joking! /ˌjɔː ˈʤəʊkɪŋ/ modern /ˈmɒdn/ moderno
Hello! /həˈləʊ/ Ciao!, Salve! Stai scherzando!
(quando ci si incontra) moment: at the moment /ət ðə
judo /ˈʤuːdəʊ/ judo ˈməʊmənt/ al momento
help /help/ aiutare July /ʤuˈlaɪ/ luglio
here /hɪə(r)/ qui Monday /ˈmʌndeɪ/ lunedì
jumper /ˈʤʌmpə(r)/ maglione money /ˈmʌni/ denaro
Hey! /heɪ/ Scusa! (per richiamare June /ʤuːn/ giugno
l’attenzione di qualcuno) month /mʌnθ/ mese
Hi! /haɪ/ Ciao! (quando ci si incontra) morning /ˈmɔːnɪŋ/ mattina
historic /hɪˈstɒrɪk/ storico
K Moroccan /məˈrɒkən/ marocchino
karate /kəˈrɑːti/ karate Morocco /məˈrɒkəʊ/ Marocco
History /ˈhɪstri/ storia
ketchup /ˈkeʧəp/ ketchup mother /ˈmʌðə(r)/ madre
hobby /ˈhɒbi/ hobby
key /kiː/ chiave motorbike /ˈməʊtəbaɪk/
hockey /ˈhɒki/ hockey
keyboard /ˈkiːbɔːd/ tastiera motocicletta
holiday(s) /ˈhɒlədeɪ(z)/ vacanza/e
keyhole /ˈkiːhəʊl/ buco della mountain /ˈmaʊntən/ montagna
home /həʊm/ casa
serratura mouse /maʊs/ topo
home town /ˈhəʊm ˌtaʊn/ città
kiss /kɪs/ bacio MP3 player /ˌem ˌpiː ˈθriː ˌpleɪə(r)/
natale
kitchen /ˈkɪʧɪn/ cucina lettore MP3
horrible /ˈhɒrəbl/ orribile
mum /mʌm/ mamma
horse /hɔːs/ cavallo
museum /mjuˈziːəm/ museo
horseriding /ˈhɔːsraɪdɪŋ/ L mushrooms /ˈmʌʃruːmz/ funghi
equitazione lamp /læmp/ lampada Music /ˈmjuːzɪk/ musica
hospital /ˈhɒspɪtl/ ospedale landing /ˈlændɪŋ/ pianerottolo musical /ˈmjuːzɪkl/ musical
hot /hɒt/ caldo laptop /ˈlæptɒp/ computer portatile musical instrument /ˌmjuːzɪkl
hot dog /ˈhɒt ˌdɒg/ hot dog large (size) /lɑːʤ/ taglia ‘large’ ˈɪnstrəmənt/ strumento musicale
hour /ˈaʊə(r)/ ora late (adj) /leɪt/ in ritardo musical theatre /ˌmjuːzɪkl ˈθɪətə(r)/
house /haʊs/ casa late (adv) /leɪt/ tardi teatro e musica
How old...? /ˈhaʊ ˌəʊld/ Quanti learn /lɜːn/ imparare musician /mjuˈzɪʃn/ musicista
anni…? leave home /ˌliːv ˈhəʊm/ uscire di
How? /haʊ/ Come? casa
hungry: be hungry /ˌbi ˈhʌŋgri/
N
lemon /ˈlemən/ limone
avere fame lemonade /leməˈneɪd/ limonata, name /neɪm/ nome
husband /ˈhʌzbənd/ marito gassosa nationality /næʃəˈnæləti/
lesson /ˈlesn/ lezione nazionalità
need /niːd/ avere bisogno di
I Let’s play... /ˈlets ˌpleɪ/
nephew /ˈnefjuː/ nipote (maschio,
ice cream /ˌaɪs ˈkriːm/ gelato Giochiamo…
lettuce /ˈletɪs/ lattuga di zii)
ice-skating /ˈaɪs ˌskeɪtɪŋ/ net /net/ rete
pattinaggio sul ghiaccio level /ˈlevl/ livello
like /laɪk/ piacere netball /ˈnetbɔːl/ netball (gioco
ICT (Information and simile alla pallacanestro)
link /lɪŋk/ collegamento
Communication Technology) The Netherlands /ðə ˈneðələndz/
list /lɪst/ elenco
/ˌaɪ ˌsiː ˈtiː (ɪnfəˌmeɪʃn ən Paesi Bassi
listen (to) /ˈlɪsn (ˌtuː, tə)/ ascoltare
kəmjuːnɪˌkeɪʃn tekˈnɒləʤi)/ TCI never /ˈnevə(r)/ (non) mai
live /lɪv/ vivere
(tecnologie della comunicazione e new /njuː/ nuovo
living room /ˈlɪvɪŋ ˌruːm/
dell’informazione) next to /ˈneks ˌtuː, tə/ accanto a
soggiorno
idea /aɪˈdɪə/ idea nice /naɪs/ carino
local /ˈləʊkl/ locale
imagine /ɪˈmæʤɪn/ immaginare nice to meet you /ˌnaɪs tə ˈmiːt
long /lɒŋ/ lungo
important /ɪmˈpɔːtnt/ importante ˌjuː/ piacere, lieto di conoscerti
look /lʊk/ guardare
in /ɪn/ in, dentro niece /niːs/ nipote (femmina, di zii)
love /lʌv/ amare
include /ɪnˈkluːd/ includere night /naɪt/ notte
lunchtime /ˈlʌnʧtaɪm/ ora di pranzo
including /ɪnˈkluːdɪŋ/ incluso no /nəʊ/ no, nessuno
incredible /ɪnˈkredəbl/ incredibile noisy /ˈnɔɪzi/ rumoroso
India /ˈɪndiə/ India M normal /ˈnɔːml/ normale
Indian /ˈɪndiən/ indiano magazine /mægəˈziːn/ rivista normally /ˈnɔːməli/ normalmente
individual /ɪndɪˈvɪʤuəl/ individuale make /meɪk/ fare north /nɔːθ/ nord
194 one hundred and ninety-four

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 194 22/03/2016 16:16

November /nəʊˈvembə(r)/ Portuguese /pɔːʧuˈgiːz/ sandals /ˈsændlz/ sandali
novembre portoghese sandwich /ˈsænwɪʧ/ tramezzino
now /naʊ/ ora poster /ˈpəʊstə(r)/ poster Saturday /ˈsætədeɪ/ sabato
potato /pəˈteɪtəʊ/ patata sausage /ˈsɒsɪʤ/ salsiccia
O pound /paʊnd/ sterlina inglese saxophone /ˈsæksəfəʊn/ sassofono
prefer /prɪˈfɜː(r)/ preferire say /seɪ/ dire
o’clock: (two) o’clock /(ˌtuː) əˈklɒk/ preparation /prepəˈreɪʃn/ scarf /skɑːf/ sciarpa
le (due) in punto preparazione scene /siːn/ scena
obligatory /əˈblɪgətri/ obbligatorio present /ˈpreznt/ regalo school /skuːl/ scuola
occasion /əˈkeɪʒn/ occasione pretty /ˈprɪti/ carino school subject /ˌskuːl ˈsʌbʤɪkt/
October /ɒkˈtəʊbə(r)/ ottobre primary school /ˈpraɪməri ˌskuːl/ materia scolastica
of /ɒv, əv/ di scuola elementare Science /ˈsaɪəns/ scienze
of course /əv ˈkɔːs/ naturalmente problem /ˈprɒbləm/ problema scooter /ˈskuːtə(r)/ scooter
often /ˈɒfn, ˈɒftən/ spesso professional /prəˈfeʃənl/ Scotland /ˈskɒtlənd/ Scozia
oil /ɔɪl/ olio professionale Scottish /ˈskɒtɪʃ/ scozzese
old /əʊld/ vecchio programme /ˈprəʊgræm/ season /ˈsiːzn/ stagione
on /ɒn/ su programma second /ˈsekənd/ secondo
onion /ˈʌnjən/ cipolla project /ˈprɒʤekt/ progetto see /siː/ vedere
only /ˈəʊnli/ solo prom /prɒm/ festa da ballo per la send /send/ inviare
only child /ˌəʊnli ˈʧaɪld/ figlio unico fine della scuola sensation /senˈseɪʃn/ sensazione
open /ˈəʊpən/ aprire punctuality /pʌŋkʧuˈæləti/ September /sepˈtembə(r)/
or /ɔː(r)/ o puntualità settembre
orange /ˈɒrɪnʤ/ arancione, arancia purple /ˈpɜːpl/ viola serious /ˈsɪəriəs/ serio
orchestra /ˈɔːkɪstrə/ orchestra put /pʊt/ mettere shelf/shelves /ʃelf, ʃelvz/ scaffale/i
organised /ˈɔːgənaɪzd/ organizzato pyjamas /pəˈʤɑːməz/ pigiama shirt /ʃɜːt/ camicia
originally /əˈrɪʤənəli/ shoes /ʃuːz/ scarpe
originariamente, inizialmente Q shop (n) /ʃɒp/ negozio
other /ˈʌðə(r)/ altro shop (v) /ʃɒp/ fare compere
quarter past (two) /ˌkwɔːtə ˌpɑːst short /ʃɔːt/ corto
outdoor /ˈaʊtdɔː(r)/ all’aperto
(ˈtuː)/ le (due) e un quarto shorts /ʃɔːts/ shorts, pantaloncini
quarter to (two) /ˌkwɔːtə tə (ˈtuː)/ show /ʃəʊ/ mostrare
P le (due) meno un quarto shower /ˈʃaʊə(r)/ doccia
packed lunch /ˌpækt ˈlʌnʧ/ pranzo quick /kwɪk/ veloce similar /ˈsɪmələ(r)/ simile
al sacco quiet /ˈkwaɪət/ silenzioso sing /sɪŋ/ cantare
packet /ˈpækɪt/ pacco, pacchetto quite /kwaɪt/ abbastanza singer /ˈsɪŋə(r)/ cantante
parents /ˈpeərənts/ genitori sink /sɪŋk/ lavello, lavandino (della
park /pɑːk/ parco R cucina)
part /pɑːt/ parte rabbit /ˈræbɪt/ coniglio sister /ˈsɪstə(r)/ sorella
party /ˈpɑːti/ festa racket /ˈrækɪt/ racchetta sit down /ˌsɪt ˈdaʊn/ sedersi
pass /pɑːs/ passare radio /ˈreɪdiəʊ/ radio size /saɪz/ taglia
past: (five) past (two) /(ˌfaɪv) RE (Religious Education) /ˌɑːr ˈiː skateboard /ˈskeɪtbɔːd/ skateboard
ˌpɑːst (ˈtuː)/ le (due) e (cinque) (rɪˌlɪʤəs eʤuˈkeɪʃn)/ religione skateboarding /ˈskeɪtbɔːdɪŋ/
patterned /ˈpætənd/ con un motivo (materia scolastica) skateboarding
pay for /ˈpeɪ ˌfɔː(r), fə(r)/ pagare (per) read /riːd/ leggere ski /skiː/ sciare
PE (Physical Education) /ˌpiː ˈiː really (adv) /ˈriːəli/ davvero skiing /ˈskiːɪŋ/ sci
(ˌfɪzɪkl eʤuˈkeɪʃn)/ educazione Really? /ˈriːəli/ Davvero? skirt /skɜːt/ gonna
fisica receive /rɪˈsiːv/ ricevere sleep /sliːp/ dormire
peas /piːz/ piselli recipe /ˈresəpi/ ricetta Slovakia /sləˈvækie/ Slovacchia
pen /pen/ penna red /red/ rosso Slovakian /sləˈvækien/ slovacco
pencil /ˈpensl/ matita repeat /rɪˈpiːt/ ripetere Slovenia /sləˈviːnie/ Slovenia
pencil case /ˈpensl ˌkeɪs/ astuccio represent /reprɪˈzent/ Slovenian /sləˈviːniən/ sloveno
pepper /ˈpepə(r)/ pepe rappresentare slow /sləʊ/ lento
rice /raɪs/ riso small /smɔːl/ piccolo
percussion /pəˈkʌʃn/ percussioni
ride /raɪd/ andare in bicicletta smart /smɑːt/ elegante
person/people /ˈpɜːsn, ˈpiːpl/
(a cavallo, in motocicletta) snack /snæk/ spuntino
persona/persone, gente
right /raɪt/ esatto, corretto snowboarding /ˈsnəʊbɔːdɪŋ/
pet /pet/ animale domestico
ring /rɪŋ/ suonare snowboard
phone /fəʊn/ telefono
river /ˈrɪvə(r)/ fiume so /səʊ/ pertanto, tanto
phone number /ˈfəʊn ˌnʌmbə(r)/
Romania /ruˈmeɪniə/ Romania socks /sɒks/ calzini
numero di telefono sofa /ˈsəʊfə/ divano
photo /ˈfəʊtəʊ/ foto Romanian /ruˈmeɪniən/ rumeno
room /ruːm/ stanza sometimes /ˈsʌmtaɪmz/ a volte
photography /fəˈtɒgrəfi/ fotografia son /sʌn/ figlio
piano /piˈænəʊ/ pianoforte rug /rʌg/ tappeto
rugby /ˈrʌgbi/ rugby song /sɒŋ/ canzone
picture /ˈpɪkʧə(r)/ quadro songwriter /ˈsɒŋraɪtə(r)/ autore di
pink /pɪŋk/ rosa rule /ruːl/ regola
run /rʌn/ correre canzoni
plain /pleɪn/ semplice soon /suːn/ presto
plant /plɑːnt/ pianta running /ˈrʌnɪŋ/ corsa
Russia /ˈrʌʃə/ Russia sorry /ˈsɒri/ scusa
play /pleɪ/ giocare a, suonare soup /suːp/ zuppa, minestra
Russian /ˈrʌʃn/ russo
please /pliːz/ per piacere south /saʊθ/ sud
Poland /ˈpəʊlənd/ Polonia South Africa /ˌsaʊθ ˈæfrɪkə/
Polish /ˈpəʊlɪʃ/ polacco S Sudafrica
popular /ˈpɒpjələ(r)/ popolare, noto sail /seɪl/ fare vela South African /ˌsaʊθ ˈæfrɪkən/
porridge /ˈpɒrɪʤ/ farinata d’avena, sailing /ˈseɪlɪŋ/ vela sudafricano
porridge salad /ˈsæləd/ insalata Spain /speɪn/ Spagna
Portugal /ˈpɔːʧʊgl/ Portogallo salt /sɔːlt/ sale Spanish /ˈspænɪʃ/ spagnolo
one hundred and ninety-five 195

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 195 22/03/2016 16:16

speak /spiːk/ parlare thank you/thanks /ˈθæŋk ˌjuː, visit (n) /ˈvɪzɪt/ visita
special /ˈspeʃl/ speciale θæŋks/ grazie visit (v) /ˈvɪzɪt/ visitare
spend /spend/ trascorrere (tempo), theatre /ˈθɪətə(r)/ teatro volleyball /ˈvɒlibɔːl/ pallavolo
spendere (denaro) then /ðen/ allora
spider /ˈspaɪdə(r)/ ragno thing /θɪŋ/ cosa W
sports centre /ˈspɔːts ˌsentə(r)/ think /θɪŋk/ pensare
wait /weɪt/ aspettare
centro sportivo third /θɜːd/ terzo
wake up /ˌweɪk ˈʌp/ svegliarsi
sportsperson /ˈspɔːtspɜːsn/ thirsty: be thirsty /ˌbi ˈθɜːsti/ avere
Wales /weɪlz/ Galles
sportivo / sportiva sete
walk /wɔːk/ camminare
spotty /ˈspɒti/ a pois thousand /ˈθaʊznd/ mille, migliaio
want /wɒnt/ volere
spring /sprɪŋ/ primavera through /θruː/ attraverso
wardrobe /ˈwɔːdrəʊb/ armadio
stairs /steəz/ scale Thursday /ˈθɜːzdeɪ/ giovedì
wash (my) hair /ˌwɒʃ (ˌmaɪ) ˈheə(r)/
stand up /ˌstænd ˈʌp/ alzarsi tie /taɪ/ cravatta
lavarsi i capelli
star /stɑː(r)/ star tights /taɪts/ collant wash /wɒʃ/ lavare
start /stɑːt/ iniziare timetable /ˈtaɪmteɪbl/ orario washing machine /ˈwɒʃɪŋ məˌʃiːn/
stay /steɪ/ stare, restare tired /ˈtaɪəd/ stanco lavatrice
stepbrother /ˈstepbrʌðə(r)/ to /tuː, tə/ a watch (n) /wɒʧ/ orologio
fratellastro to: (five) to (two) /(ˌfaɪv) tə (ˈtuː)/ watch (v) /wɒʧ/ guardare
stepdad /ˈstepdæd/ patrigno le (due) meno (cinque) water /ˈwɔːtə(r)/ acqua
stepmum /ˈstepmʌm/ matrigna today /təˈdeɪ/ oggi watersport /ˈwɔːtəspɔːt/ sport
stepsister /ˈstepsɪstə(r)/ sorellastra toilet /ˈtɔɪlət/ toilette, gabinetto acquatico
stop /stɒp/ fermare, fermarsi tomato /təˈmɑːtəʊ/ pomodoro way /weɪ/ modo
strawberry /ˈstrɔːbəri/ fragola tomorrow /təˈmɒrəʊ/ domani wear /weə(r)/ indossare
stripey /ˈstraɪpi/ a strisce tonight /təˈnaɪt/ stasera, stanotte website /ˈwebsaɪt/ sito web
student /ˈstjuːdnt/ studente too /tuː/ anche Wednesday /ˈwenzdeɪ/ mercoledì
study (n) /ˈstʌdi/ studio top /tɒp/ top week /wiːk/ settimana
study (v) /ˈstʌdi/ studiare tourist /ˈtʊərɪst/ turista weekend /wiːkˈend/ fine
sugar /ˈʃʊgə(r)/ zucchero town /taʊn/ città settimana, weekend
suggestion /səˈʤesʧn/ tracksuit /ˈtræksuːt/ tuta Welcome to ... /ˈwelkəm tə/
suggerimento trainers /ˈtreɪnəz/ scarpe da Benvenuto a …
suit /suːt/ abito ginnastica well (adv) /wel/ bene
summer /ˈsʌmə(r)/ estate travel /ˈtrævl/ viaggiare Well,... /wel/ Beh,…
Sunday /ˈsʌndeɪ/ domenica trip /trɪp/ gita Welsh /welʃ/ gallese
sunglasses /ˈsʌnglɑːsɪz/ occhiali da trousers /ˈtraʊzəz/ pantaloni west /west/ ovest
sole trumpet /ˈtrʌmpɪt/ tromba What? /wɒt/ Che cosa?
supermarket /ˈsuːpəmɑːkɪt/ Tuesday /ˈtjuːzdeɪ/ martedì What about...? /ˈwɒt əˌbaʊt/
supermercato tuna /ˈtjuːnə/ tonno E quanto a…?
surname /ˈsɜːneɪm/ cognome twins /twɪnz/ gemelli What time is...? /ˈwɒt ˌtaɪm ˌɪz/
surprise /səˈpraɪz/ sorpresa two /tuː/ due Che ora è…?
sweatshirt /ˈswetʃɜːt/ felpa type /taɪp/ tipo What’s the time? /ˌwɒts ðə ˈtaɪm/
Sweden /ˈswiːdn/ Svezia typical /ˈtɪpɪkl/ tipico Che ora è?
Swedish /ˈswiːdɪʃ/ svedese When? /wen/ Quando?
swim /swɪm/ nuotare U When’s (it) on? /ˈwenz (ˌɪt) ˌɒn/
swimming /ˈswɪmɪŋ/ nuoto A che ora va in onda?
ugly /ˈʌgli/ brutto
swimming costume /ˈswɪmɪŋ Where? /weə(r)/ Dove?
the UK /ðə ˌjuː ˈkeɪ/ Regno Unito
ˌkɒstjuːm/ costume da bagno (da Which? /wɪʧ/ Quale?
umbrella /ʌmˈbrelə/ ombrello
donna) white /waɪt/ bianco
uncle /ˈʌŋkl/ zio Who? /huː/ Chi?
swimming trunks /ˈswɪmɪŋ under /ˈʌndə(r)/ sotto whole /həʊl/ intero
ˌtrʌŋks/ pantaloncini da nuoto (da uniform /ˈjuːnɪfɔːm/ uniforme Why? /waɪ/ Perché?
uomo) universe /ˈjuːnɪvɜːs/ universo wife /waɪf/ moglie
Swiss /swɪs/ svizzero university /juːnɪˈvɜːsəti/ università win /wɪn/ vincere
Switzerland /ˈswɪtsələnd/ Svizzera upstairs /ʌpˈsteəz/ al piano di sopra window /ˈwɪndəʊ/ finestra
the USA /ðə ˌjuː ˌes ˈeɪ/ Stati Uniti windsurf /ˈwɪndsɜːf/ fare windsurf
T d’America windsurfing /ˈwɪndsɜːfɪŋ/ windsurf
use /juːz/ usare winter /ˈwɪntə(r)/ inverno
T-shirt /ˈtiː ˌʃɜːt/ T-shirt, maglietta
usually /ˈjuːʒuəli/ di solito with /wɪð/ con
table /ˈteɪbl/ tavolo
table tennis /ˈteɪbl ˌtenɪs/ ping-pong woman/women /ˈwʊmən, ˈwɪmɪn/
take /teɪk/ portare V donna/donne
take photos /ˌteɪk ˈfəʊtəʊz/ fare vegetables /ˈveʤtəblz/ verdura work (n) /wɜːk/ lavoro
fotografie vegetarian /veʤəˈteəriən/ work (v) /wɜːk/ lavorare
talk /tɔːk/ parlare vegetariano write /raɪt/ scrivere
teach /tiːʧ/ insegnare version /ˈvɜːʃn/ versione
teacher /ˈtiːʧə(r)/ insegnante very /ˈveri/ molto Y
team /tiːm/ squadra very much: (I don’t like) … very yeah (coll) /jeə/ sì
team sport /ˈtiːm ˌspɔːt/ sport di much /(ˌaɪ ˌdəʊnt ˌlaɪk) … ˌveri year /jɪə(r)/ anno
squadra ˈmʌʧ/ (non mi piace) molto yellow /ˈjeləʊ/ giallo
technology /tekˈnɒləʤi/ tecnologia very well /ˌveri ˈwel/ molto bene yes /jes/ sì
teenager /ˈtiːneɪʤə(r)/ adolescente vest /vest/ canottiera yogurt /ˈjɒgət/ yogurt
tell /tel/ dire, raccontare video games /ˈvɪdiəʊ ˌgeɪmz/ young /jʌŋ/ giovane
ten, tenth /ten, tenθ/ dieci, decimo videogiochi youth club /ˈjuːθ ˌklʌb/ circolo
tennis /ˈtenɪs/ tennis village /ˈvɪlɪʤ/ villaggio giovanile
terrible /ˈterəbl/ terribile vinegar /ˈvɪnɪgə(r)/ aceto youth hostel /ˈjuːθ ˌhɒstl/ ostello
text /tekst/ inviare un SMS violin /vaɪəˈlɪn/ violino della gioventù
196 one hundred and ninety-six

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 196 22/03/2016 16:16

Pronunciation
Vowels & Diphthongs Consonants
iː as in see /siː/ p as in pen /pen/
ɪ as in sit /sɪt/ b as in bad /bæd/
i as in happy /ˈhæpi/ t as in tea /tiː/
e as in ten /ten/ d as in did /dɪd/
æ as in hat /hæt/ k as in cat /kæt/
ɑː as in arm /ɑːm/ ɡ as in got /ɡɒt/
ɒ as in got /ɡɒt/ tʃ as in chin /tʃɪn/
ɔː as in saw /sɔː/ dʒ as in June /dʒuːn/
ʊ as in put /pʊt/ f as in fall /fɔːl/
uː as in too /tuː/ v as in voice /vɔɪs/
ʌ as in cup /kʌp/ θ as in thin /θɪn/
ɜː as in fur /fɜː(r)/ ð as in then /ðen/
ə as in ago /əˈɡəʊ/ s as in so /səʊ/
eɪ as in page /peɪdʒ/ z as in zoo /zuː/
əʊ as in home /həʊm/ ʃ as in she /ʃiː/
aɪ as in five /faɪv/ ʒ as in vision /ˈvɪʒn/
aʊ as in now /naʊ/ h as in how /haʊ/
ɔɪ as in join /dʒɔɪn/ m as in man /mæn/
ɪə as in near /nɪə(r)/ n as in no /nəʊ/
eə as in hair /heə(r)/ ŋ as in sing /sɪŋ/
ʊə as in pure /pjʊə(r)/ l as in leg /leɡ/
r as in red /red/
j as in yes /jes/
w as in wet /wet/
Punctuation
Punctuation for Dictation
A Capital letter aaa italics
a lower case aaa bold
. full stop (period AmE) & ampersand (= and)
, comma * asterisk
‘ apostrophe # hash sign
; semicolon @ ‘at’
: colon
? question mark
! exclamation mark (exclamation point AmE)
- hyphen
– dash
… dots/ellipsis
/ slash
‘’ quotation / speech marks
“” double quotation marks (used more in AmE)
() brackets (parentheses AmE; formal)
[] square brackets (brackets AmE; formal)
one hundred and ninety-seven 197

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 197 22/03/2016 16:16

Grammar reference
Pronomi soggetto Articolo determinativo the
• the è invariabile per genere e numero.
soggetto
the boy the boys the girl the girls
I
• Si usa per indicare una persona/cosa specifica.
you
he
this/that/these/those
she
it singolare plurale
we this these
you that those
they I dimostrativi this, these, that e those si usano
• I pronomi soggetto sostituiscono un sostantivo. sia per il maschile che per il femminile e sono sia
Mrs Green/She is a teacher. pronomi che aggettivi.
• Si mettono prima di un verbo.
We are students. Present simple di be
• In inglese il soggetto viene sempre espresso e forma affermativa
quindi il pronome soggetto non va mai omesso. I am (’m)
He is French. You / We / You / They are (’re) Italian.
NON Is French. He / She / It is (’s)
Plurali forma negativa

Il plurale della maggior parte dei sostantivi si I am not (’m not)
forma aggiungendo -s al sostantivo. You / We / You / They are not (aren’t) Italian.
cat → cats day → days He / She / It is not (isn’t)
Ai sostantivi che finiscono in -x, -s, -sh, -ss,-ch,
forma interrogativa
-z, si aggiunge -es.
Am I
bus → buses box → boxes
Are you / we / you / they Italian?
dish → dishes watch → watches
Is he / she / it
Ai sostantivi che finiscono in consonante più -y,
si elimina la -y e si aggiunge -ies. risposte brevi
baby → babies I am.
Alcuni sostantivi hanno una forma plurale Yes, you / we / you / they are.
irregolare. he / she / it is.
person → people man → men I ’m not.
child → children woman → women
No, you / we / you / they aren’t.
he / she / it isn’t.
L’articolo • Diversamente dall’Italiano, in Inglese si usa il
Articolo indeterminativo: a/an verbo be per esprimere l’età.
I’m fifteen (years old).
• Si usa a davanti a parole che iniziano con un
suono consonantico: s, b, g, ecc.
Parole interrogative
a classroom a teacher
a map a school Who? What? Where? When? How? Which?
• Si usa an davanti a parole che iniziano con un
suono vocalico: Le parole interrogative si mettono sempre all’inizio
an exercise book an MP3 Player della frase e sono seguite dalla forma interrogativa
an apple an island del verbo.
What is it? Where is the laptop?
198 one hundred and ninety-eight
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 198 22/03/2016 16:16

Aggettivi possessivi Verbo have got (Present simple)
my your his her its our your their forma affermativa
I / you / we / you / they have got (’ve got)
• Gli aggettivi possessivi sono invariabili per he / she / it has got (’s got)
genere e numero.
my dog my dogs my pen my pens forma negativa
• Non si usa mai l’articolo davanti all’aggettivo I / you / we / you / they have not got (haven’t got)
possessivo. he / she / it has not got (hasn’t got)
My bike is new. NON The my bike is new.
forma interrogativa
• Gli aggettivi possessivi concordano sempre con
il possessore. Have I / you / we / you / they got?
This is Tom. This is his mum. Has he / she / it got?
This is Sue. This is her dad.
risposte brevi
I / you / we / you / they have.
Preposizioni di luogo Yes,
he / she / it has.
Le preposizioni di luogo in, on, under, next to si I / you / we / you / they have not (haven’t).
usano per indicare dove si trova un oggetto, una No,
he / she / it has not (hasn’t).
persona o un luogo.
• Si usa have got per:
There is (There’s)/There are – parlare di possesso
I’ve got a mobile phone.
forma singolare plurale – parlare di relazioni di parentela e amicizia
affermativa There’s There are He’s got two cousins.
negativa There isn’t There aren’t – descrivere persone e animali.
interrogativa Is there? Are there? She’s got green eyes.
risposte brevi Yes, there is. Yes, there are. • Non si usa mai got nelle risposte brevi.
No, there isn’t. No, there aren’t.
• there is si usa con un sostantivo singolare.
Il genitivo sassone
There’s a table. Per esprimere il possesso in inglese si usa questa
there are si usa con un sostantivo plurale. costruzione:
There are four chairs. nome del possessore + ’s + cosa posseduta.
• Quando si elencano più oggetti, si usa there’s
singolare + ’s
se il primo sostantivo è singolare e there are
Jenny’s mum la mamma di Jenny
se è plurale.
plurale regolare + ’
There’s a pencil and two books.
the boys’ names i nomi dei ragazzi
There are two books and a pencil.
plurale irregolare + ’s
the children’s dogs i cani dei bambini
some/any
doppio soggetto + ’s
• some e any indicano una quantità indeterminata. Evan and Lauren’s room
There are some books. Ci sono dei libri. la camera di Evan e Lauren
There aren’t any chairs. Non ci sono delle sedie.
Are there any tomatoes? Ci sono dei pomodori?
• Si usa some con i sostantivi plurali alla forma
Why /Because
affermativa. domande Why... ?
I’ve got some CDs. risposte Because...
• Si usa any con i sostantivi plurali alla forma
• Why si usa per chiedere la ragione di qualcosa.
negativa e interrogativa.
Why are you so sad? Perché sei così triste?
I haven’t got any CDs. Have you got any CDs?
one hundred and ninety-nine 199
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 199 22/03/2016 16:16

Grammar reference
• Because si usa per spiegare la ragione Per formare la terza persona singolare (he, she, it)
di qualcosa. della forma affermativa, si aggiunge -s al verbo.
Why are you so sad? Regole ortografiche:
Because I haven’t got a pet. Ai verbi che finiscono in -ch, -s, -sh, -x, -z, -o si
Perché non ho un animale domestico. aggiunge -es:
he teaches she goes it washes
Preposizioni di tempo Ai verbi che finiscono in -y preceduta da
• on si usa con i giorni della settimana, le date e i consonante, si cambia la -y in -i e si aggiunge -es:
giorni festivi. she studies it flies he tidies
on Monday(s) on the 12th July Ai verbi terminanti in -y preceduta da una vocale,
on Christmas Day si aggiunge -s:
• in si usa con le parti del giorno, i mesi, le he plays
stagioni e gli anni.
in the morning in March Pronomi complemento
in winter in 2014
• at si usa con le ore e nelle espressioni at the
I me
weekend e at night.
you you
at four o’clock at the weekend at night
he him
Avverbi di frequenza she her
it it
• Gli avverbi di frequenza always, usually,
we us
often, sometimes, rarely, never si usano per
you you
dire quanto spesso si compie un’azione.
they them
Di solito vengono messi fra il soggetto e il verbo,
ma con il verbo be si mettono dopo il verbo. • I pronomi complemento sostituiscono un
I often go to the cinema. sostantivo.
He’s always at home at 7pm. I know Mrs Lee. I know her.
• I pronomi complemento sostituiscono il
Present simple complemento di una frase.
‘I like action films.’ ‘I like them, too.’
forma affermativa
I / You / We / You / They work.
can (abilità)
He / She / It works.
forma affermativa
forma negativa I / You / He / She / It / We / You / They can dance.
I / You / We / You / They do not (don’t) work.
He / She / It does not (doesn’t) work. forma negativa
I / You / He / She / It / We / You / They can’t dance.
forma interrogativa
Do I / you / we / you / they work? forma interrogativa
Does he / she / it work? Can I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they dance?
risposte brevi risposte brevi

I / you / we / you / they do. Yes, I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they can.
Yes, No, I / you / he / she / it / we / you / they can’t.
he / she / it does.
I / you / we / you / they don’t.
No,
he / she / it doesn’t.
200 two hundred

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 200 22/03/2016 16:16

• Can esprime la capacità di fare qualcosa. Present continuous
My sister can play the guitar.
Mia sorella sa suonare la chitarra. forma affermativa
• La forma negativa di can è cannot (can’t). I am (’m)
Solitamente si usa la forma contratta can’t. You / We / You / They are (’re) starting.
Nella lingua scritta formale si usa cannot. He / She / It is (’s)
I can’t sing and I can’t dance.
forma negativa
Non so cantare e non so ballare.
I am not (’m not)
Livelli di abilità You / We / You / They are not (aren’t) starting.
He / She / It is not (isn’t)
I can speak English: I can’t speak English:
very well ✓✓✓ very well ✗ forma interrogativa
well ✓✓ at all ✗✗ Am I
quite well ✓ Are you / we / you / they starting?
Is he / she / it
L’imperativo
risposte brevi
forma affermativa forma negativa I am.
Listen to him! Don’t listen to him! Yes, you / we / you / they are.
Be quiet! Don’t be quiet! he / she / it is.
• La forma affermativa dell’imperativo è uguale I ’m not.
alla forma base del verbo. Ha una sola forma No, you / we / you / they aren’t.
per il tu, per il voi e per il Lei. he / she / it isn’t.
• Per fare la forma negativa, si aggiunge don’t • Il Present continuous si usa per parlare di
prima della forma base del verbo. azioni in corso di svolgimento nel momento in
• L’imperativo si usa per dare ordini, impartire cui si parla. Queste possono corrispondere ad
comandi e istruzioni, e per esprimere proibizioni. azioni in corso adesso o ad azioni in corso in
questo periodo, ma non necessariamente in
Sostantivi numerabili e non questo preciso momento.
numerabili He’s reading a book. Sta leggendo un libro.
• I sostantivi sono numerabili (countable nouns) I’m doing a German course.
quando si riferiscono a cose che si possono Sto facendo un corso di tedesco.
contare. Hanno una forma singolare e plurale. They’re studying the Romans this term.
a hamster three hamsters Stanno studiando i romani questo trimestre.
• Sono invece non numerabili quei sostantivi che • Il Present continuous si usa anche per parlare
non si possono contare (uncountable nouns). di impegni futuri e programmati in precedenza,
Hanno solo la forma singolare. specialmente quando il tempo e il luogo sono
some water NON two waters, three waters… ben definiti.
I’m playing football tomorrow.
How much…?/How many…? Giocherò a calcio domani.
How much? (Quanto/a?) e How many? Osserva le variazioni ortografiche:

(Quanti/e?) si usano per fare domande sulla verbo look go come
quantità. Si usa How much con i sostantivi -ing looking going coming
non numerabili e How many con i sostantivi
Osserva le variazioni ortografiche:
numerabili plurali.
How much butter is there? verbo write shop get
How many tomatoes are there? -ing writing shopping getting
two hundred and one 201

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 201 22/03/2016 16:16

Contents
CLIL
A Science Thermometers 203
B Music Musical notation 204
C History The Norman Conquest 205
D Geography Maps 206
E Maths Triangles 207
Culture VIDEO
A The United Kingdom 208−209

B Homes in the UK 210−211
C School in the UK 212−213
D School sports in the UK 214−215
E Food in the UK 216−217
Festivals
A Halloween (31st October) 218
B Christmas (25th December) 219
C Chinese New Year (January / February) 220
D Easter (March / April) 221
Picture dictionary
1 Countries and nationalities 222−223
2 Adjectives 224−225
3 Rooms and furniture 226−227
4 Families 228−229
5 Daily routines 230−231
6 Free-time activities 232−233
7 Sports 234−235
8 Food and drink 236−237
9 Clothes 238−239
This electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by students with visual imp
pairrment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 202 22/03/2016 16:16

CLIL Science
Thermometers
Thermometers are scientific instruments. They measure temperature – hot

and cold. Some thermometers measure the temperature of the air. Other thermometers
measure the temperature of liquids, or the temperature of the human body.
This is a basic thermometer. It has got a long tube. There is alcohol in the tube. It is usually
red. When the alcohol becomess warm, it expands. It goes up the tube. When it cools, it
goes down the tube again. There re is a scale on the thermometer. The numbers show the
perature in degrees
temperature. We measure temperature g Celsius (°C). In the Celsius scale, water
freezes at 0°C and boils at 100°C.
C. Thermometers can show temperatures
below zero degrees Celsius. We e use the word ‘minus’
for temperatures below zero. Forr example, -6°C.
This is a digital thermometer. Digital

thermometers don’t have liquid or a scale.
There is a micro-computer in them. They
show the temperature in digits.
g
Glossary
air aria
1 gi e rispondi alle domande. ES
5.01 Ascolta, leggi
bodyy corpo
1 What do thermometersters measure? becomes warm (adj)
2 What happens to the e alcohol in a thermometer when it is warm? si scalda
3 What happens to the alcohol in a thermometer when it is cold? cools (v) si raffredda
degrees gradi
4 What does °C mean?
freezes congela
5 At what temperature does water freeze?
boils bolle
6 At what temperature does water boil? below sotto
7 Write minus two degrees Celsius in numbers. digits numeri
8 What is there in a digital thermometer?
2 Osserva i termometri e scrivi le temperature in parole.
1 2 3 4
1 3
2 4
3 Leggi le temperature dei termometri digitali. Poi colora le temperature

corrispondenti negli altri termometri.
1 2 3
two hundred and three 203

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 203 22/03/2016 16:16

CLIL Music
Musical notation
1 5.02 Ascolta e leggi le informazioni sul ritmo. Poi segui l’esempio e scrivi
la lunghezza delle note in battute.
Rhythm
œ Long and short notes make rhythm. We measure notes in beats.
This iis a note. Notes make music. Some notes are long, and some are short.
j
Note w ˙ œ œ œœ
Beats 4 beats 2 beats 1 beat half a two
beat half-beats
œ œ ˙ w œ œ œ œœ œ œ ˙ œ œœ œ œœ ˙ ˙
1 1 2 4 1 2
2 5.03 Ascolta e abbina ciò che senti (1–3) alle note (a–c).
œ œ ˙ œ œ ˙ ˙ œ œ œ œœ ˙ œ œœ ˙ œ œœ ˙
a b c
itch
PPitch is the difference
d between This symbol is the treble clef. This sentence helps you to remember
low notes and high notes. To show
pitch, we write music on five lines.
& A stave with a treble clef the notes that are on the lines:
represents high notes. ‘Every Good Boy Deserves Football.’
These five lines are called a stave.
˙ ˙ ˙
? This symbol is the bass clef.
& ˙˙
A stave with a bass clef
represents low notes. E G B D F
Every line and every space on the The word FACE (= viso) helps you to
These are the names of the
stave represents a different note. remember the notes in the spaces.
notes on the stave.
The low notes are at the bottom
˙ ˙ ˙
of the stave, and the high notes
are at the top. We represent notes & G A
B C D
E F
& ˙
with the letters A B C D E F G. E F F A C E
3 5.04 Ascolta e leggi il brano sopra sulla tonalità. Poi segui l’esempio
Glossary
e scrivi le lettere che le note rappresentano. Che parole formano le lettere?
note nota
www
& & www & www
measure misuriamo
beats battute
low basse
DAD 1 2 deserves si merita
4 Scrivi parole con le note. Scrivi sui pentagrammi le note che corrispondono
alle lettere. Usa le informazioni sulla tonalità e le risposte all’es. 3 come aiuto.
& & &

1 BAD 2 CAFE 3 FEED
204 two hundred and four
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 204 22/03/2016 16:16

CLIL History
The Norman Conquest
1 Abbina le parole inglesi al loro equivalente italiano. A
1 duke a battaglia
2 castles b castelli
3 abbeys c medievale
4 battle d soldati
5 medieval e duca
6 soldiers f invadere
7 invade g abbazie
B
2 Osserva la linea del tempo. Completa gli spazi con
le 7 parole dell’es.1.
1066 The people of England are called Saxons. Their king, Edward
the Confessor, dies. Harold Godwinson is the new king. He
January isn’t one of Edward’s relatives. William, a French 1 ,
is angry. He is from Normandy, in the north of France, but he
is one of Edward’s relatives. He wants to be king. He decides
to 2 England.
1066 The King of Norway invades the north of England. Harold C
September takes his 3 to the north. He wins the 4 ,

but now there are no soldiers in the south of England. William
and his Norman soldiers arrive on Hastings beach.
1066 Harold’s soldiers return to the south of England. They fight

the Battle of Hastings against the Normans. Harold dies and
October William is King. The people call him William the Conqueror.
The Normans control the Saxon people. They build a lot of
D
famous 5 and 6 . French and Latin words
enter the English language.
1085 William creates a list of all the land and buildings in

England. This important 7 document is called
the Domesday Book.

Glossary
4 Numera gli eventi nell’ordine cronologico corretto. king re
The Battle of Hastings angry infuriato
The Domesday Book Conqueror
Conquistatore
King Edward the Confessor dies
build construiscono
Norman soldiers invade the south of England
land terre
Norwegian soldiers invade the north of England buildings edifici
5 Abbina le didascalie alle foto (A–D).

1 Some towns in England have got French names from Norman times.
2 This is a page from the Domesday Book.
3 This is a medieval tapestry from Bayeux, in France. It tells the story of the Norman
invasion of England.
4 Battle Abbey, near Hastings in England, is an example of Norman architecture.
two hundred and five 205
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 205 22/03/2016 16:16

CLIL Geography
Maps
1 2 3
1 Osserva le cartine (1–3). Quali differenze noti? Riesci a trovare

nelle cartine queste cose?
a town a mountain a church

Glossary
2 5.06 Ascolta, leggi e abbina le cartine (1–3) alle descrizioni (a–c). places luoghi
churches chiese
a b c features caratteristiche
A road map shows the A physical map is a A political map shows

roads in a country, city, physical representation of the borders of a country.
town or village. Road maps an area. It shows natural Political maps include the
help people find places. features, for example oceans, names of cities, towns
They usually also show rivers, mountains, lakes and sometimes villages.
buildings, for example and deserts. You can’t see They often show regions
churches, museums, borders on a physical map. or administrative areas,
schools, hospitals and It is similar to a satellite map, and sometimes they show
shopping centres. but it isn’t a photograph. population numbers.
3 Abbina le parole in azzurro dell’es. 2 ai simboli della cartina.
1 2 3 4 5 6
4 Rispondi alle domande.

1 Name some mountains in Italy.
2 Which countries have a border with Italy?
3 Name two important rivers in Italy.
4 Name three lakes in Italy.
5 Which road is your school on?
206 two hundred and six

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 206 22/03/2016 16:16

CLIL Maths
Triangles
1 2 3
1 Osserva i triangoli (1–3) e rispondi alle domande. Look!

1 How many sides do triangles have? 90° = ‘90 degrees’
2 How many angles do triangles have? a 45° angle = ‘a 45-degree angle’
3 Which triangle has 3 equal (identical) angles?
4 Which triangle has a 90° angle?
5 Which triangle has two equal angles?
6 Add (+) the three angles of the first triangle. What is the total?
2 5.07 Ascolta, leggi e controlla le risposte all’es.1.
Triangles always have three sides and three angles. The total value of the three angles is always 180°.
°
Equilateral triangles always have three equal sides, and three equal angles of 60°. Isosceles triangles
always have two equal sides and two equal angles. Scalene triangles have three unequal angles and three
unequal sides.
Triangles with a right angle are right-angled triangles. A right angle is an angle of 90°. A triangle with one
90° angle and two 45° angles is called a right-angled isosceles triangle!
An angle of less than 90° is called an acute angle. Glossary

sides lati
angles angoli
An angle of more than 90° is called an obtuse angle.
value valore
equal uguali
3 Rileggi il brano e abbina i triangoli dell’es.1 (1–3) ai nomi.
unequal diversi
less than meno di
4 Abbina gli angoli (1–3) alle parole nel riquadro.
more than più di
acute right angle obtuse
45˚ 130˚
90˚
1 2 3
5 Usa il brano dell’es. 2 per calcolare i numeri mancanti (a–d).
1 a= 2 c= 3 d=
b=
two hundred and seven 207
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 207 22/03/2016 16:17

Culture VIDEO
The United Kingdom

1 Osserva la cartina e completa il brano sul
Regno Unito.
There are 1 countries in the 2
Kingdom (the UK). They are: England, 3 ,
4
and 5 . London is
the capital city of the UK.
This is the flag of the UK. Its colours
1
are 6 ,7 and blue. Hello! My name’s Jonny. I’m
Its name 8
the Union Jack. thirteen. I’m from Northern Ireland.
My home town is Belfast, the
2 Osserva le bandiere sulla cartina. Poi leggi le capital city of Northern Ireland.
The Giant’s Causeway is a famous
descrizioni e scrivi i nomi dei paesi. sight in Northern Ireland. The
1 Its flag is red and white. shamrock is the national symbol of
my country.
2 Its flag is blue and white.
3 Its flag is green and white, with a red dragon.
3 5.08 Ascolta e leggi i brani alle

pagg. 208–209. Poi completa la tabella.
Name 1 Jonny 2 Fraser

Age
Capital city
Country
Home town
Name 3 Martha 4 Alice Look!
Age La bandiera ufficiale dell’Irlanda
da
Capital city del Nord è la Union Jack.
Country
Home town
Presentazione orale
4 Rispondi alle domande con frasi complete. ES T
1 What’s your name?
2 How old are you?
3 What nationality are you?
Did you know… ?
4 What is the capital city of your country?
5 What colour is your flag? Il gallese è una lingua completamente diversa
dall’inglese. È una delle due lingue ufficiali in
6 What is your home town?
Galles (l’altra è l’inglese).
7 Is your home town: big or small? old or
Ci sono pochissimi dialetti nel Regno Unito, ma
modern? interesting or boring? popular with
ci sono molti accenti regionali. È facile capire se
tourists? una persona proviene dal sud o dal nord della
Gran Bretagna, o persino da città specifiche.
5 Prepara una presentazione orale su di te e il
tuo paese. Usa le risposte all’es. 4. ES T Find out… Quali dialetti regionali ci sono in Italia?
208
208 two hundred and eight
This electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use byy students with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 208 22/03/2016 16:17

W
2
Hello! I’m fifteen and my name’s Fraser.
I’m from Scotland. Edinburgh is the
capital city of Scotland, and it’s my home
town, too! The thistle is the national
symbol of Scotland. Famous sights in
Scotland are Edinburgh Castle and Loch
Ness. Is there a monster in Loch Ness?
It’s a mystery!
3
4
My name’s Martha. I’m fourteen.
Hi! I’m Alice. I’m thirteen. I’m from I’m from England. The red rose
Wales. The capital city of Wales is is a symbol of England. London
Cardiff, but that isn’t my home. My is the capital city of England,
home town is Swansea. Wales is and it’s the capital city of the UK,
famous for its old castles, for rugby too. But I’m not from London.
and for music! The dragon, the I’m from Newcastle. Newcastle
daffodil and the leek are all Welsh is in the north of England. It’s
symbols. near Hadrian’s Wall, a Roman
monument.
two hundred and nine 209

Th ele
This e ctr
c oni
nic
c file
filile is
i pro
ovid
vided
ed by Oxfford Uni
Univer
versit
ver sityy Pre
sit Press
sss for
or use by stu
studen
dents
den ts wit
withh vis
visual
ual impair
imp
mpair
airmen
mentt on
men only.
onl y
y.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 209 22/03/2016 16:17

Culture VIDEO
Homes in the UK
Hi! I’m Rita, and these are my friends, Matt and

Patrick. This is my project on British homes!
In the UK, 82% of homes are houses, and

17% are flats. There are lots of different
types of houses.
22% of homes are detached houses .
Detached houses are individual houses. Matt’s
Matt
house is detached, and it’s quite big. There’s
a living room, a big kitchen-dining room, and
four bedrooms! But it isn’t really a house, it’s a
fo
bungalow
bu . Bungalows haven’t got stairs,
be
because there’s only one floor. Matt’s bungaloww
is great, because it’s got a ‘den’! The den is a
liliving room for Matt, his two brothers and their friends! In the den
there’s a TV, a DVD player, a stereo, a computer, and a games console.
th
There
T are video games, posters and pictures! It’s their space, so NO
ADULTS!
A
28% of houses in the UK are terraced houses
2 . Terraced houses
a rows of houses. Patrick’s house is a terraced house. It’s very cosy.
are
Patrick’s bedroom and his sister’s bedroom are upstairs, near the
Patrick
bathroom. His parents’ bedroom is upstairs, in the attic! There’s a
small bathroom in the attic, too. Downstairs, there’s a living room and
a dining room, and there’s a kitchen in the basement. Patrick’s house is
on ffour floors!
1 Of course, my house is my favourite! It’s a semi-detached
hou
house ; two houses, with separate entrances, in one building.
32% of houses in the UK are semi-detached. We’ve got three
32
bedrooms in our house. My room’s very small, but it’s great.
be
We’ve got a garage and a big garden. Fortunately, we’ve got
W
ve
very nice neighbours, too!
17% of homes in the UK are flats
1 . Matt’s got a sister,
N
Nadia. She’s 22 years old and she’s got a flat in Birmingham.
ItIt’s in a very big building with 24 floors! Nadia’s flat is on the
to floor. It’s got a balcony and there’s a fantastic view! There
top
a chen,
are four rooms. There’s a kitchen,
a living room, one
bedroom and a bathroom.
The bathroom hasn’t got
a bath, but it’s got a
shower. Nadia hasn’t got
a dining room, but there’s
a big table and chairs in
the kitchen.
210
210 two hundred and ten
This electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by sttud
de
deen
nts w
wiitith vvis
wit issu
ual
al
a im
imp
imp
mpai
air
irrme
me
en
nt on
on
onl
nllyy..
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 210 22/03/2016 16:17

1 Osserva le case e decidi in quale ti piacerebbe abitare.
Poi decidi in quale non ti piacerebbe abitare. Perché?
2 2 5.09 Ascolta, leggi e abbina le foto (1–5)

alle parole in grassetto.
3 Rileggi il brano a pag. 210 e rispondi alle domande.

Which home…
1 hasn’t got any stairs? 5 has got a bedroom in
2 has got four floors? the attic?
3 has got four bedrooms? 6 hasn’t got a bath?
4 has got a balcony?
Look!
house casa (intesa come edificio)
home casa (intesa come luogo in cui si
vive e con cui si ha un legame affettivo)
3 Presentazione orale
4 Scopri in che tipi di case abitano i tuoi
compagni. Poi completa la tabella con numeri.
detached semi-detached terraced
flat bungalow other
4 5 Rispondi alle domande con frasi complete.

1 What types of houses are there in Italy?
2 How many students in your class live in each
type of house?
3 What type of house have you got?
4 What rooms has your house got?
5 Has your house got: a garden? a garage?
6 What’s your favourite room? Why?
6 Prepara una presentazione orale sulle case in

Italia. Usa il progetto di Rita e le tue risposte
agli es. 4 e 5. ES
5 Did you know… ?
Glossary L’1% delle case nel Regno Unito non sono case
tipiche o appartamenti. Per esempio, ci sono case
den tana mobili, case galleggianti sui canali e appartamenti
rows file privati in castelli. Ci sono anche case in luoghi
cosy accogliente insoliti, per esempio all’interno di fari, tende e torri!
basement seminterrato
Find out… Ci sono case in luoghi insoliti in Italia?
neighbours vicini di casa
building edificio
two hundred and eleven 211
Th
Thi
T hiis
is el
ele
ele
lect
lect
cttro
on
nic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by students with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 211 22/03/2016 16:17

Culture VIDEO
School in the UK
1 Leggi le informazioni sulle scuole nel Regno Unito
e rispondi alle domande.
The UK school system

Age Year Type of school
4–5 Reception
5–6 1
6–7 2
7–8 3 primary
8–9 4
9–10 5
10–11 6
11–12 7
12–13 8
secondary
13–14 9
(compulsory)
14–15 10
15–16 11 (GCSE exams)
16–17 12 secondary
17–18 13 (A level exams) (optional)
1 How old are children in the UK when they start

primary school?
2 How old are they when they finish primary school?
3 How many years of secondary school are obligatory?
4 At what age is it possible to leave school in the UK?
2 5.10 Ascolta, leggi e rispondi alle domande. ES

1 Which student studies twelve subjects?
2 Which student is in the final year of secondary school?
3 What are Hailey’s favourite subjects?
4 What time do lessons finish at Grafton Park School?
5 How much time do they have for lunch?
6 How many subjects does Adam study? Glossary
7 What three subjects does Chantelle study?
good at brava in
8 Why are A-level exams important?
canteen mensa
Registration appello
3 Osserva l’orario a pag. 213 e completa le frasi.
DT (Design and Technology) educazione
1 Hailey has got at quarter past eleven. tecnica
2 She has got RE at . still tuttavia
3 Morning break is at .
4 is at twenty-five past twelve.
5 and are double lessons.
Presentazione orale
4 Rispondi alle domande con frasi complete. ES T
1 On which days do you go to school? 5 When do you have a break?
2 What time do lessons start at your school? 6 What time does your school finish?
3 How many lessons do you have every day? 7 What subjects are you good at?
4 How many minutes are your lessons? 8 When are your favourite lessons?
212
212 two hundred and twelve
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 212 22/03/2016 16:17

Home Profiles About us School Search
Hi! My name’s Hailey and I’m in Year 8 at Grafton Park School, in Northampton in England.
Grafton Park is a secondary school. Students start at this school when they are eleven, and they leave
when they are sixteen or eighteen. I study twelve different subjects, so I’ve got a lot of books! My favourite
subjects are History and Science. We do lots of experiments in the Science labs. They’re really interesting.
I don’t like French or English very much – I think they’re boring! I like Art and DT, but I’m not very good at
them! We go to school from Monday to Friday. We start at nine o’clock every day, and we finish at quarter
to four. We always have lunch in the canteen at school. Lessons take 35 minutes, and sometimes we have
double lessons. We go to different classrooms for different lessons. We have an hour for lunch, and a short
break in the morning. We have two hours’ homework every day, so I do my homework after dinner. It’s
Tuesday today – not my favourite day! This is today’s timetable:
TUESDAY
9.00: Registration 9.15: French 9.50: French 10.25: BREAK
10.40: Music 11.15: English 11.50: ICT 12.25: LUNCH
1.25: Science 2.00: Science 2.35: RE 3.10: Geography
My name’s Adam. I’m sixteen and I’m in Year 11 at Grafton Park School. I’ve got important
exams this year. They’re called GCSEs. I study nine different subjects: Maths, English Language,
English Literature, Science, Geography, History, French, ICT and Drama. I don’t study Art, DT, RE or
Music now, because I don’t want to do exams in those subjects. But I still do PE – aallll tthe
he
students do PE! It’s summer now, so we do football, tennis, cricket, athletics and
swimming. There’s also a good swimming pool at our school.
I’m Chantelle. I’m in Year 13 at Grafton Park School – the final year! I’m
eighteen. I’ve got A level exams soon. Students need A levels for university. I only
study three subjects: English, French and Spanish.
5 Prepara una presentazione orale sulla tua settimana scolastica tipo.

po.
Usa le risposte all’es. 4. ES
6 Osserva la tabella dell’es.1 e compila una tabella simile sul sistemama

l nell
scolastico italiano. Poi compila una lista delle differenze tra le scuole
Regno Unito e in Italia. Pensa a queste cose:
• ages and years • subjects • days and times • homework • clothes
Did you know… ?

Circa il 93% degli studenti del Regno Unito frequenta scuole statali. Il
rimanente 7% frequenta scuole private in cui si paga una retta. Tuttavia,
non esiste una legge che obblighi i ragazzi ad andare a scuola; la legge
stabilisce semplicemente che l’istruzione è obbligatoria. Più di 45.000
ragazzi nel Regno Unito ricevono un’istruzione in casa dai loro genitori o
da insegnanti privati.
Find out… Che tipi di scuole ci sono in Italia? Ci sono ragazzi che ricevono un’istruzione
in casa?
two hundred and thirteen 213
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 213 22/03/2016 16:17

Culture VIDEO
wickets
School sports in the UK
1 Quante cose sai sugli sport nel riquadro?

Abbinali ai brani (a–d).
cricket hockey netball rounders
batsman
2 5.11
Ascolta, leggi e rispondi alle
domande. ES bowler
1 Which sport is the national sport of India?
2 Which sport is similar to American baseball??
3 Which sports are summer sports?
4 Which sports use a bat?
5 Which sport uses sticks?
6 Which sport has complicated rules?
7 Which sport has very long matches?
8 Which sport do you think is interesting?
3 Rileggi i brani a pag. 215 e completa la tabella.
number of equipment when pupils

players play
cricket
netball
hockey
rounders
Presentazione orale
4 Rispondi alle domande su uno sport che ti
piace. ES T
1 Where and when do you play / watch the sport?
2 Is it a team sport or individual sport?
3 Is it popular in your school / in Italy?
4 How many players are there?
5 What equipment do the players use?
5 Prepara una presentazione orale sullo sport

che hai scelto. Usa le risposte all’es. 4. ES T
Did you know… ?

La partita più lunga di cricket si è disputata tra
l’Inghilterra e il Sudafrica nel 1939. È iniziata il
3 marzo ed è continuata fino al 14 marzo. Il 15
marzo, la squadra inglese ha dovuto prendere
l’aereo per tornare in Inghilterra, quindi la partita
è finita in pareggio! Da allora le partite di cricket
possono durare al massimo cinque giorni.
Find out… Qual è lo sport nazionale in Italia?
214
214 two hundred and fourteen
This electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by stud
den
den
deent
nts
ts with
witth vis
wi
wit v uaual imp
mp
mpair
airmen
me
ment
men
ent on
onl
on yy..
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 214 22/03/2016 16:17

a
Tamwar, 13
My favourite sport is cricket. My family is from India, and in India, cricket is the
national sport. It’s very popular in Britain, too. We play it at school in the summer.
It’s a very complicated game and there are lots of rules! There are two teams of
eleven players. They use a bat and a red ball. Players hit the ball and run between
the ‘wickets’, and score points. The other team tries to stop them! They try to catch
the ball or to hit the wickets with the ball. See! It’s complicated! International cricket
matches are usually very long, sometimes five days! At school we only play or aann
ay ffor
hour in PE lessons!
Molly, 13
I love netball! We play it in PE. I play after school and at
weekends, too, because I’m in the school team. Netball is similar
to basketball, but I can’t play basketball! Netball teams have
seven players. A netball match is an hour, but there are three
breaks. The teams try to throw a ball through a net. It’s difficult,
but I can score goals quite well because I’m tall! In our school,
boys and girls play netball, but it’s usually a women’s sport.
Some boys think it’s boring, but it isn’t. It’s fun and exciting!
Tara, 12
Club, too, and
In the winter we play hockey at school. I go to Hockey
towns for
I play in a regional girls’ team. We travel to different
players.
matc
m hes. In a hockey match, there are two teams of eleven
hockey sticks.
TThe players try to hit the ball into the goal with their
it’s
It’s
I really exciting. The ball is small and hard, so sometimes
I’m always
d erous! A match is usually one hour and ten minutes.
dang
very
v tired after a match!
d Glossary
Alfie, 12 rules regole

hit colpiscono
At school, we play rounders in the summer.
It’s fun and score segnano
very easy! It’s similar to American baseba
ll. A player from catch prendere
one team hits the ball with a bat. T he throw tirare
bat is similar to
a baseball bat. T hen the player runs arou through attraverso
nd the field.
T he other team tries to catch the ball. (hockey) sticks
T here are usually
two teams of nine players, but we som bastoni (da hockey)
etimes play
free time, too. We play in the park, with teams in our hard dura
of four field campo
or five… or ten or eleven! T here isn’t a
time limit for
rounders. It depends on the players’ abili
ty!
two hundred and fifteen 215
Th s e
Th
Thi elle
leccttrroni
ctr onic fil
oni file
i e iss p
prrovid
pro vide
vided
ed
d by
by Oxf
Oxford
Ox
xfor
ord
rd Uni
Un
Univer
n versit
ve siti y Pre
sit Pre
ess
ss ffor
orr use
usse
u se byy stu
uden
de
ents
ts w
witith vvissua
ual
all imp
a mpai
mp airmen
air
i men
nt onllyy..
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 215 22/03/2016 16:18

Culture VIDEO
Food in the UK
1 This week’s focus: GREAT BRITAIN!

T
British people like lots of different types of food. Of course, some people prefer traditional
British food: meat or fish with fresh vegetables, but many people love international food, too.
There are thousands of international restaurants in British cities, for example Indian, Chinese,
Italian, Mexican, Japanese, and Thai. They are very popular. So, what is Britain’s favourite food?
Harvey, 13 Anna, 12
On Sundays, my dad usually makes a big roast We often have pasta for dinner, with tomato sauce or
dinner. Grandma and Grandad usually come. On vegetables. I really like spaghetti, but my favourite is
special occasions we go to the pub at lunchtime for lasagne. My mum’s vegetarian, so she doesn’t eat
our Sunday roast. A lot of people have a pub lunch meat. Mum makes lasagne with spinach and cheese.
on Sundays, so it’s always very busy! The pub serves It’s delicious! I like pizza, too, with chips!
roast beef, chicken, lamb and pork. I always choose
roast chicken! I have it with potatoes, vegetables and
lots of gravy! Gravy is a type of sauce. I love it. Lauren, 13
At the weekend my dad sometimes makes a ‘Full
English’. That’s a traditional English breakfast, with
Aaron, 12
bacon, eggs, sausages, beans and tomatoes. I love it,
We have cookery lessons at school. I can cook quite it’s my favourite! Of course, I don’t have this type of
well. My favourite dish is stir-fry. It’s a Chinese dish, breakfast on school days – there isn’t time! On school
with lots of vegetables. It’s easy! I sometimes make it days, I usually have cereal (cornflakes are my favourite)
with chicken or beef, too. It’s really lovely! with milk and sugar, and a glass of orange juice.
Emma, 12
Joe, 13
My brother William always wants fish and chips. He
My favourite food is curry. It’s from India. I like it buys them from the chip shop and asks for extra salt and
because it’s spicy! My mum sometimes makes curry vinegar on them. Yuck! I don’t like fish. I prefer puddings
at home, and we have it at school, too. I prefer the and cakes! My mum makes fantastic puddings. My
takeaway from our local Indian restaurant! There are favourite is apple crumble. It’s a dessert with apples,
a lot of Indian restaurants in our town. My favourite sugar, butter and flour, and we eat it hot. I eat it with
curry is chicken tikka masala! You eat it with rice. custard. Custard is a sweet, yellow sauce. Yum!
2 4 5
216
216 two hundred and sixteen
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 216 22/03/2016 16:18

1 Hai provato qualche piatto tra quelli raffigurati
nelle foto dell’articolo? Quale ti piacerebbe / non
ti piacerebbe provare? Perché?
6
2 5.12 Ascolta e leggi il brano. Poi abbina i

nomi dei piatti in azzurro alle foto (1–7).
3 Rileggi l’articolo a pag. 216 e rispondi alle

domande. ES
1 What type of roast meat does Harvey like?
2 What does Aaron put in his stir-fry?
3 What does Joe eat with his curry?
4 Anna’s mum doesn’t eat meat. Why?
5 What does Anna eat with her pizza?
6 What is a ‘Full English’?
7 What is Lauren’s favourite cereal?
8 What does William put on his fish and chips?
9 Which dish is a dessert?
10 Which dishes come from other countries?
11 Which countries do they come from?
Presentazione orale
4 Scegli un piatto famoso in Italia e rispondi alle
domande. ES T
1 When do people eat this dish?
2 What are its ingredients?
3 What do people eat with it?
4 Can you make it?
6 Do you like it or not? Why?
7
5 Prepara una presentazione orale sul piatto che
hai scelto. Usa le risposte all’es. 4. ES T
Did you know… ?

Il cibo cinese saltato in padella (stir-fry)
è il piatto preferito in Gran Bretagna!
Il 55% dei britannici lo prepara e lo
mangia regolarmente. Anche il pollo
speziato indiano (chicken tikka masala) è
molto popolare, ma il piatto nazionale è
l’arrosto della domenica (Sunday roast).
Find out… L’Italia ha un ‘piatto nazionale’?
Glossary Qual è?
roast arrosto
sauce sugo / salsa
dish piatto
DESIGN – USE available space spicy piccante, speziato
to spread images around on takeaway cibo da asporto
both pages
puddings dolci (n)
sweet dolce (adj)
two hundred and seventeen 217

Th
Thi
Th
his ele
lectr
le cttroni
ctroni
onic
on
nic fi
ni fiille is
fil is pro
prrrovid
p
providid
deed by Oxford University Press for use by students with visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 217 22/03/2016 16:18

Festivals
Halloween: 31st October
1 Before you read Osserva le foto e trova le cose elencate nel riquadro:
Halloween costumes apples pumpkin 3
Halloween is a very old festival. It’s on 31 st
October, the night before the Christian festival of All

This is ‘apple
Saints’ Day. Halloween is about mystery and magic!
bobbing’, a
traditional game for
1 A pumpkin lantern, or Jack Halloween. You take
o’ Lantern, is a traditional
the apples out of
Halloween decoration. It’s
the water with your
a pumpkin with a horrible
face. It’s got a candle in it. mouth. It isn’t easy!
y
At Halloween, lots of people
have pumpkin lanterns in
their windows.
These children are in their Halloween costumes. They’re

ghosts, witches and monsters. On Halloween night 2
children visit houses and ask for a treat – usually sweets.
It’s called ‘Trick or Treat’. These children have got buckets
for their collection of sweets. In October there are lots of
special Halloween sweets in the shops. Glossary
face faccia
candle candela
2 5.13 Ascolta, leggi e decidi se le frasi sono vere (T) o false (F). K windows finestre
1 Halloween is in November. ghosts, witches and
monsters fantasmi,
2 A pumpkin lantern has got a candle in it.
streghe e mostri
3 ‘Trick or Sweet’ is a traditional activity at Halloween.
ask for chiedono
4 In October, the shops have got special sweets for Halloween. treat dolcetto
5 ‘Apple bobbing’ is an easy game. buckets secchi
mouth bocca
3 5.14 Ascolta la filastrocca di Halloween. Poi recitala.
Trick or treat, money or a sweet Hubble bubble, toil and trouble

Give me something nice to eat! Fire burn and cauldron bubble.
4 What about Italy? A turno, fai le domande a un compagno e rispondi. T

1 Is Halloween popular in Italy?
2 Is there a different autumn festival in your region of Italy?
3 When is it?
4 Is it very popular?
218 two hundred and eighteen

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 218 22/03/2016 16:18

Festivals
Christmas: 25th December
Christmas lunch Christmas cards Christmas decorations
1 In the UK , preparations for 3

Christmas start in early December.
Families decorate their homes and
there is usually a Christmas tree in
the living room. People send lots of
Christmas cards to their family and
friends. It is normal for some families
to send 50 or 60 cards at Christmas!
The day before Christmas 2

Day, 24th December, is called
Christmas Eve. British families On Christmas morning, British families open
shop, cook and wrap presents their presents. Some people go to church again.
on this day. The presents go There is also an enormous lunch. Turkey is the
under the Christmas tree, and traditional food on Christmas Day, with Christmas
children hang stockings on pudding for dessert. British people often have
the fireplace, or next to their Christmas crackers on the table on Christmas Day.
beds. The stockings are for They have little presents inside. The next day, 26
th
Father Christmas to fill with December, is called Boxing Day. It’s another public
presents! There is a special holiday. British people often visit family and friends
church service at midnight on then, and have another enormous lunch!
Christmas Eve.
Glossary
2 5.15 Ascolta, leggi e rispondi alle domande. ES tree albero

cards biglietti
1 What is the name of the day before Christmas Day in Britain?
wrap incartano
2 What is there at midnight on that day? presents regali
3 What is the traditional food on Christmas Day? stockings calze
4 What does a Christmas cracker have in it? church service funzione
5 What is the name of the day after Christmas Day? religiosa in chiesa
turkey tacchino
3 5.16 Ascolta una canzone tradizionale di Natale. Poi cantala. Christmas crackers confezioni
che contengono sorprese e che
We wish you a Merry Christmas producono uno scoppio quando
We wish you a Merry Christmas vengono aperte
We wish you a Merry Christmas glad tidings tanti auguri
And a Happy New Year! kin parentela
Glad tidings we bring
To you and your kin
We wish you a Merry Christmas
And a Happy New Year!

1 Are Christmas cards popular in Italy? 4 What is the name for 26th December in Italy?
2 What is 24th December called in Italy? 5 Is 26th December a holiday in Italy?
3 When is the big Christmas meal in Italy?
two hundred and nineteen 219

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 219 22/03/2016 16:18

Festivals
Chinese New Year: January/February
1 Before you read Trova le cose elencate nel riquadro su questa pagina:
a dragon a dog a Chinese lantern a costume
1 In the dayss before

the Chinese
New Year
ple
festival, people
clean their houses
and buy new w clothes.
N Year,
At Chinese New Year they 3
give presents of money. They putut
the money in special red envelopes.
There is lots of food at Chinese New
Year. Oranges and sweets are lucky
food, and there is also a very sweet
Chinese people celebrate the New Chinese New Year cake. Its name is
Year in January or February. The date nian gao.
of the festival depends on the date of
2
the full moon. Chinatown is a part of Chinese people use a special
calendar. There are twelve years in
London. There are lots of Chinese shops At Chinese New Year, there the calendar, with a different animal
and restaurants there. At Chinese New is a parade in Chinatown. There symbol for every year. The Chinese
Year, there is a week of celebrations. are people in lion and dragon calendar is a type of horoscope, too.
People decorate the streets with costumes, and they dance in the For example, if your birthday is in
traditional red decorations and lanterns. street. In the evening, there are The Year of the Rabbit, you are funny
Red is a lucky colour in China. also fantastic fireworks. and romantic!
Glossary
2 5.17 Ascolta, leggi e rispondi alle domande. ES
full moon luna piena
1 When is Chinese New Year? lucky che porta fortuna
2 What is Chinatown? parade parata
3 What colour is lucky for Chinese people? fireworks fuochi d’artificio
clothes vestiti
4 What costumes are traditional for the New Year parade?
money soldi
5 What is nian gao? envelopes buste
6 How many years are there in the Chinese calendar? oranges arance
sweets dolciumi
3 Osserva il calendario cinese e rispondi alle domande. cake torta
1 Which is your animal?
2 Which animals are your brother(s)/sister(s)/best friend(s)?
5 Feb 2000–23 Jan 2001 22 Jan 2004–8 Feb 2005 7 Feb 2008–25 Jan 2009
dragon monkey rat
24 Jan 2001–11 Feb 2002 9 Feb 2005–28 Jan 2006 26 Jan 2009–13 Feb 2010
snake rooster ox
12 Feb 2002–31 Jan 2003 29 Jan 2006–17 Feb 2007 14 Feb 2010–2 Feb 2011
horse dog tiger
1 Feb 2003–21 Jan 2004 18 Feb 2007–6 Feb 2008 3 Feb 2011–22 Jan 2012
sheep or goat pig rabbit

1 Are there any Chinese shops or restaurants in your town?
2 When is New Year’s Day in Italy?
3 What do people in Italy do on 31st December (New Year’s Eve)?
220 two hundred and twenty
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 220 22/03/2016 16:18

Festivals
Easter: March/April
eggs a rabbit a garden
The name Easter comes from the name of the Saxon goddess of
the spring, Eostre, but today Easter is a Christian festival. The date
of Easter changes every year, but it is always in March or April.
In the UK, schools close for

two weeks at Easter. The
first day of Easter is Good
Friday. It is a public holiday
in the UK. On Good Friday it
is traditional to eat hot cross
buns. The cross on the buns
represents the cross of Jesus. 3
1
On Easter Day (Easter Sunday), people give chocolate Easterterr eggs
te eggs
to their friends and family. Eggs represent the spring, and new
new
life. Sometimes children have an Easter egg hunt. They tryy to
to find
find
chocolate eggs in the garden. They say that the Easter Bunnynny
nny (a
(a
giant rabbit) puts the eggs there! British families sometimes
es have
a big lunch on Easter Sunday. They often eat lamb.
Easter Monday is a holiday in the UK. In some parts of the

2 UK there is the tradition of egg-rolling on Easter Monday.
People decorate eggs and roll them down a hill in a race. 4
Glossary
2 5.18 Ascolta, leggi e rispondi alle domande. ES goddess dea
1 In which two months is Easter possible? cross croce
buns panini morbidi
2 Where does the word Easter come from?
hunt caccia
3 When do British people eat hot cross buns?
lamb agnello
4 What do eggs represent? roll fanno rotolare
5 What do children do on an Easter egg hunt? hill collina
6 When is it traditional to roll eggs? race gara
3 5.19 Ascolta una canzone tradizionale di Pasqua. Poi cantala.
Hot cross buns! Hot cross buns!

One a penny, two a penny
Hot cross buns!
If you have no daughters
Give them to your sons
One a penny, two a penny
Hot cross buns!

1 Do people give Easter eggs in Italy?
2 What do you do on Easter Sunday and Easter Monday?
3 What food is traditional in Italy for Easter?
4 Are schools closed at Easter in Italy?
two hundred and twenty-one 221

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 221 22/03/2016 16:18

Picture dictionary
Albania / Albanian Austria / Austrian England / English France / French Germany / German Greece / Greek
Ireland / Irish Italy / Italian Morocco / Poland / Polish Portugal / Romania /

Moroccan Portuguese Romanian
Scotland / Scottish Spain / Spanish Switzerland / The UK / British The USA / American Wales / Welsh
Swiss
Extension
Australia / Australian Belgium / Belgian Brazil / Brazilian China / Chinese The Czech Republic /
Czech
Denmark / Danish Egypt / Egyptian India / Indian Japan / Japanese The Netherlands /
Dutch
Russia / Russian Slovakia / Slovakian Slovenia / Slovenian South Africa / Sweden / Swedish
South African
Compare
In inglese i nomi dei paesi e gli aggettivi di nazionalità
si scrivono sempre con la lettera maiuscola.
Italy – Italian, Austria – Austrian
222 two hundred and twenty-two

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 222 22/03/2016 16:18

Exercises
1 5.20 Ascolta e ripeti le parole della sezione Extension a pag. 222.
2 Leggi le definizioni e completa il cruciverba.

1 2 3 4
C H I N A
5
6 Across Down
Which country? Which nationality?
7
1 Chinese 2 Italy
3 Brazilian 4 India
8 9 10
6 Austrian 5 France
8 American 7 Russia
11 12
9 Scottish 10 Denmark
13
13 German 11 Greece
14 Dutch 12 Wales
14
3 Scrivi i nomi dei paesi nella colonna corretta.
countries in the UK countries in Africa countries in Asia

England
1 4 7
S M C
2 5 8
W E I
3 6 9
Northern I S A J
4 Scrivi gli aggettivi di nazionalità corrispondenti ai paesi dell’es. 3. d e
England ➝ English
5 Risolvi gli anagrammi degli aggettivi di nazionalità. Abbinali alle foto.

1 m a n g e r German (a)
a b c Rafael Nadal Prince William
2 ibshirt
3 latinia f g
4 wisss
5 transulaia
6 carimane Sebastian Lady Gaga Mario Balotelli
7 pinsash Vettel
Michelle Kylie Minogue
6 Osserva le figure e scrivi i nomi dei paesi. Hunzicker
Japan 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
7 Your turn Completa la tabella con i nomi dei paesi che hai visitato e che vorresti visitare.
Ho visitato… Vorrei visitare…
Student's Book page 15 two hundred and twenty-three 223

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 223 22/03/2016 16:18

Picture dictionary
Adjectives
small interesting good noisy ugly new
quiet bad boring big old beautiful
Extension
fast slow easy difficult clean dirty
fantastic terrible long short late early
Look!
In inglese si usa be + aggettivo
per parlare di sensazioni e di
stati d’animo:
cheap expensive funny serious I’m hot. I’m cold.
I’m hungry. I’m thirsty.
very = molto
This exercise is very easy.
Questo esercizio è molto facile.
hot cold hungry thirsty
224 two hundred and twenty-four

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 224 22/03/2016 16:18

Exercises
2 Abbina gli aggettivi (1–5) ai loro contrari (a–e).

1 interesting a beautiful
2 ugly b terrible
3 difficult c bad
4 good d boring
5 fantastic e easy
3 Ora scrivi gli aggettivi dell’es. 2 nella categoria giusta.

positivo interesting
negativo boring
4 Completa le coppie di aggettivi. Scrivi le vocali mancanti.

late / e arly 2 n_ _sy / q_ _ _t 4 sm_ll / b_g 6 h_t / c_ld
1 f_st / sl_w 3 cl_ _n / d_rty 5 _xp_ns_v_ / ch_ _p 7 _ld / n_w
5 Abbina un aggettivo dell’es. 4 alle figure.
late 1 2 3
4 5 6 7
6 Your turn Scrivi il maggior numero possibile di aggettivi per ogni figura.
1 2
3 4
Student's Book page 25 two hundred and twenty-five 225

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 225 22/03/2016 16:18

Picture dictionary
Rooms and furniture
UPSTAIRS
4 BEDROOM 5 LANDING 6 BA
BAT
THRO
TH
THRO
ROOM
OM 7 ST
STUD
UDY
UDY
wind
ndow
ndo
ow
c rt
cur ains cloc
cl o k
oc
sh
hower
mirrorr
1 GARDEN ward
dro
r be
door
or shelf
sh
beds
dsid
dsid
de table
bed
bed
ba
ath
t
2 BALCONY
toilett
chest of drawe
we
ers
r de
esk
sk
8 KIT
TCHE
TC EN
9 HALL
L
10 DINING ROO
OO
OM
11 LIVING ROO
O M
OO
3 GARAGE
book
book
bo o ca
case
se
piicttur
ue
sink
sink
dishwa
w sh
wa sher
e
cupb
pb
boa
oarrd
washin
ng ma
ach
chin
i e
in lamp
mp
armc
ar mcha
cha
hair
ir
ir
sttaiirss
table s fa
so
cook
ker
er
frrid
dge
chaiir cussh
cu shion
n
rug
rug
DOW
WN
WNSTAIRS
R
RS
226 two hundred and twenty-six
This ele
lec
le ctr
c ttroni
o c file is provided by Oxford University Presss ffor
on fo
orr use by studen
o ents
en swwititth visual impairment only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 226 22/03/2016 16:19

Exercises
1 5.22 Ascolta e ripeti le parole a pag. 226.
2 Completa le parole per scoprire la stanza segreta (?).

?
1
A L C O N Y
2
G R A G E
3
K I C H E N
4
A L L
5
S T A I S
6
L I V I N G R O M Across
7
D I N I N G R O M 2 8
8
B E D R O O
3 Osserva le figure
g e completa
p il cruciverba.
1
C
L 9
2 3 4
O
4
C
5 6 7
K
8
5 10
9 10
Down
1 3 6 7 8
4 Trova l’intruso.
kitchen shelf cupboard bath table
1 bedroom wardrobe cooker lamp curtains
2 dining room chair picture washing machine door
3 living room cushion armchair window dishwasher
4 study bookcase sink chair clock
5 bathroom fridge mirror shower bath
5 Your turn Compila una lista dei mobili di una stanza della tua casa.
Student's Book page 37 two hundred and twenty-seven 227
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 227 22/03/2016 16:19

Picture dictionary
Families
grandparents
a
grandad/ grandma/
grandfather grandmother
Tom Mary
parents
d
Sarah Phil Susan Dave

mum/ dad/ aunt uncle
mother father
only child
ANNA Jessica Jack Ben

ME! sister brother cousin
b e
Tom Mary
husband wife
daughter daughter son

granddaughter granddaughter grandson grandson
grandchildren
c
Look!
stepmum (stepmother) matrigna
stepdad (stepfather) patrigno
Susan Dave
stepbrother fratellastro
stepsister sorellastra
twins gemelli
niece niece nephew
228 two hundred and twenty-eight

This electronic file is provided by Oxford University Press for use by students with visual impairment
i only.
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 228 22/03/2016 16:19

Exercises
2 Elenca le parole del riquadro in due categorie: maschio e femmina.
grandad granddaughter husband brother nephew son grandma

mum daughter sister aunt uncle dad niece grandson wife
3 Completa le frasi con le parole nel riquadro.
father parents grandchildren twins mother only child
This boy has no brothers and sisters. He’s an only child.

1 My brother and I are both 13. Our birthday is on 20th June. We’re .
2 She’s his mum. She’s his .
3 He’s my dad. He’s my .
4 are grandsons and granddaughters.
5 My mum and dad are my .
4 Osserva le figure, leggi i fumetti e scrivi le parole mancanti.
This is my dad. 1 This is my mum. 2 He’s my brother.
This is my son. This is my . She’s my .
3 They’re our grandparents. 4 This is my aunt. 5 This is my husband.
They’re our . This is my . This is my .
5 Leggi le frasi e osserva l’albero genealogico a pag. 228. Scrivi il nome / i nomi di chi parla.
‘Anna is our daughter.’ 3 ‘Susan is my sister.’ 6 ‘I’m an only child.’
Sarah and Phil
1 ‘Susan is my wife.’ 4 ‘Dave is my dad.’ 7 ‘Sarah is my aunt.’
2 ‘Jack is our nephew.’ 5 ‘Jack is our brother.’ 8 ‘Tom is my husband.’

and and
6 Your turn Scrivi i nomi di questi componenti della tua famiglia (se ce li hai).
a your parents c your grandparents e your aunts and uncles
b your brothers and sisters d your cousins
Student's Book page 47 two hundred and twenty-nine 229

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 229 22/03/2016 16:19

Picture dictionary
Daily routines
have lunch have breakfast go to bed
have a shower do (my) homework get up finish school
leave home get dressed have dinner
Extension
wake up go to sleep clean (my) teeth
brush (my) hair have a wash wash (my) hair have a bath
start school get home have a snack
230 two hundred and thirty

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 230 22/03/2016 16:19

Exercises
2 Scegli la parola corretta per ogni verbo per completare le espressioni.

have home a wash my hair
1 get home a shower school
2 wash my teeth my hair dinner
3 clean my teeth my hair a wash
4 get a bath school dressed
5 start home sleep school
3 Forma le espressioni delle attività quotidiane con i sostantivi nel riquadro e i verbi elencati.
a shower up bed breakfast dressed home school sleep a snack
1 go to school
2 have
3 get
4 Scrivi le attività del riquadro nella colonna corretta.
clean my teeth get up have lunch have a shower go to bed go to sleep

have a wash have a bath have dinner wash my hair wake up have breakfast
bathroom bedroom kitchen / dining room

clean my teeth
5 Numera le attività nell’ordine in cui le svolgi.

get home
finish school
leave home
start school
6 Your turn Numera le attività nell’ordine in

cui le svolgi ogni giorno. Poi scrivi a che ora le svolgi.
brush my teeth
k
do my homewor
finish school
get dressed
1 wake up 7.00am
go to bed
have breakfast
have lunch
Student's Book page 59 two hundred and thirty-one 231
This electronic file is provided by Oxford
xfo
xford
or UUn
niv
vversity Press for use by students with visual impairment
mpairment only.
only
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 231 22/03/2016 16:19

Picture dictionary
do sport go to the cinema listen to music meet (my) friends
text (my) friends play a musical instrument read books ride (my) bike
use the Internet watch TV play video games have (dance) lessons
Extension
go for a pizza go bowling go shopping
go to Drama Club go to Youth Club read magazines go walking
download music send emails watch films

232 two hundred and thirty-two
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 232 22/03/2016 16:19

Exercises
2 Abbina i verbi (1–8) alle parole (a–h).

1 download a emails
2 send b to the radio
3 go c my bike
4 ride d a film on TV
5 text e video games
6 listen f my friends
7 play g for a pizza
8 watch h music
3 Completa le attività nella tabella.
go… play…
1 8
to the ci vi ga
2 9
for a pi a mu in
3
sh read…
10
4
bo bo
11
5
to Dr Cl ma
6
to Yo Cl watch…
12
7
wa T
13
fi
watch a book a film TV sport
1 play a musical instrument a magazine a video game the piano
2 go shopping for a pizza to music to the cinema
3 read an email a book TV a magazine
4 download shopping music a film video games
5 Osserva le figure e scrivi frasi su cosa fanno le persone di sabato.
1 Anna and Sara 2 Max and Tom 3 Charlie and his family 4 Hannah
6 Your turn Scrivi tre attività che svolgi:

a at the weekend
b in the afternoon
c in the school holidays
Student's Book page 69 two hundred and thirty-three 233

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 233 22/03/2016 16:19

Picture dictionary
Sports
do athletics go cycling go swimming go skiing play basketball
play netball do gymnastics play rugby play cricket
play tennis go horseriding do judo play football do karate
Extension
ball
racket
bat
net
play baseball
play badminton
go
climbing play golf
go skateboarding
go windsurfing
go running
go ice-skating play hockey
go sailing
go snowboarding play table tennis do aerobics play volleyball
234 two hundred and thirty-four

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 234 22/03/2016 16:19

Exercises
2 Scrivi le parole del riquadro nella colonna corretta.
baseball hockey sailing skiing snowboarding swimming windsurfing football
3 6
baseball
1 4 7
2 5
3 Osserva le figure e completa i nomi degli sport.
skateboarding 1 i - 2 cl 3 cy 4 ho 5 ju 6 go
s
4 Completa le parole per scoprire lo sport 5 Scrivi le parole del riquadro sotto le figure. Poi
misterioso (?). scrivi il nome dello sport.
? ball net bat racket
1
K R T E
2
A H T I C
3
U N N
4
F T L
5
E T L L
6 bat (baseball) 1
C R C T
7
O K E
8
Y M A T C
2 3
6 Your turn Completa la tabella con i nomi degli sport che ti piacciono e che non ti piacciono.
Student's Book page 81 two hundred and thirty-five 235

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 235 22/03/2016 16:19

Picture dictionary
Food and drink
Vegetables
beans carrot lettuce mushrooms onion peas potato tomato

(potatoes) (tomatoes)
Fruit
apple banana grapes lemon orange strawberry

(strawberries)
Meat and fish
beef chicken ham tuna
Dairy products
butter cheese egg milk yogurt
Drinks
coffee cola fruit juice lemonade water
Snacks
biscuit cake chocolate crisps ice cream sandwich

(sandwiches)
Other
bread oil pasta rice salt and sugar vinegar

pepper
236 two hundred and thirty-six
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 236 22/03/2016 16:19

Exercises
2 Osserva le figure e completa il cruciverba.
1 2 3 Across
C H O C O L A T E
4
1 8
5 6
5 10
8
10 11 12
7 13
13
Down
1 3 6 11
2 4 9 12
banana apple peas strawberries
1 potatoes fruit juice rice pasta
2 water lemonade bread cola
3 sandwich yogurt milk butter
4 chocolate ice cream mushrooms biscuit
5 carrots chicken beef ham
4 Your turn Completa la tabella con i nomi dei cibi che ti piacciono e che non ti piacciono.
I love…
I hate…
Student's Book page 91 two hundred and thirty-seven 237

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 237 22/03/2016 16:19

Picture dictionary
Clothes coat dress hat
boots cardigan
jacket
shoes
skirt
jumper shorts
shirt
trousers
top
T-shirt
suit
Watch out! !
I vocaboli trousers, shorts, tights,
sweatshirt
pyjamas, swimming trunks, sunglasses
trainers e jeans si usano sempre al plurale.
tie
He’s got (some) red shorts.
NON He’s got a red shorts.
Extension
cap gloves jeans
belt
pyjamas
scarf
sandals socks sunglasses
vest tracksuit
swimming
swimming
costume
trunks tights
plain
stripey spotty
patterned checked
238 two hundred and thirty-eight
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 238 22/03/2016 16:19

Exercises
2 Scrivi i nomi dei vestiti accanto alla parte del corpo corretta.
hat
skirt d
tie
a hat
socks
shoes
jeans
sandals
jacket
b skirt
shorts
shirt
cap
jumper
trousers
cardigan
sweatshirt e
c
trainers
T-shirt
boots
top
3 Scrivi le parole del riquadro nella categoria corretta.
boots coat swimming costume gloves tracksuit scarf swimming trunks trainers
winter clothes boots 1 2 3
4 5 6 7
sports clothes
4 Descrivi i vestiti specificando il motivo del tessuto.
a spotty tie 1 2 3 4
5 Your turn Compila una lista dei vestiti che indosseresti in queste occasioni.
1 a normal school day:
2 a friend’s party:
3 a special occasion (for example, a baptism):
4 a hot day in summer:
5 a day in the mountains in winter:
Student's Book page 103 two hundred and thirty-nine 239
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 239 22/03/2016 16:19

WITH÷PRESENTS*OSE÷,UIS÷0ELAEZ÷)NC ÷7"#HRISTMAS3TEWART÷#OHEN ÷7"SHOP÷
ASSISTANT)MAGE÷3OURCE ÷7"CLIMBING0RITZ÷0RITZ ÷7"PERFORMERALTRENDO÷
IMAGES ÷7"PLAYING÷DRUMS'EORGE÷$OYLE3TOCKBYTE ÷7"FAMILY÷""1ALLE ÷
7"WEDDING÷CAKEEDWARD÷DJENDRONO ÷7"!IX EN 0ROVENCE÷3OUTHERN÷&RANCE
Great Clarendon Street, Oxford, ƭƶɁ÷ɅƢƮ÷United Kingdom
0ETER÷0HIPP ÷77BUYING÷SHOES0HOTODISC37÷0RODUCTIONS ÷%NTRANCE÷4O÷"ATTLE÷
Oxford University Press is a department of the University of Oxford. !BBEY-Y,OUPE5)' ÷BOY3VEN÷(AGOLANI ÷TEEN÷BOY-ASKOT ÷HAPPY÷YOUNG÷
It furthers the University’s objective of excellence in research, scholarship, GIRL*ENNIFER÷"YRON ÷STUDENT2OB÷,EWINE ÷SMILING÷BOY3TUART÷0EARCE ÷
and education by publishing worldwide. Oxford is a registered trade /MAN÷GIRL"UENA÷6ISTA÷)MAGES ÷!SIAN÷STUDENT+E÷9U ÷BOY÷WITH÷
SKATEBOARD5WE÷5MSTATTER ÷GIRL÷SMILING2OB÷,EWINE ÷BOY÷WITH÷GLASSES÷AND÷
mark of Oxford University Press in the UK and in certain other countries BRACES"LEND÷)MAGES$REAM0ICTURES6ANESSA÷'AVALYA ÷APPLE÷CRUMBLE7ILLIAM÷
2EAVELL ÷TIKKA÷MASALA*USTIN÷,IGHTLEY ÷SPINACH÷LASAGNA&OODCOLLECTION÷2& ÷
© /XFORD÷5NIVERSITY÷0RESS÷ɁȿɀɅ
%ASTER÷EGG÷HUNT*&#REATIVE ÷-ARIO÷"ALOTELLI#LAUDIO÷6ILLA ÷-ICHELLE÷
The moral rights of the author have been asserted (UNZIKER6ENTURELLI7IRE)MAGE ÷3EBASTIAN÷6ETTEL*UN÷3ATO ÷YOUNG÷TEEN÷BOY
0HOTODISC ÷-ARYS÷-EALS÷P÷/XFORD÷5NIVERSITY÷0RESS÷PP"ALLOONS0HOTODISC ÷
First published in ɁȿɀɅ
UMBRELLA#ORBIS ÷TEACHER)MAGE÷3OURCE ÷%IFFEL÷4OWER)MAGE÷3OURCE ÷YOUNG÷
ɁȿɁȿ÷ ɁȿɀɈ÷ Ɂȿɀɇ÷ ɁȿɀɆ÷ ɁȿɀɅ MANI÷LOVE÷IMAGES ÷(OUSES÷OF÷0ARLIAMENT$IGITAL÷6ISION ÷,ONDON÷%YE*USTIN÷+ASE ÷
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 SMILING÷YOUTH0HOTODISC ÷TEEN÷BOY-") ÷BLUE÷SKY÷AND÷GRASS!NDRES÷
2ODRIGUEZ ÷GIRL'ARETH÷"ODEN ÷SMILING÷GIRL)MAGE÷3OURCE ÷DANCING
No unauthorized photocopying 2UBBERBALL ÷7"SURFER$ESIGN÷0ICS ÷7"BOY÷ON÷BICYCLE/CEAN ÷7"SMILING÷
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored GIRL(UNTSTOCK)NC ÷7"TEEN÷BOY9ELLOW÷$OG÷0RODUCTIONS ÷7"SCHOOL÷FRIENDS
#HRIS÷+ING ÷7"CAFE(ADDON÷$AVIES ÷%DINBURGH÷#ASTLE0HOTODISC ÷
in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without PUMPKIN$IGITAL÷6ISION ÷BOOKSHOP÷OWNER-") ÷WOMAN!MANA÷)MAGES÷
the prior permission in writing of Oxford University Press, or as expressly )NC ÷MAN#ULTURA ÷BUSINESSWOMAN/*/÷)MAGES ÷RACKET'ARETH÷"ODEN ÷
permitted by law, by licence or under terms agreed with the appropriate HOOP0HOTODISC ÷0RESS÷!SSOCIATION÷)MAGES÷P7ILL÷AND÷7ILLOW÷3MITH!RIEL÷
reprographics rights organization. Enquiries concerning reproduction outside 2AMEREZ,ANDOV ÷2EX÷&EATURES÷PP4OKIO÷(OTEL-OST÷7ANTED ÷#OLDPLAY$AVID÷
the scope of the above should be sent to the ELT Rights Department, Oxford &ISHER ÷2IPLEY÷#ASTLE'RANVILLE÷(ARRIS4HE÷4RAVEL÷,IBRARY ÷+OOL÷AND÷THE÷GANG6EDA÷
*O÷*ENKINS ÷3HUTTERSTOCK÷&ESTIVE÷BACKGROUNDMYTHJA ÷0RINCE÷7ILLIAM ÷JUDO
University Press, at the address above 0HOTOFUSION ÷.INTENDO÷$3*ASON÷!LDEN ÷GUITAR÷LESSON0HOTOFUSION ÷-ARTHA÷
You must not circulate this work in any other form and you must impose 0AYNE ÷SCHOOL÷DINNER-ARTHA÷0AYNE ÷"AYEUX÷4APESTRY÷DETAIL5NIVERSAL÷(ISTORY÷
this same condition on any acquirer !RCHIVE5NIVERSAL÷)MAGES÷'ROUP ÷&ISH÷ANDCHIPSTRAVELLIGHT ÷2AFAEL÷.ADAL2EAU÷
!LEXIS3)0! ÷0RINCE÷7ILLIAM ÷+YLIE÷-INOGUE0ICTURE÷0ERFECT ÷3HUTTERSTOCK÷
Links to third party websites are provided by Oxford in good faith and for PPSKATEBOARD#HARLES÷4AYLOR ÷KEYAKIYOKO ÷KEYPAD0RZEMYSLAW÷#EYNOWA ÷
information only. Oxford disclaims any responsibility for the materials WATCH!NDY÷&URST ÷PENCIL+UCHER÷3ERHII ÷ORCHARD3URA÷.UALPRADID ÷AUTUMN
contained in any third party website referenced in this work ELINA ÷WINTRY÷LANDSCAPE:AVODSKOV÷!NATOLIY÷.IKOLAEVICH ÷!"#÷BLOCKS-IKE÷
&LIPPO ÷BRUNETTE÷GIRL#HEPE÷.ICOLI ÷4EEN÷BOY÷SMILING-AX÷4OPCHII ÷HOUSE
ƧƱƠƬ÷ɈɆɇ÷ȿ÷ɀɈ÷ɃɂɄȿɀɂ÷Ʌ 0AUL÷7ISHART ÷THATCHED÷COTTAGE3TEPHEN÷#LARKE ÷MATURE÷MAN'OODLUZ ÷MAN
'OODLUZ ÷RABBITDJEM ÷BROTHERS÷AND÷DOGTOBKATRINA ÷$ANCE÷WITH÷COLOURS
Printed in China RAINDROP ÷$ANCING÷SILHOUETTES.OWIK÷3YLWIA ÷HIGH÷SCHOOL÷BOYMICHAELJUNG ÷
GIRLS÷FOOTBALL!MY÷-YERS ÷PUPPIES4ATIANA÷'ASS ÷TESTALEJANDRO÷DANS÷
This book is printed on paper from certified and well-managed sources
NEERGAARD ÷"ROKEN÷COMPUTER÷MONITOR$ARIO÷3ABLJAK ÷&ESTIVE÷BACKGROUND
MYTHJA ÷COOKIES'AYVORONSKAYA?9ANA ÷CHOCOLATE÷BISCUITS-ARILYN÷"ARBONE ÷
ƟơƩƬƭƵƪƣƢƥƣƫƣƬƲƱ SLICE÷OF÷APPLE÷PIE#HARLES÷"RUTLAG ÷SENIOR÷CYCLIST,ISA÷&÷9OUNG ÷7"SMILING÷
The authors and publisher would like to extend a special thanks to the following teachers who BOY4RACY÷7HITESIDE ÷7"SCHOOL÷CAMPUS0AUL÷"÷-OORE ÷7"MAN3ABRINA÷(ILL ÷
contributed to the development of this course Serena Gaiani, Imma di Lallo, Maddalena de Leo. 7"STUDENTS2OBERT÷+NESCHKE ÷7"COLLEGE÷STUDENTAREK?MALANG ÷
The authors and publisher would also like to thank the following teachers÷!NTONELLA÷#HIARINI÷ 7""RIGHTON÷PIER.IGEL3PIERS ÷7"-UCKROSS÷(OUSE,UKASZ÷0AJOR ÷
Angela Belfiore Loconte, Anna Maria Greco, Marisa Bonaduce, Francesca Re David, Claudia 7"BUSINESSMAN%$(!2 ÷7"SMILING÷WOMANAASTOCK ÷7"TWO÷TEEN÷BOYS
Romanazzi, Roberta Auriemma, Corrado Izzo, Sergio Di Scanno, Maria Paladino, Fabrizia $RAGON÷)MAGES ÷7"STUDENTS(ELDER÷!LMEIDA ÷7"MAN÷WITH÷UKULELE*EANNE÷
Franchini, Michela Cortella, Roberta Marostica, Alessandra Marzola, Adanic Dubravka, -C2IGHT ÷THERMOMETER)LYA÷!NDRIYANOV ÷DIGITAL÷THERMOMETER!NDREI÷
Giovanna Vercellone, Tiziana Casini, Cristiana Gobbato, Giuseppina Catalano 3HUMSKIY ÷3TORMONT÷.ORTHERN÷)RELAND*OSEMARIA÷4OSCANO ÷APARTMENTS)AIN÷
-C'ILLIVRAY ÷DETACHED÷HOUSE÷7ORDS ÷FEMALE÷HIGH÷SCHOOL÷STUDENT
The publisher would like to thank the following for their permission to reproduce photographs÷ MICHAELJUNG ÷MALE÷HIGH÷SCHOOL÷STUDENTMICHAELJUNG ÷#ORK÷BOARD÷BACKGROUND
!LAMY÷)MAGES÷PPSCHOOL÷FOOTBALL-IKE÷"OOTH ÷SCHOOL÷TRIP"3)0÷3! ÷9ORK÷ PIOTR?PABIJAN ÷ROAST÷DINNER*OE÷'OUGH ÷STIR÷FRY"'3MITH ÷%ASTER÷
-INSTER)AN÷$AGNALL ÷-ANCHESTER$AVID÷,YONS ÷!#$#0ICTORIAL÷0RESS÷,TD ÷ CHOCOLATES-ILLEFLORE÷)MAGES ÷HOT÷CROSS÷BUNS*AMIE÷2OGERS ÷SMILING÷MAN
TERRACED÷HOUSES-ARK÷2ICHARDSON ÷MATURE÷WOMAN+13 ÷MAN2ADIUS÷)MAGES ÷ 'OODLUZ ÷YOUNG÷WOMAN!NDREY÷!RKUSHA ÷WOMAN÷WITH÷MOBILE!NDREY÷
READING2ADIUS÷)MAGES ÷PAPERBOY)AN÷-ILES &LASHPOINT÷0ICTURES ÷4HE÷4ROGGS÷ !RKUSHA ÷HAPPY÷BOYSIANC ÷BASEBALL÷BAT÷AND÷BALL3ERGIY÷4ELESH ÷RUGBY÷
POP÷GROUP0ICTORIAL÷0RESS÷,TD ÷SCOUTS4IM÷'RAHAM ÷BEAVERS÷÷SCOUTS-AURO÷ BALL24)MAGES
2INALDI ÷DANCING"LEND÷)MAGES ÷STUDENT÷PRODUCTION-ICHAEL÷$WYER ÷
BADMINTON'REENSHOOTS÷#OMMUNICATIONS ÷BROWNIE÷CAKE7ESTEND÷'MB( ÷ Cover photography÷'ARETH÷"ODEN÷!LAMY÷)MAGES÷TEA÷AND÷TOAST!NTHONY÷"ROWN ÷'ETTY÷
CANTEEN*ON÷0ARKER÷,EE ÷'IRL÷IN÷SWIMMING÷POOL#HUCK÷&RANKLIN ÷STUDENT )MAGES÷5NION÷*ACK÷UMBRELLASOVERSNAP ÷TENNIS÷PLAYERPEEPO
7ENDY÷#ONNETT ÷7",UXORIMAGEBROKER ÷7"CLASSROOM-ARMADUKE÷3T÷*OHN ÷ Commissioned photography÷'ARETH÷"ODEN÷PP÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷
7"7INCHESTER÷#ATHEDRAL0ETER÷4ITMUSS ÷7"HOSTEL*EFF÷'REENBERG÷h÷PEOPLE÷ Illustrations÷!DRIAN÷"ARCLAY÷PP÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷
IMAGESu ÷7",ONGLEAT÷(OUSE6÷$OROSZ ÷7"LIONS6$OROSZ ÷7"7INDSOR÷ ÷÷÷÷÷÷!NDY÷0ARKER÷PP÷÷÷÷&RED÷6AN÷$EELAN4HE÷
#ASTLE4RAVEL÷0ICTURES ÷7"GIRL÷÷BOYBLICKWINKEL ÷7"FESTIVAL#OLIN÷5NDERHILL ÷ /RGANISATION÷PP÷÷÷÷÷÷÷'AVIN÷2EECE÷PP÷÷÷÷÷÷
7"SKATER0ICTORIUM ÷7"PLAYING÷KEYBOARD#ATCHLIGHT÷6ISUAL÷3ERVICES ÷ ÷÷÷÷÷+EV÷(OPGOOD÷PP÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷
7"BREAKDANCERS"LEND÷)MAGES ÷7"PARTY÷FOOD'REG÷"ALFOUR÷%VANS ÷ ÷÷÷÷-ARK÷$RAISEY÷PP÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷
"EAULIEU÷SIGN0"70)8 ÷PAGE÷FROM÷#ANTERBURY÷$OMESDAY÷"OOK!NGELO÷ ÷-ARTIN÷3ANDERS"EEHIVE÷PP÷.ORBERT÷3IPOS"EEHIVE÷PP÷÷3IMON÷2UMBLE
(ORNAK ÷-ILLENNIUM÷STADIUMEYE ÷6ICTORIAN÷TERRACE÷HOUSES$AVID÷"AGNALL ÷ "EEHIVE÷PP÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷÷3USANNA÷3PELTA3YLVIE÷0OGGIO÷
#HARTIST÷BUNGALOW-ARC÷(ILL ÷CRICKET(UGH÷4HRELFALL ÷NETBALL2OB÷ pp.9, 14, 56, 59, 81, 121, 129, 137, 145, 148, 153, 160, 161, 169, 177, 185, 190, 225, 229,
&RANCIS ÷HOCKEYREDSNAPPER ÷%NGLISH÷BREAKFAST2EDHOT÷)MAGES ÷ 230, 234.
(ALLOWEEN"LEND÷)MAGES ÷#HRISTMAS÷CARDS#ONVERY÷&LOWERS ÷#HRISTMAS÷
The authors and publisher are grateful to those who have given permission to reproduce the following
LUNCH-ARK÷"ASSETT ÷#ORBIS÷PPMEADOW,UKACULTURA ÷3T÷!NDREWS÷&IFE
extracts and adaptations of copyright material p.68 Wild Thing÷7ORDS÷AND÷-USIC÷BY÷#HIP÷
"/)36)%58÷#HRISTOPHE(EMIS ÷BOY÷WITH÷DOG/CEAN ÷BUSINESSMAN0ETER÷$RESSEL
Taylor © ÷2EPRODUCED÷BY÷PERMISSION÷OF÷%-)÷"LACKWOOD÷-USIC÷,ONDON÷7&÷,$÷
"LEND÷)MAGES ÷TEEN÷BOY2OB÷,EWINE4ETRA÷)MAGES ÷SHELF÷STACKINGMOODBOARD ÷
p.90 Dancing In The Street÷7ORDS÷AND÷-USIC÷BY÷-ARVIN÷'AYE÷)VY÷(UNTER÷AND÷7ILLIAM÷
TEEN÷GIRLS4ETRA÷)MAGES ÷WINDSURFING+ATJA÷+REDER*!) ÷GIRL÷WITH÷GUITAR4IM÷
Stevenson © ÷2EPRODUCED÷BY÷PERMISSION÷OF÷*OBETE÷-USIC÷#O÷)NC%-)÷-USIC÷,ONDON÷
(ALE÷0HOTOGRAPHY ÷GIRL÷SKATER2YAN÷3MITH3OMOS÷)MAGES ÷TEENAGE÷GIRL
7&÷,$÷P÷Celebration÷7ORDS÷AND÷-USIC÷BY÷#LAYDES÷3MITH÷$ENNIS÷4HOMAS÷%ARL÷4OON÷
7OLFGANG÷7EINHAUPL7ESTEND ÷7"GIRLS"EN÷%DWARDS ÷7"BASKETBALL3ERGE÷
*R÷%UMIR÷$EODATO÷'EORGE÷"ROWN÷*AMES÷4AYLOR÷2OBERT÷"ELL÷2OBERT÷-ICKENS÷2ONALD÷
+OZAK ÷7"PLAYING÷GUITAR!NDERSEN 2OSS ÷7"SHOPPING$EX÷)MAGE ÷
Bell © ÷2EPRODUCED÷BY÷PERMISSION÷OF÷$ELIGHTFUL÷-USIC÷,TD%-)÷-USIC÷0UBLISHING÷
7"GIRL÷BAND/CEAN ÷7"COUPLE*')*AMIE÷'RILL"LEND÷)MAGES ÷
,TD÷,ONDON÷7&÷,$÷P÷ABC÷7ORDS÷AND÷-USIC÷BY÷!LPHONSO÷-IZELL÷"ERRY÷'ORDY÷*R÷
7"#HRISTMAS÷AT÷7INDSOR÷#ASTLE-ARCO÷3ECCHI ÷7"BREAKDANCING$ANIEL÷
Deke Richards, Freddie Perren © ÷2EPRODUCED÷BY÷PERMISSION÷OF÷*OBETE÷-USIC÷#O÷
+OEBE ÷7"GIRLS÷WITH÷LAPTOP*IM÷#RAIGMYLE ÷"IG÷"EN,ESLIE÷2ICHARD÷*ACOBS ÷
)NC%-)÷-USIC÷0UBLISHING÷,TD÷,ONDON÷7&÷,$
+OREAN÷BOY(ILL÷3TREET÷3TUDIOS"LEND÷)MAGES ÷TOWNHOUSE0HILIPPA÷,EWIS÷
%DIFICE ÷4HE÷0ETCHEY÷!CADEMY2OBERT÷'RESHOFF!RCAID ÷YOUNG÷GIRL All rights reserved. Any unauthorised copying, reproduction, rental, or communication to the public
MOODBOARD ÷APPLE÷BOBBING2YAN÷"ENYICULTURA ÷#HRISTMAS÷TREE/CEAN ÷ of the material contained in this product is a violation of applicable laws.
#HINESE÷LANTERNS!MANDA÷(ALL ÷#HINESE÷DRAGON!NDY÷2AINEPA ÷#HINESE÷
.EW÷9EAR÷2ED÷%NVELOPES"LUE÷*EAN÷)MAGES ÷PAINTED÷EGGS!NGELIKA÷!NTL
IMAGEBROKER ÷,ADY÷'AGA.EIL÷7ARNER3PLASH÷.EWS ÷MATURE÷WOMAN-ARTINA÷ La personalizzazione della didattica richiede strumenti flessibili affinché
3ANDKUEHLER*UMP÷FOTOAGENTUR ÷'ETTY÷)MAGES÷PP!DELE$AVE÷-÷"ENETT ÷7ALES÷V÷
%NGLAND÷!LEX÷,IVESEY ÷*ACKSON÷-ICHAEL÷/CHS÷!RCHIVES ÷,ITTLE÷-IX*"÷ l’alunno diversamente abile possa svolgere, pur con modalità diverse, le
,ACROIX7IRE)MAGE ÷HAPPY÷WOMAN#ULTURAYELLOWDOG ÷DEMO÷AT÷*ORVIK÷6IKING÷ stesse attività dei compagni.
#ENTRE÷9ORK6ISIT"RITAIN$OUG÷-C+INLAY ÷SMILING÷TEENALBERT÷MOLLON&LICKR ÷GIRL÷ 1UESTO÷CORSO÷Ë÷DISPONIBILE÷IN÷FORMATO÷ACCESSIBILE÷,A÷RICHIESTA÷VA÷
WITH÷HEADBAND,INDA2AYMOND0HOTOGRAPHY&LICKR ÷YOUNG÷BOY+RISTAL÷/.EAL&LICKR ÷
indirizzata per iscritto alle istituzioni sottostanti.
0ORTRAIT÷OF÷TEEN÷MALE-ASKOT ÷GIRL÷IN÷PARK"LEND÷)MAGES ÷SENIOR÷WOMAN,UIS÷
!LVAREZ ÷SMILING÷WOMAN3IRI÷3TAFFORD ÷YOUNG÷GIRL/*/÷)MAGES ÷SISTERS2OY÷ Biblioteca Italiana per i Ciechi Regina Margherita – Onlus
-ORSCHAGE÷FOTOSTOCK ÷!NGELINA÷*OLIE÷÷"RAD÷0ITT*OE÷+LAMAR!&0 ÷SMILING÷FEMALE
'ARRY÷7ADE ÷!FRICAN÷!MERICAN÷WOMAN-ICHAEL$E,EON ÷SCHOOLGIRL4ROY÷!OSSEY ÷ Via G. Ferrari ɄƟ
YOUNG÷BOY+ID3TOCK"LEND÷)MAGES ÷PHOTOGRAPHING÷PUFFIN$IGITAL÷6ISION ÷ ɁȿȿɄɁ Monza ƫƧ
SCIENCE÷CLASS"LEND÷)MAGES ÷PIZZA(IDEHIRO÷+IGAWA&LICKR ÷!RISA6ITTORIO÷ Tel ɂɈȿɂɈɁɇɂɁɆɀ
:UNINO÷#ELOTTO ÷VIOLINIST*AMIE÷'RILL ÷$AVID÷"OWIE'EORGES÷$E÷+EERLE ÷-ICK÷ Fax ɂɈȿɂɈɇɂɂɁɅɃ
*AGGER0AUL÷.ATKIN ÷,IVE÷!ID-ICHAEL÷/CHS÷!RCHIVES ÷BOY÷WITH÷GUITAR3AMI÷3ARKIS
%MAIL÷BIC BIBCIECHIIT
0HOTOGRAPHERS÷#HOICE ÷TEEN÷COUPLE#HARLES÷'ULLUNG ÷LISTENING÷TO÷MUSIC
+ID3TOCK"LEND÷)MAGES ÷7"TEEN÷GIRLUWE÷UMST?TTER ÷7"TEEN÷BOY3HELLY÷ Biblioteca Digitale dell’AID Associazione Italiana Dislessia – Onlus
0ERRY ÷7"'LASGOW2ABOUAN÷*EAN "APTISTEHEMISFR ÷7"'RASMERE! ÷
CO÷)STITUTI÷!LDINI÷6ALERIANI÷E÷3IRANI
7""IRMINGHAM*ANE÷3WEENEY,ONELY÷0LANET÷)MAGES ÷7"7INDSOR÷#ASTLE
0HILIP÷#RAVEN ÷7"FAMILY3TEPHEN÷3IMPSON ÷7"GIRL÷÷MUM*AMES÷1UIGLEY ÷ Via Bassanelli Ɉ
7"FAMILY÷PORTRAIT2ED÷#HOPSTICKS ÷7"PARENTS÷÷CHILDRENALTRENDO÷IMAGES ÷ ɃȿɀɁɈ Bologna Ơƭ
7"GIRL&ABRICE÷,EROUGE ÷7"TEENS÷RUNNING"-÷0RODUCTIONS ÷7"'IRL÷ %MAIL÷BIBLIOTECAAID IAVIT
Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 240 22/03/2016 16:19

Riproduzione di opera protetta
da copyright realizzata su concessione
di Oxford University Press
ad uso di soli ciechi o ipovedenti.
Non è ammessa la copia.

Go Live! 1 - SB+WB PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Go Live! 1 - SB+WB PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Pronuncia: /ˈɡəʊ ˈlaɪv/

L’inglese medio beve

A giugno, quando inizia

Il Palazzo del Parlamento

Natalie Gemma Ben

 Clare Maxwell & Elizabeth Sharman

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 1 22/03/2016 16:07

F this / that/ these/ those

Adjectives A Present simple di be

Revision 1+2 pagg. 34 – 35 Reading, Dialogue work, Writing, Translation, Speaking

Rooms and furniture A Preposizioni di luogo

Families A Verbo have got (Present simple)

Revision 3+4 pagg. 56 – 57 Reading, Writing, Dialogue work, Speaking, Translation

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 2 22/03/2016 16:07

Extra listening 1+2 pag. 36 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation /h/

Extra listening 3+4 pag.58 Listening, Dictation, Pronunciation /ð/

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 3 22/03/2016 16:07

Drills Unit 5 pag. 116

Free-time activities A Present simple

Revision 5+6 pagg. 78 – 79 Reading, Writing, Translation, Speaking, Dialogue work

Sports A can (abilità)

Clothes Present continuous

Picture dictionary 9 • Forma affermativa

Drills pagg. 114 – 118

Workbook pagg.119 – 191

Map Verb tables Functions expressions

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 4 22/03/2016 16:07

Writing competence Come evitare le ripetizioni

Ordering food and Reading: comprendere un blog sui pasti a scuola

Festivals Picture dictionary 222 − 239

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 5 22/03/2016 16:07

• Per prima cosa potrai

• Impara cose nuove e ripassa

• Progetto di ricerca per le

• Numerosi esercizi di vari tipi

forma interrogativa risposte brevi

Verbo have got (Present simple)

forma interrogativa risposte brevi

forma interrogativa risposte brevi

Terza persona singolare

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 6 22/03/2016 16:07

Skills and culture • Impara altre materie in inglese

• Amplia la tua conoscenza

• Scopri la cultura del Regno Unito

• Sezioni di ripasso per

Extra listening Songs

• Canzoni: momenti • Tantissimi esercizi

Ricordati di andare a visitare il sito delle

ES Esame di stato T Trinity Invalsi

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 7 22/03/2016 16:07

4 Pairwork A turno, fai lo spelling al tuo compagno del nome di altri

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 8 22/03/2016 16:07

1 Abbina le parole alle figure. T

2 1.04 Ascolta e controlla. Poi riascolta e ripeti.

3 Osserva le figure. Scrivi i nomi degli oggetti. T

1 cat 2 fish 3 dog 4 hamster 5 rabbit 6 mouse

Go Live 1 SBWB.indb 9 22/03/2016 16:07

1 Scrivi i numeri (1–22) in ordine. T

1.07 Ascolta e controlla. Poi riascolta e ripeti.

2 1.08 Ascolta e ripeti. T

3 1.09 Ascolta e scegli i numeri che senti. T

4 Abbina i numeri alle parole. T

5 Scrivi le risposte delle operazioni in parole. T

Clare Maxwell & Elizabeth Sharman